电大形成性考核册答案 2014电大《环境保护法》形成性考核册答案

2018湖南中考英语合集（新） 2018湖南中考英语合集(新) 可编辑、可排版 (不同之间有分隔符) 1 初中英语分类练习 ——宾语从句 宾语从句专练(一) ?.用动词的适当形式填空。 1( I think he ________ (come) back soon. 2( He told mw his father ________ (read) the newspaper this time yesterday. 3( I want to know if he ________ (go) fishing with me. 4( I didn’t know who ________ (break) the window. 5( He told me his father ________ (fly) to Beijing the next day. 6( The teacher told us that light ________ (travel) much faster than sound. 7( He asked if the girl ________ (find) her lost bike. 8( He said he ________ (go) to Beijing three years ago. 9( He asked who the girl ________ (look) for. 10.I asked him whether it ________ (snow)in winter in Australia. ?.将下列句子改成宾语从句。 1( My father will come back in two days. He said ____________________________. 2( Does your uncle live in Beijing? He asked me __________________________. 3( Have you finished reading the novel? He asked me ______________________________. 4( Will you go to the park with me? He asked me _________________________________. 5( Who can answer the question in English? He asked _____________________________. 6( What’s wrong with the boy? The doctor asked ___________________________. 7( What is the man doing? He asked ________________________________. 8( Are the foreign guests going to visit our school? Nobody knew ________________________________. 9( Is the shanghai library open on Sundays? Do you know____________________________? 10.Who does he want to see? Didn’t he tell you ______________________________? ?.选择填空。 1.Have you decided ________ for Australia? A. when will you leave B. when do you leave C. you will leave when D. when you will leave 2.Can you tell me _________ ? A. where does Tom live B. where Tom lived C. Tom lives where D. where Tom lives 2 3.The old man asked me ________ . A. where was the cinema B. where is the cinema C. where the cinema was D. where was the way to the cinema 4.I think _______ you will like him. A. that B. if C. why D. how 5.I didn’t know _______ he will come or not. A. that B. whether C. weather D. how 6.I wonder _________ . A. how much cost these shoes B. how much do these shoes cost C. how much these shoes cost D. how much are these shoes cost 7.She asked me _________ . A. who he was B. who was he C. who is he D. who he is 8.Ask him _________ . A. whose cup this is B. whose cup is this C. this is whose cup D. whose is this cup 9.I don’t know _________ . A. what time the movie starts B. what time starts the movie C. the time to start the movie D. the movie what time starts 10.The doctor asked me how long ________ . A. was I ill B. have I been ill C. I have been ill D. I had been ill 11.The weather forecast doesn’t say _________. A. if it rains tomorrow B. if does it rain tomorrow C. if it will rain tomorrow D. if will it rain tomorrow 12.Do you know _________? A. whose pen is this B. whose pen this is C. whom does the pen belong to D. whom the pen belong to 13.Could you tell me where _________? A. the tape was B. was the tape C. the tape is D. is the tape 14.They want to know _________? A. where is the hospital B. how old are you C. when the train will leave D. why is the boy crying 15.Tony wanted to know _________. A. what had Father Christmas put in his stocking B. when Father Christmas had put in his stocking C. what Father Christmas had put in his stocking D. where Father Christmas had put in his stocking 16.No one knows ____ the professor will come to our school tomorrow to give us a talk or not. A. when B. whether C. where D. if 17.July didn’t know_________. A. where is Tim’s father B. when was the first watch made C. who the old man is D. what was wrong with her watch 18.No one told us _________, so we need your help. A. how should we do B. what we should do C. what to do D. what should we do 3 19.We don’t know _________ with the rubbish and it pollutes out land and sea. A. how do it B. how to do C. what do it D. what to do 20.He asked me _________. A. whether I find out the sender of the money B. whether did I find out the sender of the money B. whether the sender of the money found out D. whether I found out the sender of the money 宾语从句专练(二) 1. Did you hear ______? A. what did I say B. what I said C. I said what D. what I say 2. Can you tell me ________? A. which class you are in B. which class are you in C. you are in which class D. are you in which class 3. ---Excuse me. Could you tell me _______? --- Certainly. A. when can I get to the station B. I can get to which station C. which station can I get to D. how I can get to the station 4. Could you tell me where _______ yesterday? A. did you go B. you go C. you have gone D. you went 5. Tom asked me ________. A. whose shirt was this B. whose shirt this was C. who shirt was this D. who shirt this was 6. Excuse me, could you tell me _______? A. where’s the teachers’ office B. where’s the bus station C. what’s she doing D. where the post office is 7. I want to see Mrs. Wang , but I don’t know _______. A. she lives where B. she where lives C. where she lives D. where does she live 8. --- Go and ask Mr. White for help. --- But I don’t know _______. A. where does he live B. where he lives C. where is he living D. he lives there 9. --- Can you tell me ______? --- Yes, he lives in a small town. A. where he lives B. who is singing C. when he will leave D. what he said 10. Have you decided ______ for London? A. when will you leave B. when you will leave C. when are you going D. when you are going 11. Excuse me. Could you tell me ______our tickets? A. where do we show B. where shall we show C. where did we show D. where we shall show 12. --- What are you interested in about cooking food? --- We are all interested in ______. A. how egg is fried B. how is egg fried C. how egg fries D. how does egg fry 13. Do you know _______? 4 A. what it is B. what is it C. who is he D. whose name is it 14. Do you know _______? A. whose book is this B. whose book this is C. this book is whose D. who’s book this is 15. I don’t know ______ now. A. where is my cat B. my cat is where C. where my cat is D. where my cat 16. Does he know ______? A. what’s your name B. what name is your C. what your is name D. what your name is 17. Do you know ______? A. which floor he lives B. which floor he lives on C. he lives on which floor D. which floor does he lives on 18. Can you tell me where _______? A. is the hospital B. the hospital is C. is hospital D. hospital is 19. He hasn’t decided _______. A. if he’ll go on a trip to Wuxi B. when will he go on a trip to Wuxi C. if he goes on a trip to Wuxi D. when does he go on a trip to Wuxi 20. Can you see ________? A. what he’s reading B. what is he reading C. what does he read D. he reads what 宾语从句专练(三) 1. --- When are the Shutes leaving for New York? ---Pardon? --- I asked _______. A. when are the Shutes leaving for New York B. when the Shutes are leaving for New York C. when were the Shutes leaving for New York D. when the Shutes were leaving for New York 2. Could you tell me ______? I have something interesting to tell him. A. where is Li Hong B. where Li Hong is C. where was Li Hong D. where Li Hong has been to 3. --- Could you tell me _______? A. how many people have been out of hospital B. when is Thanksgiving C. which animal does he like best D. what time will the dolphin show start 4. I want to know _______. A. what is his name B. what’s his name C. that his name is D. what his name is 5. He asked me ________. A. if she will come B. how many books I want to have C. they would help us do it D. what was wrong with me 6. Do you still remember ______ at the meeting? A. that Jim said B. what Jim said C. did Jim said that D. what did Jim said 5 7. --- Excuse me, ______ to the nearest bookshop, please? --- Go straight and take the second turning on the left. A. where the way is B. which the way is C. where is the way D. which is the way 8. Mike, go and see who ______ football on the playground. A. is playing B. plays C. played D. were playing 9. The woman still doesn’t know what ______ in her hometown while she was away. A. happens B. happened C. will happen D. was happened 10. --- Can I help you? --- Yes. I’d like a ticket to Mount Emei. Can you tell me _____take to get there? A. how soon will it B. how soon it will C. how long it will D. how long will it 11. --- I hear we’ll have a new teacher this term. --- Really? Do you know ______? A. what subject does he teach B. what subject will he teach C. what subject he teaches D. what subject is he going to teach 12. He asked his teacher _______. A. if there was a monster in Loch Ness B. when was Albert Einstein born C. how would the scientists find out the result D. where could he find the library 13. Do you know ______ over there? A. what happens B. what was happened C. what is happening D. what did happen 14. --- Do you know ______ we will arrive at your hometown? --- This afternoon. A. when B. why C. if D. where 15. Could you tell me ______ to Mount Putuo tomorrow? A. how you will go B. how will you go C. how you have gone D. how have you gone 16. Could you tell me ______? A. which room he lives B. which room he lived C. which room did he live in D. which room he lives in 17. --- Do you know ______ he is? --- He says “1.75 metres”, but I’m not sure. A. how many B. how old C. how far D. how tall 18. She said she _______ me five letters in one month. A. has written B. will write C. had written D. wrote 19. Can you tell me ______ she is waiting for? A. why B. whose C. whom D. which 20. I don’t know ______ he still lives here. A. where B. what C. when D. whether 21. --- Be careful! Don’t break the bottles. Do you hear ______ I said, David? --- Yes, mum. A. what B. that C. why D. if 22. I’d like to know ______. A. when will he give back the tape B. whether has he received higher education 6 C. that he has been busy D. whether she will join in our English evening 23. Could you tell me _______? A. when shall we start B. who are you waiting for C. where the bus station is D. why were you late 24. --- Do you know _______? I’m going to see him. --- Sorry, I don’t know. A. where does Mr. Li live B. where did Mr. Li live C. where Mr. Li lives D. where Mr. Li lived 25. He asked me ______. A. who did kick the first goal in the World Cup B. when was the APEC meeting held C. when China became a member of the WTO D. where will the 2008 Olympics be held 26. She wanted to know _____ her mother liked the present. A. which B. that C. if D. what 27. Could you tell me _______? A. who is she B. where’s the nearest fast restaurant C. if he will come tomorrow D. which way is to the underground station 28. Do you know if ______ back next week? If he ______ back, please let me know. A. he comes, will come B. will he come, comes C. he will come, comes D. will he come, will come 29. --- Can you tell me why ______? --- Because I want to help the people there. A. do you go to Tibet B. did you go to Tibet C. are you going to Tibet D. you are going to Tibet 30. --- Where does he come from? --- Pardon? --- I asked where ______. A. did he come from B. he came from C. he comes from D. does he come from 31. You must remember _______. A. what your teacher said B. what did your teacher say C. your teacher said what D. what has your teacher said 32. Lily likes _____. A. what her twin sister like B. what her twin sister does C. what is her twin sister like D. what does her twin sister do 33. --- Excuse me. Could you tell me ______ get to the plane? --- Certainly. Go straight along here. A. how can we B. how we can C. when can we D. when we can 34. Do you know what time _______? A. does the train leave B. leaves the train C. the train leave D. the train leaves 35. --- I don’t know _____ Mr. Green will come to see us? --- He will help us with our English. A. why B. when C. how D. where 直接引语变为间接引语专练(四) 1. He said,“I will give you a present.” 7 He said _____________________________________. 2. She asked, “Are you going to plant trees with us?” She asked ____________________________________. 3. They asked,“Where is the post office?” They asked ___________________________________. 4. She said,“Come at five o’clock.” She told him __________________________________. 5. My sister said,“The earth travels round the sun.” My sister said that ______________________________. 8 参考答案 宾语从句专练(一) I、 1.will come 2.was reading 3.will go 4.had broken 5.would fly 6.travels 7.had found 8.went 9.was looking 10.snowed II、 1. his father would come back in two days. 2. if (whether) my uncle lived in Beijing. 3. if (whether) I had finished reading the novel. 4. if (whether) I would go to the park with him. 5. who would answer the question in English. 6. what was wrong with the boy. 7. what the man was doing. 8. if (whether) the foreign guests were going to visit our school. 9. if (whether) the Shanghai library is open on Sundays. 10. who he wanted to see. III、 1.D 2.D 3.C 4.A 5.B 6.C 7.A 8.A 9.A 10.D 11.C 12.B 13.C 14.C 15.C 16.B 17.D 18.B 19.D 20.D 宾语从句专练(二) 1—5 BADDB 6—10 DCBAB 11—15 DAABC 16—20 DBBAA 宾语从句专练(三) 1—5 DBADD 6—10 BDABC 11—15 CACAA 16—20 DDCCD 21—25 ADCCC 26—30 CCCDB 31—35 ABBD 直接引语变为间接引语专练(四) 1. that he would give me a present 2. if I was going to plant trees with them 3. where the post office was 4. to come at five o’clock 5.the earth travels round the sun 9 初中英语分类练习 ——宾语从句 复习目标:1、掌握引导宾语从句的各种连词 2、掌握宾语从句的语序——主句+连接词+主语+谓语 3、掌握宾语从句，主句与从句在时态上的呼应。 重点:语序和时态呼应 难点:语序和时态呼应;疑问词+不定式的转化;状语从句的辨析 一、 宾语从句的连接词: 1、 连词that，只起连接作用，在从句中不作句子成分，也无词汇意义，在口语中常 被省略。 eg. He knew (that) he should work hard. 2、 连词if 、whether，它们起连接作用，在从句中不作句子成分，作“是否”解， 在口语中多用if。 eg. Tom don’t know if/whether his grandpa liked the present. He asked me whether or not I was coming. 一般情况下，if 和whether可以互换，但以下3种情况只能用whether: ?在不定式前:Whether to go there or not hasn’t been decided. ?在介词前:It depends on(依靠) whether it is going to rain. ?与or not连用:They are talking about whether to go there or not. 3、 连接代词who, whom, whose, what, which，连接副词when, where, why, how， 它们起连接作用，作句子成分，各有自己的意义。 eg. The teacher asked the new students which class he was in. I wonder where he got so much money. 【注意】1、由连接代、副词引导的宾语从句可以和“疑问词+不定式”结构转化。 eg. I don’t know how I should do with the presents. , I don’t know how to do with the presents. 2、要注意区分判断由if、when引导的从句类型. 二、 宾语从句的语序: 宾语从句的语序是陈述语序，即“连接词+主语+谓语+其它成分”。特别强调:它的主语和谓语的语序是陈述语序，而不是疑问句的倒装结构。 Can you tell me who(m) do we have to see?(?) Can you tell me who(m) we have to see?( ?) The teacher asked the students what they were doing.(思考: what在从句中的成分) 陈述句变为宾语从句时,要注意人称和时态的变化,语序不变。 eg. She said, “I will leave a message on the desk.” , She said she would leave a message on the desk. 一般疑问句和特殊疑问句变为宾语从句时,也要注意人称和时态的变化,后面接陈述语序。Eg. “Where are the tickets?” I asked him. , I asked him where the tickets are. 三、 宾语从句的时态呼应: 10 宾语从句中谓语动词的时态，常常受到主句谓语时态的制约，此为时态呼应。如果主句谓语是一般现在时或将来时，从句谓语的时态不受限制;如果主句谓语的时态是一般过去时，从句一般要随着改为相应的过去时态(一般过去时、过去进行时、过去将来时、过去完成时)。 eg. I thought (that) you are free today. (?) I thought (that) you would be free today. ( ?) 【注意】当宾语从句叙述的是客观真理时，不管主句谓语的时态如何，从句都用一般现在时。 eg. The teacher told us (that) the earth moves around the sun. 四、 其他需要说明的问题: 1、 标点由主句决定，如主句是陈述句、祈使句，则用句号;是疑问句则用问号。 eg. I heard she had been to the Great Wall. Can you tell me which bus I should take? 2、 要注意个别句子中主从句人称的一致。 五、 宾语从句和状语从句的区分: eg. 1) I will go out tomorrow if it is fine. 2) I don’t know if the train has arrived. 句1中if引导的是状语从句。这个从句表示“条件”，修饰主句。整个句子的意思是如果明天天气好，我就出去。句2中if引导的是宾语从句，充当谓语动词don’t know的宾语。整个句子的意思是我不知道火车是否到达。 判断: 1、 可以从整个句式看。状语从句一般可以放在主句的前面或后面(个别除外)，宾语从 句只能放在主句谓语动词之后。 2、 从引导词看。if充当宾语从句的连接词时，相当于whether， 词义为“是否”，充当 状语从句的连接词时，词义为“如果”。when充当宾语从句的连接词时，意为“什么时 候”，充当状语从句的连接词时，意为“当„„的时候”。 3、 从时态看。if和when作连接词时，引导宾语从句要注意:从句的谓语动词的时态应 根据主句的时态作相应的变化。if和when充当从属连词时，引导条件和时间状语从句， 若主句的谓语动词用一般将来时，则从句的时态应用一般现在时表示将来。 实战演练 一、例题选讲 例1 I don’t know ________ he will come or not. A( how B( whether C( weather D( when 答案: B 提示: 在宾语从句中出现了or not，这里只能用whether。 第二题答案为B，根据题意问他们何时回来，所以要用when。 例2 Can you tell me ________they will come back? A( where B( when C( which D( who 答案: B 提示: 根据题意问他们何时回来，所以要用when。 例3 Have you seen the doctor? He asked me. (两句并一句) 11 答案: He asked me if / whether I had seen a doctor 提示: 是一般疑问句，连接词应为if / whether 例4 How can we get to the science museum? Could you tell us?(两句并一句) 答案: Could you tell me how we can get to the science museum? 提示: 特殊疑问句，连接词就是它本身的特殊疑问词how，将情态动词can放在 主语me之后，时态运用取决于主句。主句could you tell me是委婉语 气，是一般现在时，所以从句是什么时态就用什么时态。 直接引语变间接引语 一、如何变人称: 直接引语变间接引语时，如果从句中的主语是第一人称或被第一人称所修饰。从句中的人称要按照主句中主语的人称变化如: She said. "My brother wants to go with me. "?She said her brother wanted to go with her. “直接引语变间接引语时，若从句中的主语及宾语是第二人称。或被第二人你所修饰。从句中的人称要跟引号外的主句的宾语一致。如果引号外的主句没有宾语。也可以用第一人称，如: He said to Kate. "How is your sister now?"?He asked Kate how her sister was then。 “直接引语变间接引语时。如果从句中的主语及宾语是第三人称或被第三人称所修饰从句中的人称一般不需要变化如: Mr Smith said。 "Jack is a good worker。"?Mr Smith said Jack was a good worker。 二、如何变时态: 直接引语在改为间接引语时、时态需要做相应的调整。如果主句谓语动词为现在范畴的时态或一般将来时，则间接引语中的动词仍保持直接引语原来时态。如果主句谓语动词为过去时，间接引语中的动词时态按下列变化: (1) 一般现在时变为一般过去时 (2) 现在进行时变为过去进行时 (3) 一般将来时变为过去将来时 (4) 现在完成时变为过去完成时 (5) 一般过去时变为过去完成时 (6) 过去完成时不变，仍为过去完成时 要注意在以下几种情况: (1) 如果直接引语是表示客观真理时，变为间接引语，一般现在时不改为一般过去时。如: The teacher said "The earth goes round the sun." ?The teacher said that the earth goes round the sun. (2)直接引语中有具体的过去某年、某月、某日作状语，变为间接引语时，时态不变。如: He said to me, "I was born in 1973." ?He told me that he was born in 1973. (3)如果直接引语所述事实在当时和目前同样生效，变为间接宾语时，一般现在时不改为一般过去时。如: He said, "I'm a boy, not a girl." ?He said that he is a boy ,not a girl. 12 (4) 直接引语如果是一般现在时。表示一种反复出现或习惯性的动作，变间接引语时，时态 不变。如: The girl said, "I get up at six every morning." ?The girl said that she gets up at six every morning. (5)如果直接引语中含有since, when, while 引导的表示过去时间的状语从句，在变为间 接引语时，只改变主句中的谓语动词，从句的一般过去时则不变。如: He said to me, "I have taught English since he came here ." ?He told me that he had taught English since he came here. (6)如果直接引语中含有情态动词 must, need, had better以及情态动词的过去式could, might, should, would,在变为间接引语时，这些情态动词没有时态的改变。例如: The teacher said to me . "You must pay more attention to your pronunciation." ?The teacher told me that I must (have to ) pay more attention to my pronunciation. He said , "I could swim when I was only six ." ?He said that he could swim when he was only six. (7) 直接引语是过去进行时，时态不变。如: Jack said. "John, where were you going when I met you in the street?"?Jack asked John where he was going when he met him in the street。 三、如何变状语: 直接引语变间接引语，状语变化有其内在规津，时间状语由“现在”改为“原来”(例:now 变为then, yesterday。变为 the day before)地点状语，尤其表示方向性的，或用指示 代词修饰的状语，由“此”改为“彼”(例:this 改为that),如: He said, "These books are mine." ?He said those books were his. 四(如何变句型: ?直接引语如果是陈述句，间接引语应改为由that引导的宾语从句。如:She said, "Our bus will arrive in five minutes."?She said that their bus would arrive in five minutes. ?直接引语如果是反意疑问句，选择疑问句或一般疑问句，间接引语应改为由whether或 if引导的宾语从句.如:He said, "Can you swim, John?" ?He asked John if he could swim. "You have finished the homework, haven‘t you?" my mother asked. ?My mother asked me whether I had finished the homework. "Do you go to school by bus or by bike?" ?He asked me if I went to school by bus or by bike. ?直接引语如果是特殊问句，间接引语应该改为由疑问代词或疑问副词引导的宾语从句(宾 语从句必须用陈述句语序)。 She asked me, "When do they have their dinner?"? She asked me when they had their dinner. ?直接引语如果是祈使句，间接引语应改为"tell(ask, order, beg等) sb (not) to do sth." 句型。如: "Don’t make any noise," she said to the children. ?She told (ordered) the children not to make any noise. "Bring me a cup of tea, please," said she.?She asked him to bring her a cup of tea. ?直接引语如果是以“Let‘s”开头的祈使句，变为间接引语时，通常用“suggest +动句 词(或从句)。”如: 13 He said, "Let’s go to the film." ?He suggested going to the film.或He suggested that they should go to see the film. 引述别人的话有两种方式:一是使用引号引出人家的原话，这叫做直接引语;一是用自己的 话把人家的话转述出来，这叫做间接引语。例如: John said, "I'm going to London with my father." 约翰说:"我要和父亲到伦敦去。"(引号内是直接引语) John said that he was going to London with his father. 约翰说，他要和他父亲去伦敦。(宾语从句是间接引语) 五、由直接引语变为间接引语的几种情况: 1( 直接引语是陈述句时 间接引语为that引导的宾语从句(口语中that可以省略)，主句的引述动词主要有say ,tell, repeat, explain, think等。 He said , "You are younger than I."-'He said (that ) I was younger than him. 2.直接引语是疑问句时 间接引语为陈述语序:主句的谓语动词say 改为ask,或改为wonder, do not know, want to know, be not sure, be puzzled等。 (1) 一般疑问句或反意疑问句变为if (whether)引导的宾语从句。 She said, "Do you often come here to read newspapers?" ?She asked me if (或whether)I often went there to read newspapers. She asked me , "You have seen the film, haven't you?" ?She asked me whether(或if )I had seen the film. (2) 选择疑问句变为whether„.or 宾语从句。 I asked him, "Will you stay at home or go to a film tonight?" ?I asked him whether he would stay at home or go to a film that night. (3)特殊疑问句变为由原来的疑问词引导的宾语从句。 He asked , "Where do you live?" ?He asked me where I lived. 3.直接引语是祈使句时 间接引语为不定式，作ask , tell, beg, order, warn, advise等动词的宾语补足语(don't 变为not ). The teacher said to the boy, "Open the window."?The teacher told the boy to open the window. His father said to him , "Don't leave the door open."?His father told him not to leave the door open. [注意] (1) 有些表示建议、提议、劝告或要求的祈使句，可以用suggest ,insist等动词 加以 转述。例如: He said, "Let's go to the theatre." ?He suggested (our )going to the theatre.或He suggested that we(should) go to the theatre. (2) "Would you mind opening the window?" he asked. ?He asked me to open the window. "Why don't you take a walk after supper?" he asked . ?he advised me to take a walk after supper. 14 "Shall we listen to the music?" he asked. ?He suggested listening to the music. 4.直接引语是感叹句时 间接引语为what 或how 引导，也可以用that 引导。 She said, "What a lovely day it is !" ?She said what a lovely day it was .或She said that it was a lovely day. 5.代词等一般地应作用相应的变化，变化方法见下表。 在直接引语中 在间接引语中 this that 指示代词 these those now then today that day this week(month ,etc) that week (month ,etc) yesterday the day before 表示时间的last week(month ,etc) the week(month ,etc) before 词 three days (a year ,etc) ago three days (a year. etc) before tomorrow the next (following ) day the next (following ) week next week (month ,etc) (month ,etc) 表地点的词 here there bring take 动词 come go 15 初中英语分类练习 ——并列复合句与状语从句 并列句专练 ?. 从方框中选择适当的词完成句子。 and, but, so, or, then 1. They are happy _______ they deserved their happiness. 2. Hurry _______ you will miss the plane. 3. I like chocolate, _______ it is bad for teeth. 4. I wanted to know the answer, _______ I went to ask him. 5. He had a drink, _______ went to bed. ?. 选择填空: ( )1. Be careful, _________ you will fall off the bike. A. but B. and C. so D. or ( )2. Edison said, “Never give up, _________ you'll make it.” A. yet B. or C. and D. but ( )3. Lucy and Lily are twins. Lucy likes playing table tennis, _________ Lily doesn't. A. or B. but C. and D. yet ( )4. Mr. Green knows little German, _________ he can't understand the instructions on the bottle of the pills. A. but B. so C. for D. or ( )5. My aunt doesn't have much money, _________ she always enjoys himself. A. but B. and C. or D. so ( )6. Which is nearer to us, the sun _______ the moon? A. but B. and C. or D. so ( )7. I can’t understand this passage _______ there are no new words in it. A. if B. because C. though D. an ( )8. The computer cost me too much, _______ it’s really useful. A. so B. but C. and D. or ( )9. There is air _______ water on the moon. A. and B. or C. so D. yet ( )10. It’s getting dark, _______they’re still working. A. and B. but C. so D. or ( )11. The street was wet, _______ it rained last night. A. because B. as C. for D. since ( )12. Rose is an English girl, ______ she doesn’t like English food. A. yet B. so C. for D. and ( )13. That was our first lesson, _______ she didn’t know all our names. A. for B. but C. so D. or ( )14. _______ did she go to see her father, ______ did she want her father to come. A. Either,or B. Not , only C. No sooner, than D. Neither, nor 16 ( )15. She didn’t go to school yesterday, ______ he had hurt her legs while climbing the mountain. A. but B. however C. or D. for ( )16. You can study _____Chinese _____ English. A. not only, but B. either,or C. both , or D. only, and ( ) 17. Tom works very hard, _____ his family is still very poor. A. yet B. for C. so D. and ( )18. Some are reading newspaper, _____ others are playing basketball. A. or B. for C. so D. while ( )19. Maybe he has gone home, ______ he is in his office. A. or B. but C. nor /D. yet ( )20. I help him _____ he helps me. We help each other. A. but, B. and C. or D. for ( ) 21. The shop is new, _____ it has been open only for three days. A. for B. and C. but D. so ( ) 22. You needn’t sweep the floor, ______ it’s very clean. A. and B but C. or D. for ( ) 23. Tom works hard, ______ he still failed in the exam. A. yet B. so C. and D. or ( ) 24. I felt tired after the work, _____ I too a long rest. A. so B but C. for D. or ( )25. I hate smoking, _____ I don’t like drinking, either. A. though B. but C. and D. for ( )26. ______ Saturday ______ Sunday is OK. I’ll be free in these two days. A. Either; or B. Neither; nor C. Both; and D. One; the other ( ) 27. In spring it is_____hot _____ cold here. A. both, and B. either, or C. neither, nor D. not only, but ( ) 28. Jim was very hungry ______ he ate all the cakes. A. and B. but C. so D. or ( )29. Lilei passed his father this cup _____ asked for some more tea. A. but B. and C.or D. if ( ) 30. Go along the street, turn to the left at the end of the street and _____ you’ll find the post office. A. then B. so C. but D. yet 状语从句专练 ?.选择填空: 1. The man can’t get on the bus because there ________ no room on it. A. was B. is C. are D. were 2. I was listening to the music ________ there was a knock at the door. A. while B. when C. because D. until 3. You may leave the classroom when you ________ writing. A. will finish B. are finishing C. have finished D. had finished 4. I don’t know if he ________ tomorrow, if he _________ ,I’ll meet him. 17 A. will come, comes B. comes, comes C. will come, will come D. come, will come 5. ________ I read, the more I understand. A. The more B. So much C. How much D. For all 6. Would you give Johnny this letter if you ________ to see him this week. A. will happen B. happen C. are happened D. happened 7. She was busy, ________ she couldn’t go to your birthday party last night. A. and B. so C. or D. but 8. English is ________ a useful language ________ it is spoken in many countries of the world. A. so„that B. such„that C. so„because D. such„because 9. You will not succeeded if you ________ harder. A. will work B. won’t work C. work D. don’t work 10.Write clearly ________ your teacher can understand you correctly. A. since B. for C. because D. so that 11.________ he failed , he went on doing the experiment. A. Even B. Yet C. Although D. in spite of 12.The light went out while we ________ supper. A. had B. had had C. were having D. would have 13.His brother has worked there ________ he left school. A. when B. after C. since D. until 14.The boy didn’t stop talking ________ the second bell rang. A. when B. until C. after D. because 15. ________ I came into the office, the teacher were having a meeting. A. While B. When C. Once D. Since 16.I was about to leave my house ________ the telephone rang. A. while B. as C. when D. since 17.It is at least ten years ________ these trees were planted. A. when B. before C. since D. as soon as 18.He will come to call on you the moment he ________ his painting. A. finished B. will finished C. has finished D. had finished 19.The teacher understands that ________ Maths had always been easy for him, it is not easy for the students. A. since B. unless C. although D. when 20.He ran as fast as possible ________ he could reach school on time. A. in order to B. so as to C. when D. so that ?.用动词的适当形式填空: 1. It ________ (be) nearly two years since we went to the party last. 2. He is hungry, because he ________ (not have ) his breakfast yet. 3. When Tom’s mother came home, little Tom _______ (cry) loudly. 4. I ________ (not know) it until you ________ (tell) me. 5. They started as soon as they ______ (receive)my telephone. 6. He ________ (leave) as soon as he ________ (drink) his coffee. 18 7. Edison placed a big mirror behind the lamps so that the doctor ________ (operate). 8. He ________(be) better today than he ________ (be) yesterday. 9. I hope you ________ (be) happy while you ________ (be)here. 10. Whatever ________ (happen) , I ________ (be) on your side. ?.把下列句子改成带有状语从句的复合句: 1( He didn’t come. He was ill. (because) 2( He is too young to join the army. (so„„that) 3( He studies English hard. He is over seventy. (though) 4( We will stay at home. It rains. (if) 5( He was doing his homework. Someone knocked at the door. (when) 6( I waited. He came back. (not„„until) 7( He is tall. I am tall. (as„„as) 8( My mother was cooking. I was listening to the news. (while) 9( It was a hot day. We couldn’t sleep well. (such„„that) 10. He came into the warm room. He took off his cap and sat down. (as soon as) ?(完成下列句子: 1. He didn’t see the film yesterday ________________________________ (因 为他忙于复习功课). 2. She has done a lot of good deeds _______________________________ (自从 她入团以来). 3. The little girl stopped crying __________________________ (一看见她母亲). 4. The film is interesting _______________________ (以致每个人都想再看一 遍). 5. When I came into the room, _________________________ (我父亲正在看书). 6. I will go out for a walk, ________________________ (如果明天不下雨). 7. Don’t ask me to repeat ________________________ (除非你真的不理解). 8. We will try to finish the work in time _____________________________ (尽 管我们缺钱). 9. The quicker you work, __________________________ (这项任务就会完成得越 早). 10. We left in such a hurry __________________________ (以致于忘了关灯). 19 参考答案 并列句专练 ?. 1.and 2.or 3.but 4.so 5.then ?.1—5 D C B B A 6—10 C C B A B 11—15 C A C D D 16—20 B A D A B 21—25 A D A A C 26—30 A C C B A 状语从句专练 I、 1.B 2.B 3.C 4.A 5.A 6.B 7.B 8.B 9.C 10.D 11.C 12.C 13.C 14.B 15.B 16.C 17.C 18.C 19.C 20.D II、 1.is 2.has not had 3.was crying 4.didn’t know, had told 5.received 6.left, drank 7.would operate 8.is, was 9.will be, are 10.happens, will be III、 1. He didn’t come because he was ill. 2. He is so young that he can’t join the army. 3. Though he is over seventy, he studies English hard. 4. We will stay at home if it rains. He was doing his homework when someone knocked at the door. 5. 6. I didn’t leave until he came back. 7. He is as tall as I (am) 8. My mother was cooking while I was listening to the news. 9. It was such a hot day that we couldn’t sleep well. 10. He took off his cap and sat down as soon as he came into the warm room. IV、 1. because he was busy going over his lessons. 2. since he joined the league. 3. as soon as she saw her mother. 4. so that everyone wants to see it again. 5. my father was reading a book. 6. if it doesn’t rain. 7. unless you really don’t understand. 8. although we are short of money. 9. the sooner we’ll finish the task. 10. that we forgot to turn off the light. 20 初中英语分类练习 ——并列复合句与状语从句 并列复合句 由并列连词( and, but, or, so, not only„but also, however, neither„ nor, either„or, still)把两个或两个以上的互相独立的分句连接而成的句子叫做并列句。并列句之间的关系有并列、转折、选择、因果等关系。 1. 并列关系 He is a lovely boy and he is helpful.他很可爱，乐于助人。 2(转折关系 I can come, but will be a little late.我能来，但是要稍晚一些。 3. 选择关系 Either give a hand, or leave right away.或者帮忙，或者立刻离开。 4. 因果关系 She is kind to the others, so all of us love her. 她对别人很好，所以我们都喜欢她。 状语从句 在复合句中修饰主句中的动词、形容词和副词的从句叫状语从句。例如: He didn't go to school yesterday because he was ill.(修饰动词go)昨天他没去上学，因为他病了。 We must study so well as our teacher hoped.(修饰副词well) 我们应该学得你我们老师希望的那么好。 Lucy is younger than Jim (is)。(修饰形容词younger) 露茜比吉姆年轻。 状语从句的语序应是主语+谓语+其他成分，即陈述句的语序。 状语从句的位置，可以放在主句前面或后面，但是若放在主句前面，要用逗号与主句分开;主句若是疑问句，那么时间状语从句只能放在主句的前面。 状语从句的用法 状语从句根据它表达的意思不同可分为时间状语从句、原因状语从句、条件状语从句、比较状语从句、目的状语从句、结果状语从句和让步状语从句。状语从句如果放在主句前通常用逗号分开。 1)时间状语从句 时间状语从句由when, while, after, before, since, as soon as, till, until等连词引导。 例如: I went to bed after the TV play was ever. 电视剧完了以后我上床睡觉。 Could you look after her while we're away? 我们不在时你能照顾她吗, She has taught in this school since she came to this city in 1989. 自从一九八九年她来到这座城市以来一直在这所学校教书。 21 Wait until I come back. 请你等到我回来。 注意: 如主句是一般将来时，则表示将来的时间状语只用一般现在时。 例如: I'll write to you as soon as I get to Beijing. 我一到北京就将写信给你。 It will get warmer and warmer when spring comes. 春天来临时，天气将变得越来越暖和。 2)原因状语从句 原因状语从句由because, as, since等连词引导。 例如: He sold the car because it was too small. 他卖掉那辆小汽车，因为它太小了。 Since you won't help me, I must do the job myself. 你既然不帮我忙，我必须自己做这项工作。 As my mother is away at this moment, I have to look after my younger sister. 由于我的妈妈现在不在，我不得不照顾我的妹妹。 注意: a)because, as, since, for的用法辨析 because, as, since, for都是表示各种理由的连词，但because多表示所叙述的理由是本句的重点，故because所引导的从句常放在句末。 例如: Why was he absent? Because he was badly ill. 他为什么缺度,因为他病得很重。 as, since用于表示理由是已知，而理由以外才是叙述的重点，两者皆多用于句首，但要注意since重形式，as多表示理由以外的才是重点。 例如: As it is raining, let's stay as home. 因为下雨，我们就留在家里吧。 Since you have no license, you are not allowed to drive. 因为你没有驾驶执照，所以你不可以开车。 for不用于句首，而用于主句之后，补充说明理由;主句表推测时，用for说明原因。 例如: I'll follow his advice, for he is a doctor. 我会听从他的劝告，因为他是医生。 b)because of也是表示原因状语，但后面只能跟短语。例如: I stayed at home because of the bad weather. 因为天气不好我留在家里。 3)比较状语从句 比较状语从句由than或as来引导。例如: I feel better now than (I was) before. 我现在觉得比以前好了。 He writes as well as you (do). 他写得和你一样好。 This problem is more difficult than that one (is). 这道题比那道题难。 4)条件状语从句 22 条件状语从句由if, unless(= if not)算连词引导。条件从句中的动词多用一般现在时表示将来。 例如: I shall go if he asks me. 如果他请我，我就去。 I shan't go unless he asks me. 除非他请我，否则我是不去的。 I shall go, whether he asks me or not. 不管他请不请我，我都要去。 Come with me if you have time. 如果你有时间请跟我来。 I want to watch a basketball match if I'm well tonight. 如果今晚我好了的话，我要看一场篮球赛。 由and连接的简单句，可以用条件状语从句来改写。 例如: Run faster and you'll catch up with him. 跑快点儿你就会赶上他。 =If you run faster, you'll catch up with him. 如果你跑得快点，你就会赶上他。 5)结果状语从句 结果状语从句由so that, so„ that引导。 例如: He has lost his bike so that he can't come to school on time.(结果状语) 他去了自行车，所以不能准时到校。 Your shirt were so dirty that you must wash it.(结果状语) 你的衬衣这么脏，你应该把它洗洗。 注意: 由so„that引导的状语从句若是表示否定意思，可以用too„to(太„而不能)来替换。 例如: She was so angry that she could not say a word. =She was too angry to say a word. 她气得说不出话来。 6)让步状语从句 让步状语从句一般用though(虽然)、although(虽然)、even though(即使)引导。例如: Though/Although he tried hard, he was not successful. 他虽然努力尝试，但没有成功。 He went on working though it was very late. 虽然很晚了，他还在继续工作。 注意: 1(汉语中的“虽然„但是„”在英语中用连词though就可以了，或单独使用but连接两个并列句也可以，但不能在一个句子中同时用这两个连词(主句前不用连词)。 例如:“虽然我很喜欢照顾我姐姐的婴儿，但她不让我干”。 这个句子我们可以用下面两种方法来表达。 Though I like looking after my sister's baby, she doesn't let me do it. I like looking after my sister's baby, but she doesn't let me do it. =though可以与yet连用，这里yet虽然意思与but相同，但yet不是连词，而是副词。 例如:Though it was cold, yet he went out without a coat. 虽然很冷，但他没穿外衣就出去了。 二、复习时需要注意的要点 (1) 当整句句子处于过去时的情况下，主句用过去完成时，从句用一般过去时。 (2) 当整句句子处于将来时的情况下，总是主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时。 (3) 由when引导的时间状语从句，句子处于将来时的情况下，与所有的时间状语从句一样，主句用一般将来时，从句用一般现在时。 例如:I am going to be a doctor when I grow up 23 (4) 整句句子处于将来时的情况下，且两个动作同时进行，则持续的那个动作用过去进行时，瞬间的那个动作用一般过去时。 例如:I met my English teacher when I was walking in the street. (5) 像He turned on TV set at once when he got home，整句句子处于过去时的情况下，且两个动作先后发生，when=after，则时态与after一致，主句从句都用一般过去时。 (6) 像The class had already begun when I entered the classroom.整句句子处于过去时的情况下，且两个动作先后发生，但这里的when=before，则时态与before一致，主句用过去完成时，从句用一般过去时。 实战演练 一、例题选讲 例1 He ________ the exam if he ________ harder. A( passes„works B( will pass„works C( will pass„will work D( passes„will work 答案: B 提示: 在英语中，if既能够引导宾语从句，又能够引导状语从句。但要注意主 句中的谓语是及物还是不及物动词。此句中pass the exam已经明确表示 有宾语，if就是引导状语，主句用一般将来时，从句应用一般现在时。 例2 While she ________ (watch) TV, the bell _________ (ring). 答案: was watching,rang 提示: 由while引导的时间状语从句，强调的是正在进行看电视这个动作，门铃 响了这动作也发生了，因此从句用进行时态，主句用一般过去时。 24 初中英语单词表总表 Item 英语 汉语 1 (not)...any more .再也不;不能再 2 100-metre race .100 米赛跑 3 a art.一(个;件„„) 4 a bit(of) .少量(的);一点 5 a bottle of.一瓶„„ 6 a few .一些;几个 7 a glass of .一(玻璃)杯„„ 8 a kind of .一种;一类 9 a little .一点;少量 10 a lot .很;非常 11 a moment ago .刚才 12 a moment later.片刻之后 13 a pair of .一对;一双 14 a piece of .一片(一张;一块„„) 15 a place of interest .名胜 16 a shop assistant .售货员;店员 17 a TV set .一台电视机 18 a waste of time .浪费(白费)时间 19 a.m. .午前;上午 20 able adj.有能力的;能干的 21 about prep.关于;对于 22 about adv.大约 23 above prep.在„„上面 24 abroad adv.到国外;在国外 25 aceident n.事故;灾难 26 across prep.穿过;横穿 27 active adj.积极的 28 activity n.活动 29 ad n.广告 30 address n.地址 31 advertisement n.广告 32 aeroplanc n.飞机 33 afford v.有足够的例钱、时间)做(某事) 34 afraid adj.害怕的 35 Africa n.非洲 36 after prep.& conj.在„„以后;在„„后面 37 after a while .过了一会儿 38 after class .课后 39 after school .放学后;下课后 40 afternoon n.下午;午后 41 again adv.又;再 42 again and again .再三地;一再地;反复地 43 against prep.与„„对抗;对着 44 age n.年龄 45 ago adv.以前 46 agree v.同意;赞成 47 agree with .同意意见(想法);符合;一致 48 ah interj.啊;呀 49 aha interj.啊哈 50 air n.天空;空气 51 airport n.航空站;飞机场 52 alike adj.相似的;相像的 53 alive adj.活着的 54 all adv.都;完全 55 all adj.所有的;整个 56 all pron.全体;全部 57 all by oneself .独立;单独 58 all day .一整天;一天到晚 59 all kinds of .各种各样的 60 all over .遍及 61 all right .好;行;不错 62 all the same .仍然;还是 63 all the time .一直;始终;老是 64 all the year round . 一年到头 65 allow v.允许;准许 66 almost adv.几乎;差不多 25 67 alone adv.独自;单独地 68 along prep.沿着;顺着 adv.一道;一起 69 already adv.已经 70 also adv.也 71 although conj.虽然;尽管 72 always adv.总是;一直;经常 73 am v.是 74 amaze v.使„„大为惊讶;使惊谔 75 amazing adj.令人惊奇的;惊人的 76 America n.美国 77 American n.& adj.美国人(的) 78 among prep.在„„当中 79 an art.一(个;件„„)(用于元音素开头词前) 80 and conj.和;又;而 81 and so on .等等 82 angel n.天使;守护神 83 angry adj.发怒的;生气的 84 animal n.动物 85 another adj.& prep.另一个(的);又一个(的) 86 answer v.问答 87 any adj.(用于否定名疑问句等)什么;一些;任何的 88 any more .再;更 89 anybody pron.任何人 90 anyone pron.任何人 91 anything pron.任何事(物) 92 anytime adv.在任何时候 93 anywhere adv.任何地方 94 appear v.出现;露面 95 apple n.苹果 96 April n.四月 97 are v.是 98 aren't .,are not 99 arm n.手臂;胳膊 100 around prep.在„„周围;环绕着 101 arrive v.到达;抵达某地 102 art n.艺术，艺术品 103 artist n.画家;艺术家 104 as conj.按照;如同 105 as conj.因为;由于 106 as prep.作为 107 as if .好像 108 as long as .长达„„ 109 as soon as .„„就„„ 110 as soon as possible .尽可能早地;尽快 111 as usual .像平常一样 112 as well .也;又;同样地 113 as...as .与 一样 114 Ashland .阿什兰德(城镇名) 115 ask v.问 116 ask for .请求;询问 117 asleep adj.睡着的;熟睡的 118 assistant n.助手;助理 119 at prep.在 120 at all .(用否定句)一点也不 121 at breakfast .早餐时 122 at first .起先;首先 123 at home .在家 124 at last .终于;最后 125 at least .至少;起码 126 at midnight .在半夜 127 at night .在晚上;在夜里 128 at once .立刻;马上 129 at school .在学校 130 at sea .在大海上 131 at the age of 在„„岁月 132 at the beginning of „„起始;开始 133 at the end of .在„„结尾;到„„尽头 134 at the head of .在„„的最前头 135 at the moment .此刻 26 136 at the same time .同时 137 at times .有时;偶尔 138 at work .在工作 139 attract v.吸引 140 audience n.听众 141 August n.八月 142 aunt n.姨母;舅母;姑母;伯母;婶母 143 Aussie n.(=Australian)澳大利亚人 144 Australia n.澳大利亚 145 Australian n.澳大利亚人 146 autumn n.秋天;秋季 147 awake adj.清醒的 148 awayadv.离开 149 baby n.婴儿;幼畜 150 back adv.回(原处);向后 151 back n.背部;后面 152 bad adj.坏的 153 badly adv.严重地;恶劣地 154 bag n.书包 155 baker n.面包师 156 ball n.球 157 bamboo n.竹子 158 banana n.香蕉 159 band n.乐队 160 bang v.猛敲;猛撞;砰砰作响 n.砰砰的声音 161 bank n.银行 162 bank n.(海、河、湖的)岸;堤 163 barn n.(农家的)谷仓;堆物房;马房;牛舍 164 base v.以„„作根据;基于 165 base on 以„„(为)根据 166 baseball n.棒球 167 BASIC n.(电脑)初学者通用符号指令码 168 basket n.篮子 169 basketball n.篮球 170 be able to .能;会 171 be afrrald of .害怕 172 be amazed at 对„„感到惊讶 173 be angry witb .对(某人)发脾气 174 be born .出生于 175 be busy doing .忙着做„„ 176 be excited about 对„„感到兴奋 177 be famous for .因„„而有名的 178 be fed up with .厌倦 179 be filled with 用„„充满 180 be full (of) .充满„„的 181 be good at .在„„方面(学得，做得)好;善于 182 be interested in .对„„感兴趣 183 be late for .迟到 184 be made in 在„„生产或制造 185 be made of 由„„组成;由„„构成 186 be pleased with .对„„感到满意 187 be proud of 以„„自豪(高兴) 188 be used for .用于 189 be(am,is,are) v.是;成为 190 be/get lost .迷失(道路) 191 beach n.海(河、湖)滩 192 bear n.熊 193 beat v.打败;敲打 194 Beatles n.甲壳虫乐队 195 beautiful adj.美丽的;漂亮的 196 because conj.因为 197 bed n.床 198 beef n.牛肉 199 beeome v.变成;变得;成为 200 beeper n.袖珍无线电传呼机;电话呼叫器 201 beer n.啤酒 202 before prep.在„„之前 adv.以前 203 before long .不久以后 204 beg v.恳求;乞讨 27 205 beg one's pardon .请原谅;对不起 206 begin v.开始;着手 207 beginning n.开始;开端 208 behind prep.在„„后面 209 believe v.相信;认为 210 below prep.在下;低于 211 Berlin .柏林 212 beside prep.在„„旁边 213 best adj.& adv.最好的(地) 214 best-sellern.畅销货(书) 215 better adj.(good或well的比较级)较好的;更好的 216 between prep.在(两者)之间 217 big adj.大的 218 bike n.自行车 219 bill n.帐单;清单;纸币 220 billion n.十亿 221 biology n.生物(学) 222 bird n.鸟 223 birthday n.生日 224 bit n.一点儿;小片 225 black adj.黑色的 226 blackboard n.黑板 227 bleat v.& n.羊叫(声) 228 blind adj.瞎的;盲的 229 blouse n.女衬衫 230 blow v.吹 231 blue adj.& n.蓝色(的) 232 boat n.船 233 boat v.划船 234 boating n.划船 235 body n.身体 236 Bondi n.邦戴 237 book n.书 238 book v.预定(戏票;车票等) 239 bookmark .书签 240 bookshop n.书店 241 boot n.长统靴 242 boring adj.令人厌烦的 243 born .(动词bear的过去分词) 出生 244 borrow v.借 245 Boston n.波士顿(美国马萨诸塞州的首府) 246 both adj.& pron.两个(人，„„)都 247 both...and„„和„„都 248 bottle n.瓶 249 bowl n.碗 250 box n.盒子;箱子 251 boy n.男孩 252 Brazil n.巴西 253 bread n.面包 254 break n.(课间)休息;中断 255 break v.折断;断裂;破碎 256 breakfast n.早餐 257 breathe v.呼吸 258 bridge n.桥 259 bridge n.桥牌 260 bright adj.明亮的;灿烂的 261 bright adj.明亮的;晴朗的 262 brightly adv.明亮地;闪亮地 263 bringv.带来;拿来 264 Britain n.英国;不列颠英格兰、威尔士和苏格兰总称 265 British adj.英国的;英国人的 266 brochure n.小册子 267 broke v.(动词break的过去时)折断;打破 268 broken adj.弄坏了的 269 broom n.扫帚 270 brother n.兄;弟 271 brown adj.& n.棕色(的);褐色(的) 272 brush n.刷子;毛笔;画笔 273 Brussels n.布鲁塞尔(比利时首都) 28 274 build v.建立;建造;建设 275 building n.建筑物 276 bus n.公共汽车 277 bus station .公共汽车站 278 business n.商业;生意;事务 279 business n.商业;生意;事务 280 businessman n.商人 281 busy adj.忙的;繁忙的 282 but conj.但是 283 but prep.除了 284 butter n.黄油 285 button n.按钮;钮扣 286 buy v.买 287 by prep.乘车(船等) 288 by air .乘飞机 289 by plane .乘飞机 290 by sea .乘船 291 by ship .乘船 292 by the time .到„„的时候 293 by the way .顺便说;顺便问一下 294 bye interj.再见 295 cabbage n.卷心菜;洋白菜 296 cafe n.小餐馆;咖啡厅 297 cage n.笼(子);鸟笼 298 Cairo n.开罗(埃及首都) 299 cake n.蛋糕;饼;糕 300 Californian n.加利福尼亚号(船名) 301 call v.称呼;叫喊;打电话给„„n.电话;通话;叫喊 302 camera n.照相机 303 can v.aux.能;可以;会 304 Canada n.加拿大 305 Canadian n.加拿大人 306 cancer n.癌症 307 candle n.蜡烛 308 canoe v.乘独木舟 309 Canon n.佳能(照相机牌名) 310 can't .,can not 311 cap n.便帽;军帽 312 Cape Town n.开普敦(南非共和国港口城市) 313 capital n.首都 314 captain n.(足球队等)队长 315 car n.汽车;小汽车 316 card n.纸牌;卡片 317 care n.小心;照料;保护 318 care v.介意;在乎;关心 319 careful adj.小心的;仔细的 320 carefully adv.小心地;仔细地 321 careless adj.粗心的;大意的 322 carrot n.胡萝卜 323 carry vt.携带;搬运;运送 324 carry on .坚持下去;继续下去 325 cat n.猫 326 catch v.捉;抓住 327 catch up with .赶上;追上 328 cause v.引起 329 CD n.激光唱片(缩写词) 330 CD player .激光唱机 331 celebrate v.庆祝 332 cent n.(货币)分 333 centre(center) n.中心 334 century n.世纪;百年 335 certainly adv.当然 336 chair n.椅子 337 challenge n.挑战 338 chance n.机会 339 change v.变换;变更;改变 340 channel n.海峡;航道;(广播的)频道;波段 341 chart n.图表 342 cheap adj.便宜的 29 343 check v.检查;核对 344 check-out n.(购货时的) 结帐台;收银台 345 cheese n.乳酪 346 chemistry n.化学 347 chess n.国际象棋 348 chicken n.鸡;鸡肉 349 child n.小孩 350 children .(child的复数形式) 351 chimney n.烟囱;烟筒 352 China n.中国 353 Chinese adj.中国的;中国人的 n.中国人;汉语 354 chipsn.(pl.)(口语)炸土豆儿条 355 chocolate n.巧克力;巧克力糖 356 choose/chose v.选择;挑选 357 chopsticksn.(通常用复数) 筷子 358 Christmas n.圣诞节 359 church n.教堂;教会 360 cinema n.电影院;电影 361 circle n.圈子;圆 362 citcle v.环绕;绕行 &n.圆;圈子 363 city n.城市 364 city n.城市 365 class n.(学校里的)班级;年级 366 class n.同一个班级的学生 367 classmate n.同班同学 368 classroom n.教室 369 clean v.把„„弄干净;擦干净 370 clean adj.干净的;清洁的 371 clean up .清除;收拾干净 372 cleaner n.清洁工 373 clear adj.清晰的;清楚的;明亮的 374 clearly adv.清楚地 375 clever adj.聪明的;机灵的 376 click n.卡嗒声 v.发出卡嗒声 377 climb v.爬;攀登 378 clock n.钟 379 closev.关;闭 380 closed adj.关着的 381 clothes n.(pl)衣服 382 cloud n.云 383 cloudy adj.多云的;下雨的 384 club n.俱乐部;社团 385 coat n.外套;上衣 386 code n.密码;符号 387 coffee n.咖啡 388 coin n.硬币 389 coke n.(口语)可口可乐 390 cold adj.冷的;寒冷的 391 collect v.收集;搜集 392 college n.学院;高等专科学校 393 colour n.颜色 394 colour v.给„„着色 395 colourful adj.颜色艳丽的 396 come v.来 397 come along .来;随同 398 come down .下来;落 399 come in .进来;进入 400 come on .来吧;跟着来;赶快 401 come on .来;过来 402 come out .出来 403 come out . (花)开;发(芽);出来;出现 404 come over .过来;顺便来访 405 come to oneself .苏醒;恢复知觉 406 come true.实现 407 come up with .找到;提出(答案、解决办法等) 408 comfortable adj.舒适的;舒服的 409 company n.公司 410 competition n.比赛;竞争 411 complain v.抱怨;发牢骚 30 412 composition n.作文作品 413 computer n.电脑;电子计算机 414 concert n.音乐会;演奏会 415 conductor n.(汽车.电车上的)售票员;(火车上的)列车员 416 confidence n.信心;自信 417 confident adj.有自信的;确信的 418 congratulation n.(常用复数)祝贺;庆贺 419 connect v.连接;相连;联系 420 conversation n.会话;谈话 421 cook v.烹调;煮;烧 n.炊事员;厨师 422 cookie n.(pl.cookies)小甜饼 423 cool adj.凉的;凉快的 424 cool adj.(俚语)了不起的(当今“酷”即是cool) 425 copy v.抄写;誊写 426 coral n.珊瑚 427 coral reef .珊瑚礁 428 corner n.角落;(街道)拐角 429 correct v.改正 430 cost v.价钱为;花费(金钱时间等) 431 cotton n.棉花 432 cough v.咳嗽 433 could v.aux.(口语)(表示许可或请求)可以„„ 434 count v.数;点数 435 country n.国家 436 country n.乡村;郊外 437 countryside n.乡下;农村 438 cousin n.堂(表)兄弟;堂(表)兄弟;堂(表)姐妹 439 cover v.覆盖 440 cow n.母牛;乳牛 441 crash v.坠落;冲撞 442 cream n.奶油;乳脂 443 credit n.信用 444 credit card .信用卡 445 crop n.庄稼;收成 446 crossn.十字形(物);十字记号 v.穿过;越过 447 crossv.越过;穿过 448 crossing n.十字路口;交叉点 449 crowd v.拥挤 450 cry v.哭;叫喊 451 cup n.杯子 452 cupboard n.碗橱;小橱(柜:) 453 cut v.割;砍;切 454 cut down .砍倒 455 dad n.(口语)爸爸;爹爹 456 dance v.跳舞 457 dance v.跳舞 458 danger n.危险 459 dangerous adj.危险的 460 dark adj.深(浓)色的;黑暗的 461 date n.日期 462 daughter n.女儿 463 day n.日;一天 464 daytime n.白天 465 dead adj.死的 466 deaf adj.聋的 467 deal n.(口语);交易 468 dear interj.(表示惊讶等)哎呀 469 dear adj.亲爱的;可爱的 470 death n.死;死亡 471 December n.十二月 472 decide v.决定;决心 473 decision n.决定 474 decorate v.装饰;修饰 475 deep adj.深的 476 deer n.(pl.deer)鹿 477 delicious adj.美味的;可口的 478 describe v.描写;叙述 479 description n.描述;描写 480 desert n.沙漠 31 481 deserve v.应得;值得„„ 482 desk n.书桌 483 detective n.侦探 484 develop v.发展;研制;开发 485 diagram n.图表 486 diary n.日记 487 dictionary n.字典;词典 488 die v.死(亡) 489 difference n.不同;差异 490 different adj.不同的 491 difficult adj.困难的;难的 492 dig v.挖;掘 493 digital adj.数字式的 494 dim adj.微暗的;昏暗的 495 dining room n.餐厅 496 dinner n.正餐;晚餐 497 dinosaur n.恐龙 498 directly adv.直接地 499 dirty adj.脏的 500 disappear v.消失 501 disappearance n.消失;失踪 502 discover v.发现;发觉 503 discuddion n.讨论 504 discuss v.讨论;议论 505 disease n.疾病 506 dish n.一道菜;盘;碟 507 display n.陈列 508 disturb v.妨碍;打扰 509 dive v.潜入(水中);跳水 510 diver n.潜入水中的人;潜水员 疑问句的助动词,无词意) 511 do v.aux.(构成否定句,512 do v.做;干;行动 513 do (some) reading .朗读;阅读 514 do one's best .尽最大努力;尽力 515 do one's homework .做作业 516 do well in 在„„方面干得好 517 doctor n.医生 518 document n.公文;文件 519 dog n.狗 520 doll n.玩具娃娃 521 dollar n.元(美、加拿大等国的货币单位) 522 dolphin n.海豚 523 don't .,do not 524 door n.门 525 doorbell n.门铃 526 double n.& adj.两倍(的);双(的) 527 double adj.双重的;双倍的 v.使加倍;使...成双重 528 down adv.向下 529 download v.下载 530 downstairs adj.& adv.(在)楼下;(往)楼下 531 draw v.画;绘制 532 dream v.做梦;向往 n.梦;梦想 533 dress n.女服;(统指)衣服 534 drinkn.饮料 v.喝 535 drive v.驾驶 536 driver n.司机;驾驶员 537 drop v.掉下;落下 n.滴;水滴 538 drop n.滴;水滴 539 drop off .放下(某物;下车 540 drought n.旱灾;干旱 541 dry adj.干的;干燥的 542 dry v.把„„弄干;晒干 543 duck n.鸭 544 dumpling n.饺子 545 during prep.在„„的期间 546 dustbin n.垃圾箱 547 duty n.职责;责任 548 DVD n.光碟;影碟 549 each adv.& pron.各自;各个 32 550 each pron.各自;各个 551 each other .互相 552 ear n.耳朵 553 earlier adj.& adv.(early的比较级)更早的(地) 554 early adj.& adv.早的(地);初期 555 earth n.陆地;大地;地球 556 earthquake n.地震 557 east n.& adj.东方(的);东部(的) 558 easy adj.容易的 559 eat v.吃 560 eat up .吃光;吃完 561 edge n.边;边缘 562 edroom n.卧室 563 education n.教育;培养 564 egg n.蛋 565 eight num.八 566 eighteenth pron.第十八 567 eighth num.第八 568 either adv.(用于否定句中) 也(不) 569 either...or .或者„„或者„„ 570 electronic adj.电子的 571 elephant n.象 572 eleven num.十一 573 else adj.& adv.别(的);其他(的) 574 e-mail n.电子邮件 575 empty adj.空的 576 encourage v.鼓励 577 end n.& v.末端;终点;结束 578 engineer n.师 579 England n.英格兰 580 English n.英语;英国人 adj.英国的;英国人的 581 Englishman n.(pl.Engilshmen)英国(男)人 582 English-speaking adj.说英语的 583 enjoy v.喜欢;享受„„乐趣 584 enjoy oneself .过得快乐;玩得痛快 585 enjoyable adj.愉快的;有趣的 586 enough adj.足够的;充足的 587 enter v.进入 588 entrance n.入口;进入;入场 589 environment n.环境 590 er interj.呃;啊;这„„ 591 eraser n.橡皮擦 592 escape n.&v.逃亡;逃走;逃避 593 especially adv.特别;尤其 594 essential adj.本质的;主要的;必需的 595 eve n.(节日或大事件发生的)前夕 596 even adv.甚至;更 597 even though 即使„„ 598 evening n.傍晚;晚上 599 event n.大事;事件 600 ever adv.曾经 601 ever since .从那时起;此后一直 602 every adj.每一;每个的 603 everybody pron.每人;人人 604 everyone pron.每人;人人 605 everything pron.每件事;每样东西;一切 606 everywhere adv.到处;无论哪里 607 exactly adv.准确地;严格地 608 exam n.(口语)考试 609 example n.例子;榜样 610 excellent adj.极好的;优秀的 611 except prep.除„„之外 612 excited adj.兴奋的;激动的 613 exciting adj.令人兴奋的 614 excuse v.原谅 615 excuse n.借口;托辞 616 exercise n.锻炼;做操;练习 617 exit n.出口 618 expect v.期望;预期 33 619 expensive adj.昂贵的 620 experience n.经验;体验 621 expert n.专家;内行 622 explore v.探测;探险 623 explorer n.探险者;考察者 624 eye n.眼睛 625 face n.脸;面孔 626 fact n.事实;实际 627 factory n.工厂 628 fall v.落下;跌倒 629 fall asleep .睡觉;入睡 630 fall behind .落在( )后面;输给别人 631 fall down .倒下;跌倒;从„„落下 632 fall off .(从„„)掉下 633 falt v.失败;不及格 634 family n.家;家庭 635 family name .姓 636 family tree .家谱(图) 637 famous adj.有名的;著名的 638 fan n.(口语)(电影，运动等的)迷 639 far adj.& adv.远 640 far adj.& adv.远的(地) 641 far away .很远;遥远 642 farm n.农场 643 farmer n.农民 644 farming n.农业;务农 645 farmland n.农田 646 farther adj.& adv.(far的比较级)较远;更远 647 farthest adj.& adv.(far的最高级)最远 648 fast adj.& adv.快的(地);迅速的(地) 649 fat adj.肥胖的 650 father n.父亲 651 favourite adj.特别喜爱的 652 fax n.传真 653 feather n.羽毛 654 February n.二月 655 feed v.喂;饲养 656 feel v.觉得;感到 657 festival n.& adj.节日(的);喜庆(的) 658 few adj.少数的;不多的 659 field n.地;田地 660 field trip .野外旅游 661 fifteen num.十五 662 fifth num.& adj.第五(的) 663 fifty num.五十 664 fill v.装满;填充 665 film n.影片;电影 666 final adj.最后的 667 find v.找到;发现 668 find out .找出;查出 669 fine adj.好的;(身体)好的 670 finger n.手指 671 finish v.完成;结束 672 fireplace n.壁炉 673 first num.adj.& adv.第一;首先;最初 674 first of all .首先;第一 675 fish n.鱼 676 fish v.钓鱼 677 fishing n.钓鱼 678 fit adj.健康的;适合;得当的 v.(使)适合;使符合 679 five num.五 680 fix v.修理;安装 681 flightn.航班;飞行 682 flood n.洪水;水灾 v.淹没;泛滥 683 floor n.(室内)地;地板 684 flower n.花 685 fly v.放(风筝、飞机模型等) 686 fly v.飞;飞行;乘飞机旅行 687 fog n.雾 34 688 foggy adj.有雾的;多雾的 689 follow v.跟随 690 food n.食物 691 foot n.脚(pl.feet/fi:t/) 692 football n.足球 693 for prep.为;给 694 for example .例如 695 foreign adj.外国的 696 foreigner n.外国人 697 forest n.森林 698 forever adv.永远;总是 699 forgot v.(forget的过去时)忘记 700 fork n.叉;餐叉 701 form n.表格 702 fossiln.化石 703 found v.成立;建立 704 four num.四 705 fourteen num.十四 706 fox n.狐狸 707 fragile adj.易碎的 708 France n.法国 709 free adj.空闲的;自由的 710 freeze v.结冰;凝固(froze/fr3uz/,frozen/'fr3uzn) 711 French n.法语 712 Frenchman n.法国人 713 Friday n.日期五 714 Friday n.星期五 715 fridge n.电冰箱 716 friend n.朋友 717 friendly adj.友好的 718 friendship n.友谊;友情 719 frighten v.惊恐;吓唬 720 frightened adj.受惊的;害怕的 721 from prep.从;从„„起 722 from now on .从现在起;今后 723 from...to... .从„„到„„ 724 front adj.& n.前面(的);前部 725 fruit n.水果 726 frustrate v.使沮丧;使失败 727 frustrated adj.感到灰心丧气的 728 full n.满的 729 fun adj.有趣的;愉快的 730 fun n.有趣的事;娱乐 731 funny adj.滑稽的;有趣的 732 future n.将来;未来 733 game n.游戏;运动 734 garden n.花(果、菜)园 735 gate n.大门 736 gatekeeper n.看门人;门卫 737 generosity n.慷慨;豁达 738 geography n.地理(学) 739 Germany n.德国 740 get v.得到;获得 741 get back .回来;取回 742 get down .下来;落下 743 get married .结婚 744 get off .下来;从„„下来 745 get on .上(车) 746 get on (bus) .上车 747 get on well with .与„„相处融洽 748 get to .到达 749 get up .起床 750 get...back .退还....;送回去;取回 751 get-together n.聚会 752 girllll n.女孩 753 give v.给 754 give a concert .开音乐会 755 give birth to .生(孩子) 756 give up .放弃 35 757 give...a hand .给予„„帮助 758 given name .,first name 名字 759 glad adj.高兴的;乐意的 760 glass n.玻璃杯 761 glove n.手套 762 go v.去 763 go n.尝试(做某事) 764 go back .回去 765 go boating .去划船 766 go fishing .去钓鱼 767 go hiking .去徒步旅行 768 go home .回家 769 go on .继续 770 go on doing(sth) .继续做(某事) 771 go out .外出;到外面 772 go over .过一遍;仔细检查 773 go shopping .(去)买东西 774 go straight along 沿着„„一直往前走 775 go to bed .睡觉 776 go wrong .走错路 777 goal n.(足球)球门;得分 778 goes v.去(go的单数第三人称现在时) 779 golf n.高尔夫球 780 good adj.好的 781 goodbye interj.再见;再会 782 goodness n.善良;美德 783 grab v.抓取„„;夺取 784 grade n.年级 785 graduate v.毕业 786 grand adj.豪华的;庄重的;雄伟的 787 grandfather n.(外)祖父 788 grandma n.(口语)奶奶;外婆 789 grandmother .(外)祖母 790 grandpa n.(口语)爷爷;外公 791 grape n.葡萄 792 grass n.草;草地 793 grateful adj.感激的;表示感谢的 794 greatadv.(口语)好极了;很好 795 greatadj.伟大的;很大的;重要的 796 green adj.& n.绿色(的) 797 greet v.问候;向(人)打招呼 798 grey adj.& n.灰色(的);灰白(的) 799 ground n.地面;土地 800 group n.组;群;团体 801 grow v.种植;生长 802 grow v.种植;生长 803 grow up .长大;成长 804 guess v.猜 805 guide n.向导;导游者 v.指导;引导 806 Gum Tree .桉树村 807 had better(do) .最好官(做„„) 808 hair n.头发 809 half n.半;一半 810 half-way adv.在途中;半路上 811 hall n.大厅;会堂;会馆 812 hamburger n.汉堡包 813 hand n.手 814 hand in .交上来 815 hands up .举手 816 hang v.吊着;悬挂 817 happen v.(偶然)发生;碰巧 818 happily adv.高兴地;快乐地 819 happy adj.快乐的;幸福的 820 hard adj.困难的 821 hard adv.努力 822 hard adj.硬的 823 hardly adv.几乎不 824 hard-working adj.辛勤工作的;用功的 825 harm n.损害;伤害 36 826 Harvard n.哈佛大学(美国著名的大学) 827 harvest n.收获 828 has .(动词have的单数第三人称)有 829 hat n.帽子(一般指有边的帽子) 830 hate v.讨厌;不喜欢;憎恨 831 have v.有 832 have a (good) rest .休息 833 have a cold .(患)感冒 834 have a cough .(患)咳嗽 835 have a good time .过得快乐 836 have a headache .(患)头痛 837 have a look .看一看 838 have a seat .坐下;就坐 839 have a try .尝试;努力 840 have sports .进行体育活动 841 have supper .吃晚餐 842 have to .不得不;必须 843 Hawaii n.夏威夷 844 he pron.他 845 he awake .醒着的 846 head n.头;头部 847 headache n.头痛 848 headmaster n.(英)中小学校长 849 headteacher n.校长 850 heal v.使(伤、病)痊愈 851 health n.健康;卫生 852 healthily adv.健康地 853 healthy adj.健康的;健壮的 854 hear v.听见;听说 855 hear of .听说 856 heart n.心(脏) 857 heavily adv.大量地;猛烈地;厉害地 858 heavy adj.重的 859 height n.高度 860 hello interj.喂(表示问候或唤起注意) 861 help v.帮助 862 help yourself to .自取;随便吃 863 help...with .帮助(某人)做(某事) 864 helpful adj.有帮助的;有益的 865 her pron.她的 866 here adv.这里;这儿 867 here and there .到处;处处 868 Here you are .给你 869 hers pron.她的 870 herself pron.她自己 871 hey interj.嘿;喂(唤起注意,表示惊讶或询问) 872 hi interj.喂(表示问候或唤起注意) 873 hide/hid v.躲藏 874 high adj.& adv.高的(地) 875 high jump .跳高 876 high school .中学 877 hike v.& n.远足;徒步旅行 878 hiking n.徒步旅行 879 hill n.小山 880 him pron.他(宾格) 881 himself pron.他自己 882 his pron.他的 883 history n.历史(学) 884 hit v.打;击中;撞 885 hm interj.哼(表示踌躇、唤起注意) 886 hobby n.业余爱好 887 hold v.拿;握 888 hold a sports meetin .举行运动会 889 hold on .(打电话时)等一等;不挂断 890 hole n.洞;孔;坑 891 holiday n.假日;假期 892 home n.家 893 hometown n.故乡;家乡 894 homework n.家庭作业 37 895 Hong Kong n.香港 896 Honolulu n.火努鲁鲁(又译檀香山) 897 hooray interj.好哇;加油 898 hopev.希望 899 horse n.马 900 hospitall n.医院 901 hot adj.热的;辣的 902 hot dog .热狗(红肠面包) 903 hoteln.旅馆;饭店 904 hour n.小时 905 hour after hour .一小时又一小时;连续地 906 house n.房子 907 housework n.家务劳动 908 how adv.(指程度)多少;怎样 909 How are you? .您(身体)好吗, 910 How do you do? .您好～ 911 how long .多久 912 how many .多少 913 how much .多少;多少钱 914 however conj.然而;可是 915 hug n.拥抱;紧抱 916 huge adj.巨大的 917 human n.& adj.人(的);人类(的) 918 human being .人 919 hundred num.百 920 hungry adj.饥锇的 921 hurry v.赶快;慌忙 922 hurry up .赶快 923 hurt v.使受伤;痛 924 husband n.丈夫 925 I pron.我 926 ice n.冰 927 ice n.冰 928 ice cream .冰淇淋 929 iceberg n.冰山 930 icon n.图像符号;图标 931 ID n.(identity的缩写)身份(证) 932 I'd like .,I would like 933 idea n.主意;想法;意见 934 if conj.假如;如果 935 if conj.是否 936 ill adj.病的;不健康的 937 ill adj.病的 938 I'll .,I will 939 I'm .,I am 940 imagine v.设想;想像 941 important adj.重要的;重大的 942 impossible adj.不可能的 943 improve v.提高;改善 944 in prep.在„„里(内;上) 945 in prep.用„„(表示) 946 in a hurry .匆忙地 947 in fact .实际上 948 in Fnglish .用英语(表达) 949 in front .前方;正对面 950 in front of .在„„前面 951 in the day .在白天 952 in the end .最后 953 in the future .将来 954 in the open air .在户外;在野外 955 in this way .用这种方法 956 in time .及时 957 increase v.增加;增长 958 India n.印度 959 Indian adj.印度的;印度人的 n.印度人;印第安人 960 information n.信息;情报 961 injection n.注射;打针 962 Inner Mongolia n.内蒙古 963 inside prep.在„„的里面 38 964 inspector n.警官;监督员 965 instead adv.代替;顶替 966 instead of .代替 967 instruction n.说明;须知 968 interest n.兴趣 969 interested adj.感兴趣的 970 interesting adj.有趣的;有意思的 971 Internet n.因特网;互联网络 972 into prep.到„„里;向内 973 invent v.发明;创造 974 invention n.发明;创造 975 inventor n.发明者;创造者 976 invite v.邀请;招待 977 is v.是 978 island n.岛;岛状物 979 isn't .,is not 980 it pron.它 981 Italian adj.意大利(语/人)的 n.意大利语;意大利人 982 Italy n.意大利 983 its pron.它的 984 it's .,it is 985 jacket n.茄克衫 986 January n.一月 987 Japan n.日本 988 Japanese adj.日本的;日本人的 n.日本人;日语 989 jeep n.吉普车 990 job n.工作 991 join v.加入;参加 992 jouk n.笑话;玩笑 993 journalist n.记者;新闻工作者 994 journey n.旅程;旅行;路程 995 juice n.(水果、蔬菜、肉等的)汁;果汁 996 july n.七月 997 jumpv.跳 998 jumper n.跳跃者 999 June n.六月 1000 just adv.刚刚;方才 1001 just adv.仅仅;只是 1002 just now .刚才;不久以前 1003 just then .正在那时 1004 keep v.保持;留住 1005 keep v.饲养;照顾 1006 keep doing something .一直做某事 1007 key n.钥匙 1008 keyboard n.键盘 1009 kid n.(口语)小孩子 1010 kill v.杀死;弄死 1011 kilo n.千克;公斤 1012 kilometre(kilometer) n.公里;千米 1013 kind n.种;类 1014 kind adj.和蔼的;友好的 1015 kind-hearted adj.好心的 1016 kinds of .各种各样的 1017 kirchen n.厨房 1018 kite n.风筝 1019 knce n.膝盖 1020 knife n.小刀;(pl.knives) 1021 knock v.敲;击 1022 knock at .敲(门、窗等) 1023 knock on .敲(门、窗等) 1024 know v.知道;懂得 1025 knowledge n.知识;学问 1026 lab n.,laboratory 实验室 1027 ladies'room .(妇女用)公共厕所 1028 lady n.女士;夫人 1029 lake n.湖 1030 land n.陆地;土地 1031 land v.登陆;上岸;降落 1032 language n.语言 39 1033 lap n.(竞赛场的)一圈 1034 large adj.大的;(数量)多的 1035 large numbers of .许多 1036 last adj.最后的;刚过去的 adv.最后 1037 last v.持续;耐久 1038 late adj.& adv.迟的(地);晚的(地) 1039 later on .后来;稍后 1040 laugh v.(大)笑;发笑 n.笑;笑声 1041 laugh v.(大)笑;发笑 1042 laugh at .嘲笑 1043 lay/laid v.下蛋;产蛋 1044 lazy adj.懒惰的 1045 leaf n.(pl.leaves)叶子;树木(草)的叶子 1046 learnv.学;学习 1047 learn...from... .向„„学习 1048 least adj.最小的;最少的 1049 least n.最小;最少 1050 leather n.皮革 1051 leave v.离去;出发 1052 leave...behind .把„„遗留在(留下) 1053 left n.& adj.左(的);左边(的) 1054 leg n.腿 1055 lend v.把„„借给;借给 1056 less adj.& adv.(little的比较级)较少(小)的(地) 1057 less than .不到;少于 1058 lesson n.课;功课 1059 let v.让 1060 Let me see .让我想想看 1061 let's .,let us 让我们 1062 Let's go .我们一起去 1063 letter n.信 1064 librarian n.图书管理员 1065 library n.图书馆 1066 licence n.执照;许可证 1067 lie/lay v.躺;平躺 1068 life n.(pl.lives)生命;生活 1069 lifeboat n.救生船(艇) 1070 lifetime n.一生;终生 1071 lift n.电梯 1072 lift v.(雾、云)消散;(雨)停止 1073 light n.灯 1074 light adj.淡(浅)色的;轻的 1075 like prep.像;跟„„一样 1076 like v.喜欢 1077 line n.线;绳索 1078 lion n.狮子 1079 list n.清单;一览表;名单;目录 1080 listen v.听 1081 listen to .听 1082 litter n.垃圾;废物 v.乱丢杂物 1083 little adj.& adv.小的;一点儿;稍许 1084 live v.居住 1085 live on .继续存在;继续活着 1086 livelyadj.热闹的;有生气的 1087 Liverpool n.利物浦(英国港口城市) 1088 living room n.起居室 1089 living-room n.起居室 1090 loaked .lock的过去分词形式 1091 lock v.& n.锁 1092 lock v.锁;锁上 n.锁 1093 London n.伦敦(英国首都) 1094 lonely adj.孤独的;寂寞的 1095 long adj.长的 1096 long jump .跳远 1097 look v.瞧;看 1098 look v.看上去;显得 1099 look n.瞧;看 1100 look after .照顾;照看 1101 look at .看;观看 40 1102 look fro .寻找 1103 look like .看起来像 1104 look out .留神;注意 1105 look over .(仔细)检查 1106 look the same .看起来很像 1107 look up .向上看;抬头看 1108 lose/lost v.丢失;失去;迷失(方向) 1109 lost adj.丢失的;失去的 1110 lost adj.迷途的;丢失的 1111 lot n.许多 1112 lot of .许多;很多 1113 lots of .许许多多的 1114 loud adj.大声的;响亮的 1115 loudly adv.大声地;高声地 1116 loudspeaker n.扬声器;扩声器 1117 love v.爱;喜爱 1118 low adj.低的;浅的;矮的 1119 luck adj.运气;好运 1120 luckily adv.好运地;幸运地 1121 lueky adj.幸运的、侥幸的 1122 lunch n.午餐 1123 Macao n.澳门 1124 machine n.机器 1125 madam n.夫人;女士 1126 madam n.女士;夫人;小姐(对已婚或未婚妇女的尊称) 1127 magazine n.杂志 1128 magical adj.魔法(似)的 1129 mail n.邮政;邮递 1130 main adj.主要的 1131 mainland n.大陆 1132 Makaha n.马卡哈(美国) 1133 make v.做;制作 1134 make v.使„„(发生) 1135 make a decision .作出决定 1136 make a mistake .犯错误 1137 make a noise .吵闹 1138 make faces .做鬼脸;做苦脸 1139 make friends .交朋友 1140 make money .赚钱 1141 make one's way to .往„„走去 1142 make phone calls .打电话 1143 make room for .给„„腾出地方 1144 make sure.确保;确认;查明 1145 make telephone calls .打电话 1146 make the bed .整理床铺 1147 make up one's mind .下决心 1148 man n.男人;人 1149 manager n.经理;负责人 1150 Manchester n.曼彻斯特(英国西北部城市) 1151 man-made adj.人造的 1152 many adj.许多的;多的 1153 map n.地图 1154 March n.三月 1155 markn.记号;标记;痕迹 1156 market n.市场;集市 1157 marry v.结婚 1158 match n.比赛;竞赛 1159 match n.比赛;竞赛 1160 math n.(美式拼法)数学 1161 maths n.(英式拼法)数学 1162 matter v.(主要用于否定句、疑问句)要紧;有关系 1163 may v.aux.可以;可能;也许 1164 May n.五月 1165 maybe adv.也许;大概 1166 me pron.我 1167 meal n.一餐;一顿饭 1168 mean v.表示„„的意思;意味着 1169 meaning n.意思;意义;含义 1170 meatn.肉 41 1171 medicine n.内服药;医学 1172 meet v.见面;会面;遇见 1173 meeting n.会;集会 1174 Melbourne n.墨尔本(澳大利亚海港城市) 1175 melon n.瓜 1176 member n.成员 1177 memory n.记忆力;存贮器 1178 men n.(pl)男人;人(man的复数形式) 1179 mend v.修补;修理 1180 mention v.提到;说起 1181 menu n.(餐厅等的)菜单 1182 merry adj.愉快的;欢乐的 1183 message n.消息;信息 1184 metal n.金属 1185 metre(meter) n.公尺;米 1186 microcomputern.微型计算机 1187 Microsoft n.微软公司 1188 mid-autumn n.中秋 1189 middle adj.中间的;中级的 1190 middle school .中学 1191 midfield n.中场(指足球场中的中间地带) 1192 midfield player .中场球员 1193 midnight n.午夜 1194 milk n.牛奶 1195 million n.百万;百万元 1196 mindn.思想;想法 v.关心;介意 1197 mine pron.我的 1198 minibus n.小型公共汽车 1199 minus prep.减;减去 1200 minute n.分钟;一会儿 1201 Miss n.女士;小姐(对未婚女子的称呼) 1202 miss v.错过 1203 missing adj.丢失的;失踪的 1204 mist n.雾 1205 mistake n.错误 1206 misty adj.有雾的;多雾的 1207 mobile adj.可移动的 1208 mobile phone .可移动电话 1209 model n.模型;模范;样式 1210 modem n.调制解调器 1211 moment n.片刻;瞬间 1212 Monday n.星期一 1213 money n.钱;货币 1214 monitor n.显示器 1215 monkey n.猴子 1216 month n.月 1217 mooncaken.月饼 1218 moonlight n.& adj.月光(的) 1219 more adv.更;更加 1220 more adj.& adv.& pron.更;更多(的) 1221 more and more adj.越来越„„ 1222 more or less .多少有点;或多或少 1223 more than .多过;„„以上;比„„更 1224 morning n.早晨;上午 1225 morning paper .晨报 1226 Moscow n.莫斯科(俄罗斯首都) 1227 most adj.adv.& prep.(many或much) 最多(大量)的 1228 most pron.大部分;大多数 1229 mostly adv.主要地;大部份 1230 mother n.母亲 1231 motorbike n.摩托车或有发动机的自行车 1232 mount n.„„山;„„峰 1233 Mount Qomolangma .珠穆朗玛峰 1234 mountain n.山;高山 1235 mouse n.鼠;耗子;鼠标 1236 mouth n.嘴 1237 mouth-to-mouth adj.(人工呼吸)口对口的 1238 move v.移动;搬动;搬家 1239 moving adj.活动的;移动的;动人的 42 1240 Mr=mister n.先生(用于姓名前) 1241 Mrs n.夫人 1242 Ms n.女士用在婚姻状况不明的女子姓名前) 1243 much adv.& adj.多;很;非常 1244 multiply v.(将„„)乘„„ 1245 multiply...by... . „„乘以„„ 1246 mum n.(口语)妈妈 1247 mummy n.(口语)妈妈 1248 museum n.博物馆 1249 music n.音乐;乐曲 1250 must v.aux.必须;应当 1251 my pron.我的 1252 myself pron.我自己 1253 name n.名字 1254 natural adj.自然界的;天然的 1255 near prep.在„„附近 1256 nearby adv.附近 1257 nearly adv.将近;几乎 1258 neatly adv.整洁地 1259 necessary adj.必要的;必需的 1260 neck n.颈;脖子 1261 neck and neck .(竞赛等)并驾齐驱 1262 necklace n.项链 1263 need v.需要;必需 1264 neighbourhoodn.四邻;街坊;邻近 1265 neighboutn.邻居 1266 neither adj.& pron.(两者)都不 1267 neither...nor... .既不„„也不„„ 1268 Nepal n.尼泊尔 1269 nervous adj.紧张不安的 1270 never adv.从来;决不 1271 never mind .没有关系 1272 new adj.新的 1273 New Jersey n.新泽西(美国州名) 1274 New York n.纽约(美国城市) 1275 New Zealand n.新西兰 1276 Newquay n.纽基(英国) 1277 news n.新闻;消息 1278 newspaper n.报纸 1279 next adj.下一个 1280 next to .相邻;靠近 1281 nice adj.令人愉快的 1282 nice adj.好的;漂亮的 1283 nine num.九 1284 ninth num.& adj.第九(的) 1285 no adv.不;不是 1286 no longer .不再 1287 no matter 不论„„ 1288 No. .,number 1289 nobody pron.没有人 1290 noise n.嘈杂声;响声 1291 noisy adj.喧闹的;嘈杂的 1292 nonepron.一个人也没有;没有任何东西 1293 noodle n.面条 1294 noon n.中午;正午 1295 nor conj.也不 1296 north n.& adj.北方(的);北部(的) 1297 northeast n.东北;东北部 1298 northern adj.北部的;北方的 1299 northwest n.西北;西北部 1300 nose n.鼻子 1301 not adv.不 1302 not as/so...as .与 不一样 1303 not only ... but als 不仅„„而且 1304 not...any more .不再 1305 not...at all .一点也不 1306 nothing pron.没有什么;没有东西 1307 notice n.通知;布告 1308 notice v.注意;通知 43 1309 novel n.(长篇)小说 1310 November n.十一月 1311 now adv.现在 1312 number n.数字;号码 1313 nurse n.护士 1314 nut n.坚果;坚果核 1315 nylon n.尼龙 1316 object n.物体 1317 ocean n.海洋;大洋 1318 o'clock .„„点钟 1319 October n.十月 1320 of prep.„„的 1321 of course adv.当然;自然的事 1322 offer v.&n.拿出;提供 1323 office n.办公室 1324 often adv.常常 1325 oh interj.哦;啊 1326 oil n.油 1327 OK adv.(口语)好;对;不错;可以 1328 old adj.„„岁的;老的 1329 Olympic adj.奥林匹克的 1330 on prep.在;在„„上 1331 on prep.关于 1332 on display .陈列;展览 1333 on duty .值日 1334 on earth .在地球上 1335 on foot .走路;步行 1336 on one's way to .在„„的途中 1337 on show .展出 1338 on the left/right si .在左/右边 1339 on time .准时 1340 on watch .值班;守望 1341 once adv.曾经;以前 1342 once adv.一次 1343 once upon a time .从前;很早以前 1344 one num.一 1345 one pron.(用来代替单数的人或物) 1346 one day .(过去或将来)有一天;某一天 1347 one way adj.单程的;单行的 1348 onion n.洋葱 1349 online adj.&adv.在线;上网 1350 only adv.仅仅;只 1351 onto prep.在„„上面;到„„上面 1352 openv.打开 1353 openadj.开着的 1354 open up .开设;开业;开放 1355 opera n.歌剧 1356 opposite adj.对面的;相反的 1357 or conj.或者;还是 1358 orange n.橙子;橘子 1359 orange adj.& n.橙色(的) 1360 order n.订货单;订购;(点)一份菜 v.订购;点菜 1361 ordinary adj.普通的;通常的 1362 other adj.别的;其他的 1363 Ottawa n.渥太华(加拿大首都) 1364 ouch interj.(突然感到病痛时发出的声音)哎哟 1365 our pron.我们的 1366 ours pron.我们的 1367 ourselves pron.我们自己 1368 out adv.在外 1369 out of prep.从„„向外;从„„往外 1370 outdoor adj.户外的;野外的 1371 outside prep.在„„外边 adv.在外边 1372 over adv.在那边;在另一边 1373 over adv.结束;完了 1374 over there .在那边 1375 owm v.拥有;所有 1376 own adj.自己的 1377 owner n.拥有者;所有者 44 1378 p.m. .下午;午后 1379 pack v.打包;打行李 1380 page n.(书的)页 1381 pain n.疼痛;疼 1382 painful adj.疼痛的;痛苦的 1383 painter n.画家 1384 painting n.油画;水彩画 1385 pair n.一对;一双 1386 palace n.宫;宫殿 1387 pan n.平底锅 1388 panda n.熊猫 1389 paper n.纸;报纸 1390 pardon v.原谅(某人);宽恕 1391 parent n.父(母)亲 1392 parents .父(母)亲;双亲 1393 park n.公园 1394 park v.(将车)停放 1395 parrot n.鹦鹉 1396 part n.部分 1397 part-time adj.非全日工作的 n.业余时间 1398 party n.聚会 1399 pass v.传递 1400 pass on .传递;转移到 1401 passenger n.乘客;旅客 1402 past prep.(超)过;经过 1403 past n.& adj.过去(的) 1404 path n.路线;去路 1405 patient n.病人 1406 pause v.&n.中止;暂停 1407 pay v.给....报酬 1408 PE=physical educatio n.体育 1409 pea n.碗豆 1410 pear n.梨 1411 Peking Opera .京剧 1412 pen n.钢笔 1413 pencil n.铅笔 1414 pencil-box n.铅笔盒 1415 penguin n.企鹅 1416 people n.人;人们 1417 pepper n.胡椒 1418 performance n.演出;成果;成绩 1419 perhaps adv.也许;可能 1420 person n.人 1421 personal adj.私人的;个人的 1422 pet n.宠爱的动物 1423 phone n.(telephone的缩写词)电话;电话机 1424 phone n.(telephone之略)电话;电话机 1425 photo n.照片 1426 physics n.物理(学) 1427 piano n.钢琴 1428 pick v.采摘(花;果实) 1429 pick up .拾起;捡起 1430 picnic n.野餐 1431 picture n.图画;照片 1432 pie n.(用肉或水果做成的)馅饼 1433 piece n.一张(片;块„„) 1434 pig n.猪 1435 pill n.药丸;药片 1436 ping-pong n.乒乓球 1437 pink adj.粉红色的;桃红色的 1438 pioneer n.先锋 1439 pity n.遗憾的事;可惜的事 1440 pizza n.(意大利)烤馅饼 1441 place n.地方;地点 1442 place n.地点;地方 1443 plan n.& v.计划 1444 plane n.飞机 1445 plantv.种植 n.植物 1446 plastic adj.& n.塑料(的) 45 1447 plate n.盘子;碟子 1448 play v.玩;打(球) 1449 play n.剧;戏剧 1450 play a joke on .戏弄人;对某人恶作剧 1451 player n.比赛者;选手 1452 playground n.(学校的)操场 1453 playhouse n.儿童游戏房 1454 pleasant adj.愉快的;快乐的 1455 please interj.请 1456 pleased adj.高兴的;愉快的 1457 pleasure n.愉快;高兴 1458 plus prep.加;加上 1459 pocket n.衣袋 1460 point v.指;指向 1461 point at .指示;指向 1462 point to 指向„„ 1463 police n.(the police) 警察(局) 1464 policeman n.警察 1465 politely adv.有礼貌地 1466 pollute v.污染;弄脏 1467 polyester n.(化学)聚酯 1468 pool n.水池;水坑 1469 poor adj.贫穷的;可怜的 1470 popular adj.大众的;流行的 1471 population n.人口;人数 1472 pork n.猪肉 1473 porridge n.粥;稀饭 1474 possible adj.可能的 1475 post n.邮政;邮寄;邮件 1476 post office .邮局 1477 postal adj.邮政的 1478 postcard n.明信片 1479 postman n.邮递员 1480 potato n.(pl.)马铃薯;土豆 1481 potato n.马铃薯;土豆 1482 pound n.镑(重量单位) 1483 pour v.倒;灌;倾泄 1484 practice=practise(英 n.& v.练习;实践 1485 practise v.实践;练习 1486 prefer v.宁愿选择;更喜欢 1487 present n.礼物 1488 press v.按;压 1489 pretty adj.漂亮的;美丽的 1490 prevent v.防止;阻止 1491 price n.价格;价钱 1492 pride n.自豪;骄傲 1493 print v.印刷;印制 1494 print v.打印 1495 printer n.打印机 1496 prize n.奖品;奖赏 1497 probably adv.很可能;大概 1498 problem n.问题;难题 1499 problem n.问题;难题 1500 produce v.产生;生产;制造 1501 program(英programme) n.程序;项目;节目 1502 progress v.进步;提高;前进 1503 protect v.保护 1504 proud adj.自豪的;骄傲的 1505 provide v.提供 1506 province n.省 1507 public adj.公共的;公众的 1508 pull v.拉;拖;拔 1509 pumpkin n.南瓜 1510 pupil n.小学生;学生 1511 purple adj.& n.紫色(的) 1512 purse n.钱包 1513 push v.推;挤 1514 put v.放 1515 put away .把„„收起来(放好) 46 1516 put off .推迟;拖延 1517 put on .穿上(衣服等);戴上(帽子等) 1518 put on .(戏剧等)上演;放(唱片等) 1519 put up .挂起;举起 1520 put(sth.)down .把(某物)放下来 1521 quarrel v.争吵 1522 quarrel with .(和某人)吵架 1523 quarter n.一刻仲;四分之一 1524 question n.问题 1525 queue n.(按顺序等待的人、车等的)队;行列 1526 queue jumper .不按次序排队的人 1527 quick adj.快的;迅速的 1528 quickly adv.迅速 1529 quickly adv.快地;迅速地 1530 quiet adj.安静的;平静的 1531 quietly adv.安静地;平静地 1532 quite adv.很;十分 1533 rabbit n.兔子 1534 race n.赛跑 1535 racket n.(网球、羽毛球等的)球拍 1536 rail n.轨道;铁路 1537 railway .(英)铁路 1538 rain v.下雨 1539 raincoat n.雨衣 1540 rained .动词rain的过去式 1541 rather adv.相当 1542 rather than 宁可;是„„而不是 1543 reach v.到达;抵达;达到 1544 read v.读;阅读 1545 reading room .阅览室 1546 ready adj.准备好的;乐意的 1547 real adj.真正的;真实的 1548 realize v.察觉;领悟;了解 1549 really adv.确实;真正地 1550 receive v.接收;收到;得到 1551 recyle v.再循环;回收再用 1552 red adj.& n.红色(的) 1553 redio n.收音机 1554 reef n.岩礁 1555 refuse v.拒绝 1556 regard v.看待;当作 1557 regard...as... .把„„当作;当作 1558 relative n.亲属;亲人 1559 relax v.放松;轻松 1560 relay n.接力;赛跑 1561 remember v.记得;想起 1562 repair v.修理;修补 1563 reply n.& v.答复;回答 1564 report n.& v.;报导 1565 rest n.休息 1566 restaurantn.饭馆 1567 result n.结果 1568 return v.回来;归还 1569 review v.复习(功课等) 1570 rewarding adj.值得做的 1571 rice n.米饭;大米 1572 rich adj.有钱的;富裕的;丰富的 1573 Richmond .里士满(城市名) 1574 riddle n.谜语 1575 ride v.骑(自行车、马等) 1576 ridgen.山脉 1577 right adj.对的;正确的 adv.对地;正确地 1578 right adv.正好;恰好;正确 1579 right n.& adj.右(的);右边(的) 1580 right now .立即 1581 rim n.边;缘 1582 ring v.(钟、铃等)响;摇铃 1583 ring up .打电话 1584 river n.江;河 47 1585 road n.道路;公路 1586 rob v.抡劫 1587 robber n.强盗;盗贼 1588 robbery n.抢劫案;抢劫 1589 robor n.机器人 1590 rock n.摇动;摇滚乐 1591 rock v.震动;摇动 1592 rocket n.火箭 1593 roller-skating .滑旱冰 1594 Rome n.罗马(意大利首都) 1595 room n.房间 1596 rough adj.粗鲁的;激烈的 1597 round adj.圆的;球形的 1598 round-tripadj.(车票等)来回的;往返的 1599 row n.(一)排;(一)行 1600 rub v.擦;磨 1601 rubbish n.垃圾;废物 1602 rule n.规则;规定 1603 ruler n.尺子 1604 run v.跑 1605 run away .逃跑 1606 run away .流失;逃跑;逃走 1607 runner n.赛跑的人 1608 rush v.冲;奔跑 1609 rush out .冲出去 1610 Russian adj.& n.俄国(的).俄国人(的);俄语(的) 1611 sad adj.难过的;悲哀的 1612 sadlyadv.难过地;悲哀地 1613 safe adj.安全的;平安的 1614 safety n.安全 1615 salesgirl n.女售货员 1616 salt n.盐 1617 same adj.同样的;同一的 1618 San Francisco n.旧金山 1619 sand n.沙;沙子 1620 sandwich n.三明治;夹心面包片 1621 SAR n.特别行政区 1622 satellite n.卫星 1623 Saturday n.星期六 1624 save v.救;挽救;节省 1625 say v.说;讲 1626 say goodbye to .告别;告辞 1627 scenery n.风景;景色 1628 school n.学校 1629 schoolbag n.书包 1630 schoolboy n.(中、小学的)男学生 1631 schoolyard n.校园 1632 scientist n.科学家 1633 scissors n.(复数)剪刀 1634 sclence n.(自然)科学 1635 score n.(比赛)得分 1636 Scotland n.苏格兰 1637 screen n.屏幕 1638 scuba n.水肺(潜水者用的水下呼吸器) 1639 seafood n.海鲜;海产食品 1640 season n.季节 1641 seat n.座位 1642 seatch v.搜查;搜索 1643 Seattle n.西雅图(美国华盛顿州一城市) 1644 second num.& adj.第二(的) 1645 secondhand adj.二手的;用过的 1646 secret n.秘密 1647 see v.看见;看到 1648 seem v.好像;似乎 1649 self-respect n.自尊;自重 1650 sell v.卖;售 1651 seller n.卖者;售货员 1652 send v.送;寄;派(遣) 1653 send up 发射;把„„往上送 48 1654 September n.九月 1655 serrious adj.严重的;严肃的 1656 serve v.上(菜、酒等);开(饭);服务 1657 set v.使开始;安置 1658 set n.装置;设备 1659 set off .出发;动身;启程 1660 set one's mind to do 一心想做„„ 1661 seven num.七 1662 several adj.& pron.几个;若干 1663 shall v.& aux.(我，我们)将;会 1664 shape n.形状;外形 1665 shark n.鲨鱼 1666 sharpener n.卷笔刀 1667 she pron.她 1668 sheep n.绵羊 1669 shelf n.(pl.shelves).架子;搁板 1670 shellfish n.贝类;甲壳虫 1671 shepherd n.牧羊人 1672 shine/shone v.照亮;发亮 1673 ship n.船;轮船 1674 shirt n.(男式)衬衫 1675 shoe n.鞋 1676 shoot v.射击;射死 1677 shop n.商店 1678 shopping n.买东西 1679 shopping list .购物单 1680 short adj.短的;矮的 1681 shot n.尝试;努力;射击 1682 shot n.(球赛中)击，射门，投篮;发射 1683 should v.aux.(shall的过去式) 将;会;应该 1684 shout v.呼喊;喊叫 1685 show n.演出;展览 v.给„„看;出示 1686 show down .减缓;减速 1687 shower n.阵雨;骤雨 1688 showery adj.阵雨的;多阵雨的 1689 shut v.关(门等);把„„(盖上) 1690 shut down 把„„关上 1691 shy adj.害羞的;腼腆的 1692 sick adj.患病的 1693 side n.边;面 1694 sign n.标记;符号;痕迹 1695 silently adv.寂静地;沉默地 1696 silk n.(蚕)丝 1697 sinceconj.由于;既然 1698 sinceadv.& conj.此后;自„„以来 1699 sing v.唱;唱歌 1700 singer n.歌唱者;歌手 1701 single adj.单个的;只有一个的 1702 sink/sank v.下沉;沉没 1703 sir n.(对上级和长辈的尊称)先生;阁下 1704 sister n.姐;妹 1705 sit v.坐 1706 sit down .坐下 1707 six num.六 1708 size n.尺寸;大小 1709 skate v.滑冰;溜冰 1710 ski v.滑雪 1711 skirt n.女裙 1712 sky n.天空 1713 sleep v.睡;睡觉 1714 slipper n.(常用复数)拖鞋;便鞋 1715 slow adj.慢的;缓慢的 adv.慢慢地 1716 slow v.放慢;减速 1717 slowly adv.缓慢地 1718 small adj.小的 1719 smell v.闻;嗅;散发(气味) 1720 smile v.& n.微笑 1721 smog n.烟雾 1722 smoke v.& n.吸烟;烟 49 1723 snake n.蛇 1724 snow v.下雪 n.雪 1725 snowman n.雪人 1726 snowy adj.多雪的;降雪的 1727 so adv.这么;那么 1728 so pron.这样;如此 1729 so far .到目前为止 1730 so that .以便;以致 1731 so-called adj.所谓的 1732 soccer n.英式足球 1733 society n.社会 1734 sock n.短袜 1735 software n.(电脑)软件 1736 soil n.土壤;土地 1737 solldier n.士兵;战士 1738 solvev.解决;解答 1739 some adj.& pron.一些;若干 1740 somebody prep.某人;有人 1741 someday adv.(今后)有一天 1742 someone pron.=somebody 某人;有人 1743 something pron.某事(物);某东西 1744 sometime adv.(未来的)某时 1745 sometimes adv.有时 1746 somewhere adv.某处;在某处 1747 son n.儿子 1748 sonata n.(音乐)奏鸣曲 1749 song n.歌;歌曲;歌谣 1750 soon adv.不久;一会儿 1751 sooner or later .迟早 1752 sorryadj.对不起;抱歉的 1753 so-so adj.(口语)不好不坏的;马马虎虎 1754 sound v.听起来 n.声音 1755 sound n.声音 1756 sound v.听起来 1757 soup n.汤 1758 south n.& adj.南方(的);南部(的) 1759 South Africa .南非 1760 space n.空间;太空 1761 spaceship n.宇宙飞船 1762 speak v.讲;说 1763 speak higly of .称赞 1764 speaker n.演讲者;说话者 1765 special adj.特别的;特殊的 1766 speed n.迅速;速度 1767 spell v.拼写 1768 spend v.花(时间、钱);度过 1769 spill v.溢出;溅出;洒出 1770 spiritn.精神 1771 spit v.吐痰;吐唾沫 1772 spoil v.糟蹋 1773 spoon n.匙;调羹 1774 sport n.运动 1775 spring n.春天 1776 Spring Festival .春节 1777 square n.平方;(方形的)广场 1778 stamp n.邮票 1779 stand v.站;立 1780 stand in line .站(在)队(里) 1781 star n.星星;恒星 1782 start v.开始;着手 1783 starting/finishing l .起跑/终点线 1784 station n.车站;所;站 1785 stay v.停留(在某处) 1786 steal v.偷;窃取(stole/st3ul/,stolen/'st3ul3n) 1787 steep adj.陡峻的;险峻的 1788 steer n.& v.驾驶;掌舵 1789 steering wheel .驾驶盘 1790 step n.脚步;v.走;踏入;踩 1791 stick n.棒;棍 50 1792 still adv.还;仍旧;更 1793 Stockholm n.斯德哥尔摩(瑞典首都) 1794 stocking n.长统袜 1795 stop v.停止;中止 1796 stop...from .阻止„„做„„ 1797 storen.(美)商店;大百货公司 1798 storev.储藏;存贮 1799 storm n.暴风雨 1800 story n.故事 1801 story n.(=storey)(房屋的)层 1802 straight adj.直的 1803 straight adv.一直地 1804 strange adj.奇怪的;陌生的 1805 street n.街道 1806 striker n.足球(前锋) 1807 strong adj.强壮的;坚强的 1808 student n.学生 1809 study v.学习;研究 1810 study n.书房 1811 subject n.题目;题材 1812 success n.成就;成功 1813 successfully adv.圆满地;顺利地;成功地 1814 such adj.这样的 1815 suddenly adv.突然地 1816 sugar n.糖 1817 suit n.一套衣服 1818 summer n.夏天;夏季 1819 sun n.太阳 1820 Sunday n.星期日 1821 sunglasses n.太阳镜 阳光充足的 1822 sunny adj.晴朗的;1823 sunshine n.日光;阳光 1824 supermarket n.超级市场 1825 supper n.晚餐 1826 sure adv.的确;一定 adj.确信的;肯定的 1827 surf v.冲浪 1828 surfer n.冲浪者 1829 surfing n.冲浪运动 1830 surprise n.惊奇;惊讶 1831 sweater n.毛衣;厚运动衫 1832 Sweden n.瑞典 1833 Swedish adj.瑞典的;瑞典人的 1834 sweep v.扫;扫除 1835 sweet adj.甜的;可爱的 1836 swim v.& n.游泳 1837 Sydney n.悉尼(澳大利亚港市) 1838 table n.桌子 1839 table tennis .乒乓球 1840 tail n.尾巴;尾部 1841 take v.拿到;带到 1842 take v.花费(时间) 1843 take v.花费(时间);消耗 1844 take a seat .坐下;就座 1845 take an active part .积极参加 1846 take care of .照顾;照料;注意 1847 take exereise .做运动 1848 take off .脱衣服 1849 take off .脱下(衣、帽、鞋等) 1850 take one's place .坐某人的座位;代替某人的职务 1851 take out .取出 1852 take photos .照像 1853 take time .花费(时间) 1854 take turns .轮流 1855 take/leave a message .捎,留口信 1856 take-away adj.& n.可拿走的(熟食) 1857 talk v.说话;谈话 1858 talk about .谈论;交谈 1859 talk with .和„„交谈 1860 tall adj.高的 51 1861 tape n.磁带 1862 taste v.品尝;有„„味道 1863 taxi n.出租汽车 1864 TB(tubereulosis) n.肺结核(病) 1865 tea n.茶 1866 teach v.教;教书 1867 teach oneself .自学 1868 teacher n.教师 1869 teamn.队;组 1870 teamn.队;组 1871 teamwork n.合作;协同工作 1872 teapot n.茶壶 1873 tear n.(常用复数)眼泪;泪珠 1874 technology n.技术;工艺学 1875 telegraph n.电报 1876 telephone n.电话(机) 1877 telephone v.打电话给(某人) 1878 tell v.告诉;讲述 1879 tell v.告诉;讲述;吩咐 1880 tell v.说;告诉;吩咐 1881 temperature n.温度 1882 ten num.十 1883 tennis n.网球(运动) 1884 tent n.帐篷 1885 term n.学期 1886 Terra Cotta Warriors .兵马俑 1887 terrible adj.可怕的;感到极不舒服的 1888 terrific adj.(口语)很棒的;极好的 1889 textbook n.课本 1890 than conj.比„„;比较„„ 1891 thank v.谢谢 1892 thankful adj.感激的;感谢的 1893 thanks n.谢谢(只用复数) 1894 thanks to .由于;幸亏 1895 thanksgiving n.感谢;感恩 1896 Thanksgiving .=Thanksgiving Day 感恩节 1897 that pron.& adj.那;那个 1898 the art.这(那)个;这(那)些 1899 the day after tomott .后天 1900 the day before yeste .前天 1901 the Great Hall of th .人民大会堂 1902 the Great Wall .长城 1903 the more,the better .越多越好 1904 the Olympic Games .奥林匹克运动会 1905 the Palace Museum .故宫博物院 1906 the same as ... .和„„相同 1907 the Summer Palace .颐和园 1908 theatre(theater) n.剧场;戏院 1909 theHimalayaMountains .喜马拉雅山 1910 their pron.他们(她们;它们)的 1911 theirs pron.他们(她们，它们)的 1912 them pron.他(她，它)们 1913 themselves pron.他们自己 1914 then adv.那么;然后 1915 there adv.那里;那儿 1916 there .表示存在,有(人或物),作引导词,无词意 1917 there interj.好啦(表示安慰) 1918 there's .,there is(单数) 1919 these pron.这些 1920 they pron.他们(她们;它们)的 1921 thief n.(pl.thieves/0i:vz/)贼 1922 thin adj.瘦的;薄的 1923 thingn.东西;事情 1924 thinkv.想;认为 1925 think about .考虑 1926 think of .认为;想起 1927 third num.& adj.第三(的) 1928 thirsty adj.口渴的 1929 thirteen num.十三 52 1930 thirty num.三十 1931 this pron.& adj.这;这个 1932 This way,please .请走这边 1933 those pron.那些 1934 though conj.虽然„„;尽管„„ 1935 thought n.思考;想法;思想 1936 thousand num.千 1937 three num.三 1938 through prep.通过;穿过;经过 1939 throw v.投;掷000 1940 throw about .乱丢;抛散 1941 Thursday n.星期四 1942 tick n.(钟表等的)嘀答声 1943 ticket n.票;券 1944 tidy adj.整洁的;整齐的 1945 tie v.捆(系、拴)紧 1946 tiger n.老虎 1947 till prep.& conj.(直)到„„为止 1948 time n.时间 1949 time n.次数 1950 tired adj.累;疲乏 1951 Titanic n.泰坦尼克号(船名) 1952 to .(动词不定式符号) prep.(表示方向)到;往 1953 to one's surprise .令(某人)惊讶 1954 today n.& adv.今天 1955 toe n.脚趾 1956 tofu n.豆腐 1957 together adv.一起 1958 toilet n.厕所 1959 Tokyo n.东京(日本首都) 1960 tomato n.(pl.tomatoes)西红柿;蕃茄 1961 tomb n.坟墓 1962 tomorrow n.& adv.明天;在明天 1963 tonight adv.& n.今晚 1964 too adv.也 1965 too adv.太 1966 too...to... .太„„而不能 1967 tool n.工具 1968 tooth n.(pl.teeth/ti:0)牙齿 1969 top n.顶部 1970 Toronto n.多伦多(加拿大港市) 1971 tourist n.旅游者;观光者 1972 towards prep.向;朝 1973 townn.城镇 1974 toy n.玩具;玩物 1975 track n.(火车等的)轨道;跑道 1976 tractor n.拖拉机 1977 traditional adj.传统的;惯例的 1978 traffic n.交通 1979 train n.火车 1980 train v.训练;培养 1981 traing n.训练;培养 1982 trap v.使„„陷入困境;设陷阱捕捉 1983 travel v.& n.旅行 1984 traveller n.旅行者 1985 treat v.治疗;对待 1986 tree n.树 1987 trip n.旅行;旅游 1988 trip v.绊倒 1989 trip over .(被„„)绊倒 1990 trouble n.麻烦;烦恼 1991 trousers n.(pl.)裤子 1992 truckn.卡车 1993 true adj.真的;真实的 1994 truthn.真理;真相;事实 1995 try v.试(做);设法;努力 1996 try on .试穿(衣服、鞋);试戴(帽子 1997 try out .试验;尝试 1998 T-shirt n.短袖无领汗衫;T恤(衫) 53 1999 Tuesday n.星期二 2000 turkev n.火鸡 2001 Turkey n.土耳其 2002 turn n.(依次轮流的)顺序;轮流 2003 turn v.(使)转动;(使)翻转;(使)改变;变得;变成 2004 turn n.(依次轮流的)顺序 2005 turn down .关小;调低 2006 turn off .关(电灯、收音机、煤气、自来水等) 2007 turn on .打开(电灯、收音机、煤气、自来水等) 2008 turn...over .把„„翻过来 2009 turning n.拐弯处 2010 TV n.电视;电视机,television 2011 twelfth num.& adj.第十二(的) 2012 twelve num.十二 2013 twentieth num.第二十 2014 twenty-first num.第二十一 2015 twice adv.两次;两倍 2016 twin n.双胞胎之一 2017 two num.二 2018 two-story n.两层 2019 type v.用(打字机或电脑)打字 2020 UK n.联合王国 2021 um interj.嗯 2022 umbrella n.伞;雨伞 2023 uncle n.叔;伯;舅;姨父;姑父 2024 under prep.在„„下面 2025 underground adj.地下的 2026 undersea adj.海底的 2027 understand v.懂得;理解 2028 universe n.宇宙 2029 university n.综合性大学 2030 unless conj.除非;如果不„„ 2031 unlike prep.不像;和„„不同 2032 unlucky adj.不走运;不幸的 2033 until prep.& conj.到„„为止 2034 unusual adj.不寻常的;非凡的 2035 up adv.在上面;在高处;向上;起来 2036 up and down .上上下下;来来回回 2037 upstairs adj.& adv.(在)楼上;(往)楼上 2038 us pron.我们 2039 USA n.美国 2040 use v.用;使用;应用 2041 use v.用;使用;运用 2042 used adj.用过的;半旧的 2043 used to .过去常常 2044 useful adj.有用的;有益的 2045 usual adj.通常的;平常的 2046 usually adv.通常 2047 vegetable n.蔬菜 2048 very adv.很;非常 2049 very much .很;非常 2050 vet n.(口语)兽医 2051 video n.录像 2052 vietim n.受害者;受骗者 2053 village n.村庄;乡村 2054 visit v.访问;参观;拜访 2055 visit v.访问;参观;拜访 2056 visitor n.参观者;访问者 2057 voice n.说话声;嗓音 2058 volleyball n.排球 2059 wag v.摇摆;摆动(尾巴等) 2060 Waikiki n.怀基基(海滩) 2061 wait v.等;等候 2062 wait for .等候 2063 waiter n.服务员 2064 waiting room .等候室;候诊(车、机)室 2065 wake v.(使)醒来 2066 wake up .醒来;唤醒 2067 walk v.走;步行;散步 54 2068 wall n.墙 2069 wallet n.钱夹;皮夹 2070 want v.要;想要 2071 war n.战争 2072 wardrobe n.衣柜 2073 warm adj.暖和的;热情的 2074 warn v.警告;提醒 2075 was .动词be(am,is)的过去式 2076 washv.洗;漱洗 2077 Washington n.华盛顿(美国州名) 2078 washroom n.盥洗室;厕所 2079 waste n.浪费;废(弃)物; v.浪费 2080 waste adj.废弃的;无用的 n.废(弃)物;垃圾 2081 watch n.手表 v.观看;注视 2082 watch TV .看电视 2083 watchtower n.监视塔;瞭望塔 2084 water n.水 v.浇水 2085 water-ski v.做滑水运动 2086 wave n.浪;波浪 2087 way n.路;道路 2088 we pron.我们 2089 weak adj.弱的;差的 2090 wear out .把„„穿旧;磨坏 2091 weather n.天气 2092 Wednesday n.星期三 2093 week n.周;星期 2094 weekday n.工作日,平日(除星期天星期六以外的日子) 2095 weekend n.周未 2096 welcome v.欢迎 2097 well interj.喔;那么;好吧 2098 well adv.好 2099 well adj.& adv.好;(身体)健康 2100 well done .做得好 2101 went .动词go的过去式 2102 wera v.穿 2103 were .动词be(are)的过去式 2104 west n.& adj.西方(的);西部(的) 2105 western adj.西方的;西部的 2106 what pron.& adj.什么 2107 What about...? .(询问消息，征求意见)怎么样,好不好, 2108 what's .,what is 2109 wheat n.小麦 2110 wheel n.轮;机轮 2111 when adv.什么时候;何时 2112 when conj.当„„时 2113 where adv.在哪里 2114 wherever conj.&adv.无论在(到)那里;在(到)任何地方 2115 wherever conj.&adv.无论在(到)哪里;在(到)任何地方 2116 whether conj.是否 2117 which adj.& pron.哪一个;哪些 2118 while n.一会儿 2119 while conj.当„„时候，和„„同时 2120 white adj.& n.白色(的) 2121 who pron.谁 2122 whole adj.全部的 2123 whom pron.谁;哪个人(who的宾格) 2124 whose pron.谁的 2125 why interj.(表示惊讶、不耐烦、恼怒等)嗨 2126 why adv.为什么 2127 wide adj.宽的 2128 widely adv.广泛地;广阔地 2129 wife n.妻子 2130 will v.adx.将;会;要 2131 win v.获胜;赢 2132 wind n.风 2133 window n.窗 2134 windy adj.有风的;风大的 2135 wine n.酒 2136 winner n.获胜者 55 2137 winter n.冬天;冬季 2138 wish n.& v.祝愿;希望;想要 2139 with prep.和 2140 with prep.对„„;关于„„ 2141 without prep.无;没有;不 2142 woman n.妇女;女人 2143 women n.(pl)妇女;女人(woman的复数形式) 2144 wonder v.惊奇;惊讶;(对„„)感到怀疑 2145 wonderfuladj.极好的;精彩的 2146 wool n.木头;木材 2147 wool(l)en adj.羊毛的;毛织的 2148 wordn.词;单词 2149 wordn.词;单词 2150 work v.& n.工作 2151 work n.工作 2152 work out .算出;制定出 2153 worker n.工人 2154 workplacen.工作场所 2155 world n.世界 2156 worm n.虫;蠕虫 2157 worried adj.担心的;烦恼的 2158 worry v.(使)担忧 2159 worse adj.& adv.(bad,ill的比较级) 更坏;更差 2160 worst adj.最坏的;最恶劣的 2161 worth adj.有„„的价值;值得„„ 2162 worth adj.值得„„的;有的价值 „„ 2163 would .(语气婉转地表示请求或表达个人想法) 想要 2164 wow interj.(口语)哇～哟～ 2165 write v.写 2166 write down .写下„„，记下„„ 2167 writer n.作家;作者 2168 writing brush .毛笔 2169 wrong adj.错误的;不正确的 2170 yard n.院子 2171 yeah adv.(口语)是的;嗯(yes) 2172 year n.年 2173 yellow adj.& n.黄色(的) 2174 yen n.圆;日元(日本的货币单位) 2175 yes adv.是 2176 yes adv.(用于表示疑问,征询等) 什么;是吗 2177 yesterday n.& adv.昨天 2178 yet adv.(用于否定句)还(没) 2179 yip v.(动物、小狗等)叫喊声 2180 yippee interj.(表示兴奋，喜欢)欢呼声 2181 Yorkshire n.约克郡(英国) 2182 you pron.你;你们 2183 young adj.年轻的;幼小的 2184 Young Pioneer .少先队员 2185 your pron.你的;你们的 2186 yours pron.你的;你们的 2187 yourself pron.你自己 2188 yourselves pron.你们自己 2189 yo-yo n.溜溜球(一种玩具) 2190 zero num.& n.零 2191 zoo n.动物园 56 初中英语单词表总表 Item 英语 汉语 1 (not)...any more .再也不;不能再 2 100-metre race .100 米赛跑 3 a art.一(个;件„„) 4 a bit(of) .少量(的);一点 5 a bottle of.一瓶„„ 6 a few .一些;几个 7 a glass of .一(玻璃)杯„„ 8 a kind of .一种;一类 9 a little .一点;少量 10 a lot .很;非常 11 a moment ago .刚才 12 a moment later.片刻之后 13 a pair of .一对;一双 14 a piece of .一片(一张;一块„„) 15 a place of interest .名胜 16 a shop assistant .售货员;店员 17 a TV set .一台电视机 18 a waste of time .浪费(白费)时间 19 a.m. .午前;上午 20 able adj.有能力的;能干的 21 about prep.关于;对于 22 about adv.大约 23 above prep.在„„上面 24 abroad adv.到国外;在国外 25 aceident n.事故;灾难 26 across prep.穿过;横穿 27 active adj.积极的 28 activity n.活动 29 ad n.广告 30 address n.地址 31 advertisement n.广告 32 aeroplanc n.飞机 33 afford v.有足够的例钱、时间)做(某事) 34 afraid adj.害怕的 35 Africa n.非洲 36 after prep.& conj.在„„以后;在„„后面 37 after a while .过了一会儿 38 after class .课后 39 after school .放学后;下课后 40 afternoon n.下午;午后 41 again adv.又;再 42 again and again .再三地;一再地;反复地 43 against prep.与„„对抗;对着 44 age n.年龄 45 ago adv.以前 46 agree v.同意;赞成 47 agree with .同意意见(想法);符合;一致 48 ah interj.啊;呀 49 aha interj.啊哈 50 air n.天空;空气 51 airport n.航空站;飞机场 52 alike adj.相似的;相像的 53 alive adj.活着的 54 all adv.都;完全 55 all adj.所有的;整个 56 all pron.全体;全部 57 all by oneself .独立;单独 58 all day .一整天;一天到晚 59 all kinds of .各种各样的 60 all over .遍及 61 all right .好;行;不错 62 all the same .仍然;还是 63 all the time .一直;始终;老是 64 all the year round . 一年到头 65 allow v.允许;准许 66 almost adv.几乎;差不多 57 67 alone adv.独自;单独地 68 along prep.沿着;顺着 adv.一道;一起 69 already adv.已经 70 also adv.也 71 although conj.虽然;尽管 72 always adv.总是;一直;经常 73 am v.是 74 amaze v.使„„大为惊讶;使惊谔 75 amazing adj.令人惊奇的;惊人的 76 America n.美国 77 American n.& adj.美国人(的) 78 among prep.在„„当中 79 an art.一(个;件„„)(用于元音素开头词前) 80 and conj.和;又;而 81 and so on .等等 82 angel n.天使;守护神 83 angry adj.发怒的;生气的 84 animal n.动物 85 another adj.& prep.另一个(的);又一个(的) 86 answer v.问答 87 any adj.(用于否定名疑问句等)什么;一些;任何的 88 any more .再;更 89 anybody pron.任何人 90 anyone pron.任何人 91 anything pron.任何事(物) 92 anytime adv.在任何时候 93 anywhere adv.任何地方 94 appear v.出现;露面 95 apple n.苹果 96 April n.四月 97 are v.是 98 aren't .,are not 99 arm n.手臂;胳膊 100 around prep.在„„周围;环绕着 101 arrive v.到达;抵达某地 102 art n.艺术，艺术品 103 artist n.画家;艺术家 104 as conj.按照;如同 105 as conj.因为;由于 106 as prep.作为 107 as if .好像 108 as long as .长达„„ 109 as soon as .„„就„„ 110 as soon as possible .尽可能早地;尽快 111 as usual .像平常一样 112 as well .也;又;同样地 113 as...as .与 一样 114 Ashland .阿什兰德(城镇名) 115 ask v.问 116 ask for .请求;询问 117 asleep adj.睡着的;熟睡的 118 assistant n.助手;助理 119 at prep.在 120 at all .(用否定句)一点也不 121 at breakfast .早餐时 122 at first .起先;首先 123 at home .在家 124 at last .终于;最后 125 at least .至少;起码 126 at midnight .在半夜 127 at night .在晚上;在夜里 128 at once .立刻;马上 129 at school .在学校 130 at sea .在大海上 131 at the age of 在„„岁月 132 at the beginning of „„起始;开始 133 at the end of .在„„结尾;到„„尽头 134 at the head of .在„„的最前头 135 at the moment .此刻 58 136 at the same time .同时 137 at times .有时;偶尔 138 at work .在工作 139 attract v.吸引 140 audience n.听众 141 August n.八月 142 aunt n.姨母;舅母;姑母;伯母;婶母 143 Aussie n.(=Australian)澳大利亚人 144 Australia n.澳大利亚 145 Australian n.澳大利亚人 146 autumn n.秋天;秋季 147 awake adj.清醒的 148 awayadv.离开 149 baby n.婴儿;幼畜 150 back adv.回(原处);向后 151 back n.背部;后面 152 bad adj.坏的 153 badly adv.严重地;恶劣地 154 bag n.书包 155 baker n.面包师 156 ball n.球 157 bamboo n.竹子 158 banana n.香蕉 159 band n.乐队 160 bang v.猛敲;猛撞;砰砰作响 n.砰砰的声音 161 bank n.银行 162 bank n.(海、河、湖的)岸;堤 163 barn n.(农家的)谷仓;堆物房;马房;牛舍 164 base v.以„„作根据;基于 165 base on 以„„(为)根据 166 baseball n.棒球 167 BASIC n.(电脑)初学者通用符号指令码 168 basket n.篮子 169 basketball n.篮球 170 be able to .能;会 171 be afrrald of .害怕 172 be amazed at 对„„感到惊讶 173 be angry witb .对(某人)发脾气 174 be born .出生于 175 be busy doing .忙着做„„ 176 be excited about 对„„感到兴奋 177 be famous for .因„„而有名的 178 be fed up with .厌倦 179 be filled with 用„„充满 180 be full (of) .充满„„的 181 be good at .在„„方面(学得，做得)好;善于 182 be interested in .对„„感兴趣 183 be late for .迟到 184 be made in 在„„生产或制造 185 be made of 由„„组成;由„„构成 186 be pleased with .对„„感到满意 187 be proud of 以„„自豪(高兴) 188 be used for .用于 189 be(am,is,are) v.是;成为 190 be/get lost .迷失(道路) 191 beach n.海(河、湖)滩 192 bear n.熊 193 beat v.打败;敲打 194 Beatles n.甲壳虫乐队 195 beautiful adj.美丽的;漂亮的 196 because conj.因为 197 bed n.床 198 beef n.牛肉 199 beeome v.变成;变得;成为 200 beeper n.袖珍无线电传呼机;电话呼叫器 201 beer n.啤酒 202 before prep.在„„之前 adv.以前 203 before long .不久以后 204 beg v.恳求;乞讨 59 205 beg one's pardon .请原谅;对不起 206 begin v.开始;着手 207 beginning n.开始;开端 208 behind prep.在„„后面 209 believe v.相信;认为 210 below prep.在下;低于 211 Berlin .柏林 212 beside prep.在„„旁边 213 best adj.& adv.最好的(地) 214 best-sellern.畅销货(书) 215 better adj.(good或well的比较级)较好的;更好的 216 between prep.在(两者)之间 217 big adj.大的 218 bike n.自行车 219 bill n.帐单;清单;纸币 220 billion n.十亿 221 biology n.生物(学) 222 bird n.鸟 223 birthday n.生日 224 bit n.一点儿;小片 225 black adj.黑色的 226 blackboard n.黑板 227 bleat v.& n.羊叫(声) 228 blind adj.瞎的;盲的 229 blouse n.女衬衫 230 blow v.吹 231 blue adj.& n.蓝色(的) 232 boat n.船 233 boat v.划船 234 boating n.划船 235 body n.身体 236 Bondi n.邦戴 237 book n.书 238 book v.预定(戏票;车票等) 239 bookmark .书签 240 bookshop n.书店 241 boot n.长统靴 242 boring adj.令人厌烦的 243 born .(动词bear的过去分词) 出生 244 borrow v.借 245 Boston n.波士顿(美国马萨诸塞州的首府) 246 both adj.& pron.两个(人，„„)都 247 both...and„„和„„都 248 bottle n.瓶 249 bowl n.碗 250 box n.盒子;箱子 251 boy n.男孩 252 Brazil n.巴西 253 bread n.面包 254 break n.(课间)休息;中断 255 break v.折断;断裂;破碎 256 breakfast n.早餐 257 breathe v.呼吸 258 bridge n.桥 259 bridge n.桥牌 260 bright adj.明亮的;灿烂的 261 bright adj.明亮的;晴朗的 262 brightly adv.明亮地;闪亮地 263 bringv.带来;拿来 264 Britain n.英国;不列颠英格兰、威尔士和苏格兰总称 265 British adj.英国的;英国人的 266 brochure n.小册子 267 broke v.(动词break的过去时)折断;打破 268 broken adj.弄坏了的 269 broom n.扫帚 270 brother n.兄;弟 271 brown adj.& n.棕色(的);褐色(的) 272 brush n.刷子;毛笔;画笔 273 Brussels n.布鲁塞尔(比利时首都) 60 274 build v.建立;建造;建设 275 building n.建筑物 276 bus n.公共汽车 277 bus station .公共汽车站 278 business n.商业;生意;事务 279 business n.商业;生意;事务 280 businessman n.商人 281 busy adj.忙的;繁忙的 282 but conj.但是 283 but prep.除了 284 butter n.黄油 285 button n.按钮;钮扣 286 buy v.买 287 by prep.乘车(船等) 288 by air .乘飞机 289 by plane .乘飞机 290 by sea .乘船 291 by ship .乘船 292 by the time .到„„的时候 293 by the way .顺便说;顺便问一下 294 bye interj.再见 295 cabbage n.卷心菜;洋白菜 296 cafe n.小餐馆;咖啡厅 297 cage n.笼(子);鸟笼 298 Cairo n.开罗(埃及首都) 299 cake n.蛋糕;饼;糕 300 Californian n.加利福尼亚号(船名) 301 call v.称呼;叫喊;打电话给„„n.电话;通话;叫喊 302 camera n.照相机 303 can v.aux.能;可以;会 304 Canada n.加拿大 305 Canadian n.加拿大人 306 cancer n.癌症 307 candle n.蜡烛 308 canoe v.乘独木舟 309 Canon n.佳能(照相机牌名) 310 can't .,can not 311 cap n.便帽;军帽 312 Cape Town n.开普敦(南非共和国港口城市) 313 capital n.首都 314 captain n.(足球队等)队长 315 car n.汽车;小汽车 316 card n.纸牌;卡片 317 care n.小心;照料;保护 318 care v.介意;在乎;关心 319 careful adj.小心的;仔细的 320 carefully adv.小心地;仔细地 321 careless adj.粗心的;大意的 322 carrot n.胡萝卜 323 carry vt.携带;搬运;运送 324 carry on .坚持下去;继续下去 325 cat n.猫 326 catch v.捉;抓住 327 catch up with .赶上;追上 328 cause v.引起 329 CD n.激光唱片(缩写词) 330 CD player .激光唱机 331 celebrate v.庆祝 332 cent n.(货币)分 333 centre(center) n.中心 334 century n.世纪;百年 335 certainly adv.当然 336 chair n.椅子 337 challenge n.挑战 338 chance n.机会 339 change v.变换;变更;改变 340 channel n.海峡;航道;(广播的)频道;波段 341 chart n.图表 342 cheap adj.便宜的 61 343 check v.检查;核对 344 check-out n.(购货时的) 结帐台;收银台 345 cheese n.乳酪 346 chemistry n.化学 347 chess n.国际象棋 348 chicken n.鸡;鸡肉 349 child n.小孩 350 children .(child的复数形式) 351 chimney n.烟囱;烟筒 352 China n.中国 353 Chinese adj.中国的;中国人的 n.中国人;汉语 354 chipsn.(pl.)(口语)炸土豆儿条 355 chocolate n.巧克力;巧克力糖 356 choose/chose v.选择;挑选 357 chopsticksn.(通常用复数) 筷子 358 Christmas n.圣诞节 359 church n.教堂;教会 360 cinema n.电影院;电影 361 circle n.圈子;圆 362 citcle v.环绕;绕行 &n.圆;圈子 363 city n.城市 364 city n.城市 365 class n.(学校里的)班级;年级 366 class n.同一个班级的学生 367 classmate n.同班同学 368 classroom n.教室 369 clean v.把„„弄干净;擦干净 370 clean adj.干净的;清洁的 371 clean up .清除;收拾干净 372 cleaner n.清洁工 373 clear adj.清晰的;清楚的;明亮的 374 clearly adv.清楚地 375 clever adj.聪明的;机灵的 376 click n.卡嗒声 v.发出卡嗒声 377 climb v.爬;攀登 378 clock n.钟 379 closev.关;闭 380 closed adj.关着的 381 clothes n.(pl)衣服 382 cloud n.云 383 cloudy adj.多云的;下雨的 384 club n.俱乐部;社团 385 coat n.外套;上衣 386 code n.密码;符号 387 coffee n.咖啡 388 coin n.硬币 389 coke n.(口语)可口可乐 390 cold adj.冷的;寒冷的 391 collect v.收集;搜集 392 college n.学院;高等专科学校 393 colour n.颜色 394 colour v.给„„着色 395 colourful adj.颜色艳丽的 396 come v.来 397 come along .来;随同 398 come down .下来;落 399 come in .进来;进入 400 come on .来吧;跟着来;赶快 401 come on .来;过来 402 come out .出来 403 come out . (花)开;发(芽);出来;出现 404 come over .过来;顺便来访 405 come to oneself .苏醒;恢复知觉 406 come true.实现 407 come up with .找到;提出(答案、解决办法等) 408 comfortable adj.舒适的;舒服的 409 company n.公司 410 competition n.比赛;竞争 411 complain v.抱怨;发牢骚 62 412 composition n.作文作品 413 computer n.电脑;电子计算机 414 concert n.音乐会;演奏会 415 conductor n.(汽车.电车上的)售票员;(火车上的)列车员 416 confidence n.信心;自信 417 confident adj.有自信的;确信的 418 congratulation n.(常用复数)祝贺;庆贺 419 connect v.连接;相连;联系 420 conversation n.会话;谈话 421 cook v.烹调;煮;烧 n.炊事员;厨师 422 cookie n.(pl.cookies)小甜饼 423 cool adj.凉的;凉快的 424 cool adj.(俚语)了不起的(当今“酷”即是cool) 425 copy v.抄写;誊写 426 coral n.珊瑚 427 coral reef .珊瑚礁 428 corner n.角落;(街道)拐角 429 correct v.改正 430 cost v.价钱为;花费(金钱时间等) 431 cotton n.棉花 432 cough v.咳嗽 433 could v.aux.(口语)(表示许可或请求)可以„„ 434 count v.数;点数 435 country n.国家 436 country n.乡村;郊外 437 countryside n.乡下;农村 438 cousin n.堂(表)兄弟;堂(表)兄弟;堂(表)姐妹 439 cover v.覆盖 440 cow n.母牛;乳牛 441 crash v.坠落;冲撞 442 cream n.奶油;乳脂 443 credit n.信用 444 credit card .信用卡 445 crop n.庄稼;收成 446 crossn.十字形(物);十字记号 v.穿过;越过 447 crossv.越过;穿过 448 crossing n.十字路口;交叉点 449 crowd v.拥挤 450 cry v.哭;叫喊 451 cup n.杯子 452 cupboard n.碗橱;小橱(柜:) 453 cut v.割;砍;切 454 cut down .砍倒 455 dad n.(口语)爸爸;爹爹 456 dance v.跳舞 457 dance v.跳舞 458 danger n.危险 459 dangerous adj.危险的 460 dark adj.深(浓)色的;黑暗的 461 date n.日期 462 daughter n.女儿 463 day n.日;一天 464 daytime n.白天 465 dead adj.死的 466 deaf adj.聋的 467 deal n.(口语)协议;交易 468 dear interj.(表示惊讶等)哎呀 469 dear adj.亲爱的;可爱的 470 death n.死;死亡 471 December n.十二月 472 decide v.决定;决心 473 decision n.决定 474 decorate v.装饰;修饰 475 deep adj.深的 476 deer n.(pl.deer)鹿 477 delicious adj.美味的;可口的 478 describe v.描写;叙述 479 description n.描述;描写 480 desert n.沙漠 63 481 deserve v.应得;值得„„ 482 desk n.书桌 483 detective n.侦探 484 develop v.发展;研制;开发 485 diagram n.图表 486 diary n.日记 487 dictionary n.字典;词典 488 die v.死(亡) 489 difference n.不同;差异 490 different adj.不同的 491 difficult adj.困难的;难的 492 dig v.挖;掘 493 digital adj.数字式的 494 dim adj.微暗的;昏暗的 495 dining room n.餐厅 496 dinner n.正餐;晚餐 497 dinosaur n.恐龙 498 directly adv.直接地 499 dirty adj.脏的 500 disappear v.消失 501 disappearance n.消失;失踪 502 discover v.发现;发觉 503 discuddion n.讨论 504 discuss v.讨论;议论 505 disease n.疾病 506 dish n.一道菜;盘;碟 507 display n.陈列 508 disturb v.妨碍;打扰 509 dive v.潜入(水中);跳水 510 diver n.潜入水中的人;潜水员 疑问句的助动词,无词意) 511 do v.aux.(构成否定句,512 do v.做;干;行动 513 do (some) reading .朗读;阅读 514 do one's best .尽最大努力;尽力 515 do one's homework .做作业 516 do well in 在„„方面干得好 517 doctor n.医生 518 document n.公文;文件 519 dog n.狗 520 doll n.玩具娃娃 521 dollar n.元(美、加拿大等国的货币单位) 522 dolphin n.海豚 523 don't .,do not 524 door n.门 525 doorbell n.门铃 526 double n.& adj.两倍(的);双(的) 527 double adj.双重的;双倍的 v.使加倍;使...成双重 528 down adv.向下 529 download v.下载 530 downstairs adj.& adv.(在)楼下;(往)楼下 531 draw v.画;绘制 532 dream v.做梦;向往 n.梦;梦想 533 dress n.女服;(统指)衣服 534 drinkn.饮料 v.喝 535 drive v.驾驶 536 driver n.司机;驾驶员 537 drop v.掉下;落下 n.滴;水滴 538 drop n.滴;水滴 539 drop off .放下(某物;下车 540 drought n.旱灾;干旱 541 dry adj.干的;干燥的 542 dry v.把„„弄干;晒干 543 duck n.鸭 544 dumpling n.饺子 545 during prep.在„„的期间 546 dustbin n.垃圾箱 547 duty n.职责;责任 548 DVD n.光碟;影碟 549 each adv.& pron.各自;各个 64 550 each pron.各自;各个 551 each other .互相 552 ear n.耳朵 553 earlier adj.& adv.(early的比较级)更早的(地) 554 early adj.& adv.早的(地);初期 555 earth n.陆地;大地;地球 556 earthquake n.地震 557 east n.& adj.东方(的);东部(的) 558 easy adj.容易的 559 eat v.吃 560 eat up .吃光;吃完 561 edge n.边;边缘 562 edroom n.卧室 563 education n.教育;培养 564 egg n.蛋 565 eight num.八 566 eighteenth pron.第十八 567 eighth num.第八 568 either adv.(用于否定句中) 也(不) 569 either...or .或者„„或者„„ 570 electronic adj.电子的 571 elephant n.象 572 eleven num.十一 573 else adj.& adv.别(的);其他(的) 574 e-mail n.电子邮件 575 empty adj.空的 576 encourage v.鼓励 577 end n.& v.末端;终点;结束 578 engineer n.工程师 579 England n.英格兰 580 English n.英语;英国人 adj.英国的;英国人的 581 Englishman n.(pl.Engilshmen)英国(男)人 582 English-speaking adj.说英语的 583 enjoy v.喜欢;享受„„乐趣 584 enjoy oneself .过得快乐;玩得痛快 585 enjoyable adj.愉快的;有趣的 586 enough adj.足够的;充足的 587 enter v.进入 588 entrance n.入口;进入;入场 589 environment n.环境 590 er interj.呃;啊;这„„ 591 eraser n.橡皮擦 592 escape n.&v.逃亡;逃走;逃避 593 especially adv.特别;尤其 594 essential adj.本质的;主要的;必需的 595 eve n.(节日或大事件发生的)前夕 596 even adv.甚至;更 597 even though 即使„„ 598 evening n.傍晚;晚上 599 event n.大事;事件 600 ever adv.曾经 601 ever since .从那时起;此后一直 602 every adj.每一;每个的 603 everybody pron.每人;人人 604 everyone pron.每人;人人 605 everything pron.每件事;每样东西;一切 606 everywhere adv.到处;无论哪里 607 exactly adv.准确地;严格地 608 exam n.(口语)考试 609 example n.例子;榜样 610 excellent adj.极好的;优秀的 611 except prep.除„„之外 612 excited adj.兴奋的;激动的 613 exciting adj.令人兴奋的 614 excuse v.原谅 615 excuse n.借口;托辞 616 exercise n.锻炼;做操;练习 617 exit n.出口 618 expect v.期望;预期 65 619 expensive adj.昂贵的 620 experience n.经验;体验 621 expert n.专家;内行 622 explore v.探测;探险 623 explorer n.探险者;考察者 624 eye n.眼睛 625 face n.脸;面孔 626 fact n.事实;实际 627 factory n.工厂 628 fall v.落下;跌倒 629 fall asleep .睡觉;入睡 630 fall behind .落在( )后面;输给别人 631 fall down .倒下;跌倒;从„„落下 632 fall off .(从„„)掉下 633 falt v.失败;不及格 634 family n.家;家庭 635 family name .姓 636 family tree .家谱(图) 637 famous adj.有名的;著名的 638 fan n.(口语)(电影，运动等的)迷 639 far adj.& adv.远 640 far adj.& adv.远的(地) 641 far away .很远;遥远 642 farm n.农场 643 farmer n.农民 644 farming n.农业;务农 645 farmland n.农田 646 farther adj.& adv.(far的比较级)较远;更远 647 farthest adj.& adv.(far的最高级)最远 648 fast adj.& adv.快的(地);迅速的(地) 649 fat adj.肥胖的 650 father n.父亲 651 favourite adj.特别喜爱的 652 fax n.传真 653 feather n.羽毛 654 February n.二月 655 feed v.喂;饲养 656 feel v.觉得;感到 657 festival n.& adj.节日(的);喜庆(的) 658 few adj.少数的;不多的 659 field n.地;田地 660 field trip .野外旅游 661 fifteen num.十五 662 fifth num.& adj.第五(的) 663 fifty num.五十 664 fill v.装满;填充 665 film n.影片;电影 666 final adj.最后的 667 find v.找到;发现 668 find out .找出;查出 669 fine adj.好的;(身体)好的 670 finger n.手指 671 finish v.完成;结束 672 fireplace n.壁炉 673 first num.adj.& adv.第一;首先;最初 674 first of all .首先;第一 675 fish n.鱼 676 fish v.钓鱼 677 fishing n.钓鱼 678 fit adj.健康的;适合;得当的 v.(使)适合;使符合 679 five num.五 680 fix v.修理;安装 681 flightn.航班;飞行 682 flood n.洪水;水灾 v.淹没;泛滥 683 floor n.(室内)地;地板 684 flower n.花 685 fly v.放(风筝、飞机模型等) 686 fly v.飞;飞行;乘飞机旅行 687 fog n.雾 66 688 foggy adj.有雾的;多雾的 689 follow v.跟随 690 food n.食物 691 foot n.脚(pl.feet/fi:t/) 692 football n.足球 693 for prep.为;给 694 for example .例如 695 foreign adj.外国的 696 foreigner n.外国人 697 forest n.森林 698 forever adv.永远;总是 699 forgot v.(forget的过去时)忘记 700 fork n.叉;餐叉 701 form n.表格 702 fossiln.化石 703 found v.成立;建立 704 four num.四 705 fourteen num.十四 706 fox n.狐狸 707 fragile adj.易碎的 708 France n.法国 709 free adj.空闲的;自由的 710 freeze v.结冰;凝固(froze/fr3uz/,frozen/'fr3uzn) 711 French n.法语 712 Frenchman n.法国人 713 Friday n.日期五 714 Friday n.星期五 715 fridge n.电冰箱 716 friend n.朋友 717 friendly adj.友好的 718 friendship n.友谊;友情 719 frighten v.惊恐;吓唬 720 frightened adj.受惊的;害怕的 721 from prep.从;从„„起 722 from now on .从现在起;今后 723 from...to... .从„„到„„ 724 front adj.& n.前面(的);前部 725 fruit n.水果 726 frustrate v.使沮丧;使失败 727 frustrated adj.感到灰心丧气的 728 full n.满的 729 fun adj.有趣的;愉快的 730 fun n.有趣的事;娱乐 731 funny adj.滑稽的;有趣的 732 future n.将来;未来 733 game n.游戏;运动 734 garden n.花(果、菜)园 735 gate n.大门 736 gatekeeper n.看门人;门卫 737 generosity n.慷慨;豁达 738 geography n.地理(学) 739 Germany n.德国 740 get v.得到;获得 741 get back .回来;取回 742 get down .下来;落下 743 get married .结婚 744 get off .下来;从„„下来 745 get on .上(车) 746 get on (bus) .上车 747 get on well with .与„„相处融洽 748 get to .到达 749 get up .起床 750 get...back .退还....;送回去;取回 751 get-together n.聚会 752 girllll n.女孩 753 give v.给 754 give a concert .开音乐会 755 give birth to .生(孩子) 756 give up .放弃 67 757 give...a hand .给予„„帮助 758 given name .,first name 名字 759 glad adj.高兴的;乐意的 760 glass n.玻璃杯 761 glove n.手套 762 go v.去 763 go n.尝试(做某事) 764 go back .回去 765 go boating .去划船 766 go fishing .去钓鱼 767 go hiking .去徒步旅行 768 go home .回家 769 go on .继续 770 go on doing(sth) .继续做(某事) 771 go out .外出;到外面 772 go over .过一遍;仔细检查 773 go shopping .(去)买东西 774 go straight along 沿着„„一直往前走 775 go to bed .睡觉 776 go wrong .走错路 777 goal n.(足球)球门;得分 778 goes v.去(go的单数第三人称现在时) 779 golf n.高尔夫球 780 good adj.好的 781 goodbye interj.再见;再会 782 goodness n.善良;美德 783 grab v.抓取„„;夺取 784 grade n.年级 785 graduate v.毕业 786 grand adj.豪华的;庄重的;雄伟的 787 grandfather n.(外)祖父 788 grandma n.(口语)奶奶;外婆 789 grandmother .(外)祖母 790 grandpa n.(口语)爷爷;外公 791 grape n.葡萄 792 grass n.草;草地 793 grateful adj.感激的;表示感谢的 794 greatadv.(口语)好极了;很好 795 greatadj.伟大的;很大的;重要的 796 green adj.& n.绿色(的) 797 greet v.问候;向(人)打招呼 798 grey adj.& n.灰色(的);灰白(的) 799 ground n.地面;土地 800 group n.组;群;团体 801 grow v.种植;生长 802 grow v.种植;生长 803 grow up .长大;成长 804 guess v.猜 805 guide n.向导;导游者 v.指导;引导 806 Gum Tree .桉树村 807 had better(do) .最好官(做„„) 808 hair n.头发 809 half n.半;一半 810 half-way adv.在途中;半路上 811 hall n.大厅;会堂;会馆 812 hamburger n.汉堡包 813 hand n.手 814 hand in .交上来 815 hands up .举手 816 hang v.吊着;悬挂 817 happen v.(偶然)发生;碰巧 818 happily adv.高兴地;快乐地 819 happy adj.快乐的;幸福的 820 hard adj.困难的 821 hard adv.努力 822 hard adj.硬的 823 hardly adv.几乎不 824 hard-working adj.辛勤工作的;用功的 825 harm n.损害;伤害 68 826 Harvard n.哈佛大学(美国著名的大学) 827 harvest n.收获 828 has .(动词have的单数第三人称)有 829 hat n.帽子(一般指有边的帽子) 830 hate v.讨厌;不喜欢;憎恨 831 have v.有 832 have a (good) rest .休息 833 have a cold .(患)感冒 834 have a cough .(患)咳嗽 835 have a good time .过得快乐 836 have a headache .(患)头痛 837 have a look .看一看 838 have a seat .坐下;就坐 839 have a try .尝试;努力 840 have sports .进行体育活动 841 have supper .吃晚餐 842 have to .不得不;必须 843 Hawaii n.夏威夷 844 he pron.他 845 he awake .醒着的 846 head n.头;头部 847 headache n.头痛 848 headmaster n.(英)中小学校长 849 headteacher n.校长 850 heal v.使(伤、病)痊愈 851 health n.健康;卫生 852 healthily adv.健康地 853 healthy adj.健康的;健壮的 854 hear v.听见;听说 855 hear of .听说 856 heart n.心(脏) 857 heavily adv.大量地;猛烈地;厉害地 858 heavy adj.重的 859 height n.高度 860 hello interj.喂(表示问候或唤起注意) 861 help v.帮助 862 help yourself to .自取;随便吃 863 help...with .帮助(某人)做(某事) 864 helpful adj.有帮助的;有益的 865 her pron.她的 866 here adv.这里;这儿 867 here and there .到处;处处 868 Here you are .给你 869 hers pron.她的 870 herself pron.她自己 871 hey interj.嘿;喂(唤起注意,表示惊讶或询问) 872 hi interj.喂(表示问候或唤起注意) 873 hide/hid v.躲藏 874 high adj.& adv.高的(地) 875 high jump .跳高 876 high school .中学 877 hike v.& n.远足;徒步旅行 878 hiking n.徒步旅行 879 hill n.小山 880 him pron.他(宾格) 881 himself pron.他自己 882 his pron.他的 883 history n.历史(学) 884 hit v.打;击中;撞 885 hm interj.哼(表示踌躇、唤起注意) 886 hobby n.业余爱好 887 hold v.拿;握 888 hold a sports meetin .举行运动会 889 hold on .(打电话时)等一等;不挂断 890 hole n.洞;孔;坑 891 holiday n.假日;假期 892 home n.家 893 hometown n.故乡;家乡 894 homework n.家庭作业 69 895 Hong Kong n.香港 896 Honolulu n.火努鲁鲁(又译檀香山) 897 hooray interj.好哇;加油 898 hopev.希望 899 horse n.马 900 hospitall n.医院 901 hot adj.热的;辣的 902 hot dog .热狗(红肠面包) 903 hoteln.旅馆;饭店 904 hour n.小时 905 hour after hour .一小时又一小时;连续地 906 house n.房子 907 housework n.家务劳动 908 how adv.(指程度)多少;怎样 909 How are you? .您(身体)好吗, 910 How do you do? .您好～ 911 how long .多久 912 how many .多少 913 how much .多少;多少钱 914 however conj.然而;可是 915 hug n.拥抱;紧抱 916 huge adj.巨大的 917 human n.& adj.人(的);人类(的) 918 human being .人 919 hundred num.百 920 hungry adj.饥锇的 921 hurry v.赶快;慌忙 922 hurry up .赶快 923 hurt v.使受伤;痛 924 husband n.丈夫 925 I pron.我 926 ice n.冰 927 ice n.冰 928 ice cream .冰淇淋 929 iceberg n.冰山 930 icon n.图像符号;图标 931 ID n.(identity的缩写)身份(证) 932 I'd like .,I would like 933 idea n.主意;想法;意见 934 if conj.假如;如果 935 if conj.是否 936 ill adj.病的;不健康的 937 ill adj.病的 938 I'll .,I will 939 I'm .,I am 940 imagine v.设想;想像 941 important adj.重要的;重大的 942 impossible adj.不可能的 943 improve v.提高;改善 944 in prep.在„„里(内;上) 945 in prep.用„„(表示) 946 in a hurry .匆忙地 947 in fact .实际上 948 in Fnglish .用英语(表达) 949 in front .前方;正对面 950 in front of .在„„前面 951 in the day .在白天 952 in the end .最后 953 in the future .将来 954 in the open air .在户外;在野外 955 in this way .用这种方法 956 in time .及时 957 increase v.增加;增长 958 India n.印度 959 Indian adj.印度的;印度人的 n.印度人;印第安人 960 information n.信息;情报 961 injection n.注射;打针 962 Inner Mongolia n.内蒙古 963 inside prep.在„„的里面 70 964 inspector n.警官;监督员 965 instead adv.代替;顶替 966 instead of .代替 967 instruction n.说明;须知 968 interest n.兴趣 969 interested adj.感兴趣的 970 interesting adj.有趣的;有意思的 971 Internet n.因特网;互联网络 972 into prep.到„„里;向内 973 invent v.发明;创造 974 invention n.发明;创造 975 inventor n.发明者;创造者 976 invite v.邀请;招待 977 is v.是 978 island n.岛;岛状物 979 isn't .,is not 980 it pron.它 981 Italian adj.意大利(语/人)的 n.意大利语;意大利人 982 Italy n.意大利 983 its pron.它的 984 it's .,it is 985 jacket n.茄克衫 986 January n.一月 987 Japan n.日本 988 Japanese adj.日本的;日本人的 n.日本人;日语 989 jeep n.吉普车 990 job n.工作 991 join v.加入;参加 992 jouk n.笑话;玩笑 993 journalist n.记者;新闻工作者 994 journey n.旅程;旅行;路程 995 juice n.(水果、蔬菜、肉等的)汁;果汁 996 july n.七月 997 jumpv.跳 998 jumper n.跳跃者 999 June n.六月 1000 just adv.刚刚;方才 1001 just adv.仅仅;只是 1002 just now .刚才;不久以前 1003 just then .正在那时 1004 keep v.保持;留住 1005 keep v.饲养;照顾 1006 keep doing something .一直做某事 1007 key n.钥匙 1008 keyboard n.键盘 1009 kid n.(口语)小孩子 1010 kill v.杀死;弄死 1011 kilo n.千克;公斤 1012 kilometre(kilometer) n.公里;千米 1013 kind n.种;类 1014 kind adj.和蔼的;友好的 1015 kind-hearted adj.好心的 1016 kinds of .各种各样的 1017 kirchen n.厨房 1018 kite n.风筝 1019 knce n.膝盖 1020 knife n.小刀;(pl.knives) 1021 knock v.敲;击 1022 knock at .敲(门、窗等) 1023 knock on .敲(门、窗等) 1024 know v.知道;懂得 1025 knowledge n.知识;学问 1026 lab n.,laboratory 实验室 1027 ladies'room .(妇女用)公共厕所 1028 lady n.女士;夫人 1029 lake n.湖 1030 land n.陆地;土地 1031 land v.登陆;上岸;降落 1032 language n.语言 71 1033 lap n.(竞赛场的)一圈 1034 large adj.大的;(数量)多的 1035 large numbers of .许多 1036 last adj.最后的;刚过去的 adv.最后 1037 last v.持续;耐久 1038 late adj.& adv.迟的(地);晚的(地) 1039 later on .后来;稍后 1040 laugh v.(大)笑;发笑 n.笑;笑声 1041 laugh v.(大)笑;发笑 1042 laugh at .嘲笑 1043 lay/laid v.下蛋;产蛋 1044 lazy adj.懒惰的 1045 leaf n.(pl.leaves)叶子;树木(草)的叶子 1046 learnv.学;学习 1047 learn...from... .向„„学习 1048 least adj.最小的;最少的 1049 least n.最小;最少 1050 leather n.皮革 1051 leave v.离去;出发 1052 leave...behind .把„„遗留在(留下) 1053 left n.& adj.左(的);左边(的) 1054 leg n.腿 1055 lend v.把„„借给;借给 1056 less adj.& adv.(little的比较级)较少(小)的(地) 1057 less than .不到;少于 1058 lesson n.课;功课 1059 let v.让 1060 Let me see .让我想想看 1061 let's .,let us 让我们 1062 Let's go .我们一起去 1063 letter n.信 1064 librarian n.图书管理员 1065 library n.图书馆 1066 licence n.执照;许可证 1067 lie/lay v.躺;平躺 1068 life n.(pl.lives)生命;生活 1069 lifeboat n.救生船(艇) 1070 lifetime n.一生;终生 1071 lift n.电梯 1072 lift v.(雾、云)消散;(雨)停止 1073 light n.灯 1074 light adj.淡(浅)色的;轻的 1075 like prep.像;跟„„一样 1076 like v.喜欢 1077 line n.线;绳索 1078 lion n.狮子 1079 list n.清单;一览表;名单;目录 1080 listen v.听 1081 listen to .听 1082 litter n.垃圾;废物 v.乱丢杂物 1083 little adj.& adv.小的;一点儿;稍许 1084 live v.居住 1085 live on .继续存在;继续活着 1086 livelyadj.热闹的;有生气的 1087 Liverpool n.利物浦(英国港口城市) 1088 living room n.起居室 1089 living-room n.起居室 1090 loaked .lock的过去分词形式 1091 lock v.& n.锁 1092 lock v.锁;锁上 n.锁 1093 London n.伦敦(英国首都) 1094 lonely adj.孤独的;寂寞的 1095 long adj.长的 1096 long jump .跳远 1097 look v.瞧;看 1098 look v.看上去;显得 1099 look n.瞧;看 1100 look after .照顾;照看 1101 look at .看;观看 72 1102 look fro .寻找 1103 look like .看起来像 1104 look out .留神;注意 1105 look over .(仔细)检查 1106 look the same .看起来很像 1107 look up .向上看;抬头看 1108 lose/lost v.丢失;失去;迷失(方向) 1109 lost adj.丢失的;失去的 1110 lost adj.迷途的;丢失的 1111 lot n.许多 1112 lot of .许多;很多 1113 lots of .许许多多的 1114 loud adj.大声的;响亮的 1115 loudly adv.大声地;高声地 1116 loudspeaker n.扬声器;扩声器 1117 love v.爱;喜爱 1118 low adj.低的;浅的;矮的 1119 luck adj.运气;好运 1120 luckily adv.好运地;幸运地 1121 lueky adj.幸运的、侥幸的 1122 lunch n.午餐 1123 Macao n.澳门 1124 machine n.机器 1125 madam n.夫人;女士 1126 madam n.女士;夫人;小姐(对已婚或未婚妇女的尊称) 1127 magazine n.杂志 1128 magical adj.魔法(似)的 1129 mail n.邮政;邮递 1130 main adj.主要的 1131 mainland n.大陆 1132 Makaha n.马卡哈(美国) 1133 make v.做;制作 1134 make v.使„„(发生) 1135 make a decision .作出决定 1136 make a mistake .犯错误 1137 make a noise .吵闹 1138 make faces .做鬼脸;做苦脸 1139 make friends .交朋友 1140 make money .赚钱 1141 make one's way to .往„„走去 1142 make phone calls .打电话 1143 make room for .给„„腾出地方 1144 make sure.确保;确认;查明 1145 make telephone calls .打电话 1146 make the bed .整理床铺 1147 make up one's mind .下决心 1148 man n.男人;人 1149 manager n.经理;负责人 1150 Manchester n.曼彻斯特(英国西北部城市) 1151 man-made adj.人造的 1152 many adj.许多的;多的 1153 map n.地图 1154 March n.三月 1155 markn.记号;标记;痕迹 1156 market n.市场;集市 1157 marry v.结婚 1158 match n.比赛;竞赛 1159 match n.比赛;竞赛 1160 math n.(美式拼法)数学 1161 maths n.(英式拼法)数学 1162 matter v.(主要用于否定句、疑问句)要紧;有关系 1163 may v.aux.可以;可能;也许 1164 May n.五月 1165 maybe adv.也许;大概 1166 me pron.我 1167 meal n.一餐;一顿饭 1168 mean v.表示„„的意思;意味着 1169 meaning n.意思;意义;含义 1170 meatn.肉 73 1171 medicine n.内服药;医学 1172 meet v.见面;会面;遇见 1173 meeting n.会;集会 1174 Melbourne n.墨尔本(澳大利亚海港城市) 1175 melon n.瓜 1176 member n.成员 1177 memory n.记忆力;存贮器 1178 men n.(pl)男人;人(man的复数形式) 1179 mend v.修补;修理 1180 mention v.提到;说起 1181 menu n.(餐厅等的)菜单 1182 merry adj.愉快的;欢乐的 1183 message n.消息;信息 1184 metal n.金属 1185 metre(meter) n.公尺;米 1186 microcomputern.微型计算机 1187 Microsoft n.微软公司 1188 mid-autumn n.中秋 1189 middle adj.中间的;中级的 1190 middle school .中学 1191 midfield n.中场(指足球场中的中间地带) 1192 midfield player .中场球员 1193 midnight n.午夜 1194 milk n.牛奶 1195 million n.百万;百万元 1196 mindn.思想;想法 v.关心;介意 1197 mine pron.我的 1198 minibus n.小型公共汽车 1199 minus prep.减;减去 1200 minute n.分钟;一会儿 1201 Miss n.女士;小姐(对未婚女子的称呼) 1202 miss v.错过 1203 missing adj.丢失的;失踪的 1204 mist n.雾 1205 mistake n.错误 1206 misty adj.有雾的;多雾的 1207 mobile adj.可移动的 1208 mobile phone .可移动电话 1209 model n.模型;模范;样式 1210 modem n.调制解调器 1211 moment n.片刻;瞬间 1212 Monday n.星期一 1213 money n.钱;货币 1214 monitor n.显示器 1215 monkey n.猴子 1216 month n.月 1217 mooncaken.月饼 1218 moonlight n.& adj.月光(的) 1219 more adv.更;更加 1220 more adj.& adv.& pron.更;更多(的) 1221 more and more adj.越来越„„ 1222 more or less .多少有点;或多或少 1223 more than .多过;„„以上;比„„更 1224 morning n.早晨;上午 1225 morning paper .晨报 1226 Moscow n.莫斯科(俄罗斯首都) 1227 most adj.adv.& prep.(many或much) 最多(大量)的 1228 most pron.大部分;大多数 1229 mostly adv.主要地;大部份 1230 mother n.母亲 1231 motorbike n.摩托车或有发动机的自行车 1232 mount n.„„山;„„峰 1233 Mount Qomolangma .珠穆朗玛峰 1234 mountain n.山;高山 1235 mouse n.鼠;耗子;鼠标 1236 mouth n.嘴 1237 mouth-to-mouth adj.(人工呼吸)口对口的 1238 move v.移动;搬动;搬家 1239 moving adj.活动的;移动的;动人的 74 1240 Mr=mister n.先生(用于姓名前) 1241 Mrs n.夫人 1242 Ms n.女士用在婚姻状况不明的女子姓名前) 1243 much adv.& adj.多;很;非常 1244 multiply v.(将„„)乘„„ 1245 multiply...by... . „„乘以„„ 1246 mum n.(口语)妈妈 1247 mummy n.(口语)妈妈 1248 museum n.博物馆 1249 music n.音乐;乐曲 1250 must v.aux.必须;应当 1251 my pron.我的 1252 myself pron.我自己 1253 name n.名字 1254 natural adj.自然界的;天然的 1255 near prep.在„„附近 1256 nearby adv.附近 1257 nearly adv.将近;几乎 1258 neatly adv.整洁地 1259 necessary adj.必要的;必需的 1260 neck n.颈;脖子 1261 neck and neck .(竞赛等)并驾齐驱 1262 necklace n.项链 1263 need v.需要;必需 1264 neighbourhoodn.四邻;街坊;邻近 1265 neighboutn.邻居 1266 neither adj.& pron.(两者)都不 1267 neither...nor... .既不„„也不„„ 1268 Nepal n.尼泊尔 1269 nervous adj.紧张不安的 1270 never adv.从来;决不 1271 never mind .没有关系 1272 new adj.新的 1273 New Jersey n.新泽西(美国州名) 1274 New York n.纽约(美国城市) 1275 New Zealand n.新西兰 1276 Newquay n.纽基(英国) 1277 news n.新闻;消息 1278 newspaper n.报纸 1279 next adj.下一个 1280 next to .相邻;靠近 1281 nice adj.令人愉快的 1282 nice adj.好的;漂亮的 1283 nine num.九 1284 ninth num.& adj.第九(的) 1285 no adv.不;不是 1286 no longer .不再 1287 no matter 不论„„ 1288 No. .,number 1289 nobody pron.没有人 1290 noise n.嘈杂声;响声 1291 noisy adj.喧闹的;嘈杂的 1292 nonepron.一个人也没有;没有任何东西 1293 noodle n.面条 1294 noon n.中午;正午 1295 nor conj.也不 1296 north n.& adj.北方(的);北部(的) 1297 northeast n.东北;东北部 1298 northern adj.北部的;北方的 1299 northwest n.西北;西北部 1300 nose n.鼻子 1301 not adv.不 1302 not as/so...as .与 不一样 1303 not only ... but als 不仅„„而且 1304 not...any more .不再 1305 not...at all .一点也不 1306 nothing pron.没有什么;没有东西 1307 notice n.通知;布告 1308 notice v.注意;通知 75 1309 novel n.(长篇)小说 1310 November n.十一月 1311 now adv.现在 1312 number n.数字;号码 1313 nurse n.护士 1314 nut n.坚果;坚果核 1315 nylon n.尼龙 1316 object n.物体 1317 ocean n.海洋;大洋 1318 o'clock .„„点钟 1319 October n.十月 1320 of prep.„„的 1321 of course adv.当然;自然的事 1322 offer v.&n.拿出;提供 1323 office n.办公室 1324 often adv.常常 1325 oh interj.哦;啊 1326 oil n.油 1327 OK adv.(口语)好;对;不错;可以 1328 old adj.„„岁的;老的 1329 Olympic adj.奥林匹克的 1330 on prep.在;在„„上 1331 on prep.关于 1332 on display .陈列;展览 1333 on duty .值日 1334 on earth .在地球上 1335 on foot .走路;步行 1336 on one's way to .在„„的途中 1337 on show .展出 1338 on the left/right si .在左/右边 1339 on time .准时 1340 on watch .值班;守望 1341 once adv.曾经;以前 1342 once adv.一次 1343 once upon a time .从前;很早以前 1344 one num.一 1345 one pron.(用来代替单数的人或物) 1346 one day .(过去或将来)有一天;某一天 1347 one way adj.单程的;单行的 1348 onion n.洋葱 1349 online adj.&adv.在线;上网 1350 only adv.仅仅;只 1351 onto prep.在„„上面;到„„上面 1352 openv.打开 1353 openadj.开着的 1354 open up .开设;开业;开放 1355 opera n.歌剧 1356 opposite adj.对面的;相反的 1357 or conj.或者;还是 1358 orange n.橙子;橘子 1359 orange adj.& n.橙色(的) 1360 order n.订货单;订购;(点)一份菜 v.订购;点菜 1361 ordinary adj.普通的;通常的 1362 other adj.别的;其他的 1363 Ottawa n.渥太华(加拿大首都) 1364 ouch interj.(突然感到病痛时发出的声音)哎哟 1365 our pron.我们的 1366 ours pron.我们的 1367 ourselves pron.我们自己 1368 out adv.在外 1369 out of prep.从„„向外;从„„往外 1370 outdoor adj.户外的;野外的 1371 outside prep.在„„外边 adv.在外边 1372 over adv.在那边;在另一边 1373 over adv.结束;完了 1374 over there .在那边 1375 owm v.拥有;所有 1376 own adj.自己的 1377 owner n.拥有者;所有者 76 1378 p.m. .下午;午后 1379 pack v.打包;打行李 1380 page n.(书的)页 1381 pain n.疼痛;疼 1382 painful adj.疼痛的;痛苦的 1383 painter n.画家 1384 painting n.油画;水彩画 1385 pair n.一对;一双 1386 palace n.宫;宫殿 1387 pan n.平底锅 1388 panda n.熊猫 1389 paper n.纸;报纸 1390 pardon v.原谅(某人);宽恕 1391 parent n.父(母)亲 1392 parents .父(母)亲;双亲 1393 park n.公园 1394 park v.(将车)停放 1395 parrot n.鹦鹉 1396 part n.部分 1397 part-time adj.非全日工作的 n.业余时间 1398 party n.聚会 1399 pass v.传递 1400 pass on .传递;转移到 1401 passenger n.乘客;旅客 1402 past prep.(超)过;经过 1403 past n.& adj.过去(的) 1404 path n.路线;去路 1405 patient n.病人 1406 pause v.&n.中止;暂停 1407 pay v.给....报酬 1408 PE=physical educatio n.体育 1409 pea n.碗豆 1410 pear n.梨 1411 Peking Opera .京剧 1412 pen n.钢笔 1413 pencil n.铅笔 1414 pencil-box n.铅笔盒 1415 penguin n.企鹅 1416 people n.人;人们 1417 pepper n.胡椒 1418 performance n.演出;成果;成绩 1419 perhaps adv.也许;可能 1420 person n.人 1421 personal adj.私人的;个人的 1422 pet n.宠爱的动物 1423 phone n.(telephone的缩写词)电话;电话机 1424 phone n.(telephone之略)电话;电话机 1425 photo n.照片 1426 physics n.物理(学) 1427 piano n.钢琴 1428 pick v.采摘(花;果实) 1429 pick up .拾起;捡起 1430 picnic n.野餐 1431 picture n.图画;照片 1432 pie n.(用肉或水果做成的)馅饼 1433 piece n.一张(片;块„„) 1434 pig n.猪 1435 pill n.药丸;药片 1436 ping-pong n.乒乓球 1437 pink adj.粉红色的;桃红色的 1438 pioneer n.先锋 1439 pity n.遗憾的事;可惜的事 1440 pizza n.(意大利)烤馅饼 1441 place n.地方;地点 1442 place n.地点;地方 1443 plan n.& v.计划 1444 plane n.飞机 1445 plantv.种植 n.植物 1446 plastic adj.& n.塑料(的) 77 1447 plate n.盘子;碟子 1448 play v.玩;打(球) 1449 play n.剧;戏剧 1450 play a joke on .戏弄人;对某人恶作剧 1451 player n.比赛者;选手 1452 playground n.(学校的)操场 1453 playhouse n.儿童游戏房 1454 pleasant adj.愉快的;快乐的 1455 please interj.请 1456 pleased adj.高兴的;愉快的 1457 pleasure n.愉快;高兴 1458 plus prep.加;加上 1459 pocket n.衣袋 1460 point v.指;指向 1461 point at .指示;指向 1462 point to 指向„„ 1463 police n.(the police) 警察(局) 1464 policeman n.警察 1465 politely adv.有礼貌地 1466 pollute v.污染;弄脏 1467 polyester n.(化学)聚酯 1468 pool n.水池;水坑 1469 poor adj.贫穷的;可怜的 1470 popular adj.大众的;流行的 1471 population n.人口;人数 1472 pork n.猪肉 1473 porridge n.粥;稀饭 1474 possible adj.可能的 1475 post n.邮政;邮寄;邮件 1476 post office .邮局 1477 postal adj.邮政的 1478 postcard n.明信片 1479 postman n.邮递员 1480 potato n.(pl.)马铃薯;土豆 1481 potato n.马铃薯;土豆 1482 pound n.镑(重量单位) 1483 pour v.倒;灌;倾泄 1484 practice=practise(英 n.& v.练习;实践 1485 practise v.实践;练习 1486 prefer v.宁愿选择;更喜欢 1487 present n.礼物 1488 press v.按;压 1489 pretty adj.漂亮的;美丽的 1490 prevent v.防止;阻止 1491 price n.价格;价钱 1492 pride n.自豪;骄傲 1493 print v.印刷;印制 1494 print v.打印 1495 printer n.打印机 1496 prize n.奖品;奖赏 1497 probably adv.很可能;大概 1498 problem n.问题;难题 1499 problem n.问题;难题 1500 produce v.产生;生产;制造 1501 program(英programme) n.程序;项目;节目 1502 progress v.进步;提高;前进 1503 protect v.保护 1504 proud adj.自豪的;骄傲的 1505 provide v.提供 1506 province n.省 1507 public adj.公共的;公众的 1508 pull v.拉;拖;拔 1509 pumpkin n.南瓜 1510 pupil n.小学生;学生 1511 purple adj.& n.紫色(的) 1512 purse n.钱包 1513 push v.推;挤 1514 put v.放 1515 put away .把„„收起来(放好) 78 1516 put off .推迟;拖延 1517 put on .穿上(衣服等);戴上(帽子等) 1518 put on .(戏剧等)上演;放(唱片等) 1519 put up .挂起;举起 1520 put(sth.)down .把(某物)放下来 1521 quarrel v.争吵 1522 quarrel with .(和某人)吵架 1523 quarter n.一刻仲;四分之一 1524 question n.问题 1525 queue n.(按顺序等待的人、车等的)队;行列 1526 queue jumper .不按次序排队的人 1527 quick adj.快的;迅速的 1528 quickly adv.迅速 1529 quickly adv.快地;迅速地 1530 quiet adj.安静的;平静的 1531 quietly adv.安静地;平静地 1532 quite adv.很;十分 1533 rabbit n.兔子 1534 race n.赛跑 1535 racket n.(网球、羽毛球等的)球拍 1536 rail n.轨道;铁路 1537 railway .(英)铁路 1538 rain v.下雨 1539 raincoat n.雨衣 1540 rained .动词rain的过去式 1541 rather adv.相当 1542 rather than 宁可;是„„而不是 1543 reach v.到达;抵达;达到 1544 read v.读;阅读 1545 reading room .阅览室 1546 ready adj.准备好的;乐意的 1547 real adj.真正的;真实的 1548 realize v.察觉;领悟;了解 1549 really adv.确实;真正地 1550 receive v.接收;收到;得到 1551 recyle v.再循环;回收再用 1552 red adj.& n.红色(的) 1553 redio n.收音机 1554 reef n.岩礁 1555 refuse v.拒绝 1556 regard v.看待;当作 1557 regard...as... .把„„当作;当作 1558 relative n.亲属;亲人 1559 relax v.放松;轻松 1560 relay n.接力;赛跑 1561 remember v.记得;想起 1562 repair v.修理;修补 1563 reply n.& v.答复;回答 1564 report n.& v.报告;报导 1565 rest n.休息 1566 restaurantn.饭馆 1567 result n.结果 1568 return v.回来;归还 1569 review v.复习(功课等) 1570 rewarding adj.值得做的 1571 rice n.米饭;大米 1572 rich adj.有钱的;富裕的;丰富的 1573 Richmond .里士满(城市名) 1574 riddle n.谜语 1575 ride v.骑(自行车、马等) 1576 ridgen.山脉 1577 right adj.对的;正确的 adv.对地;正确地 1578 right adv.正好;恰好;正确 1579 right n.& adj.右(的);右边(的) 1580 right now .立即 1581 rim n.边;缘 1582 ring v.(钟、铃等)响;摇铃 1583 ring up .打电话 1584 river n.江;河 79 1585 road n.道路;公路 1586 rob v.抡劫 1587 robber n.强盗;盗贼 1588 robbery n.抢劫案;抢劫 1589 robor n.机器人 1590 rock n.摇动;摇滚乐 1591 rock v.震动;摇动 1592 rocket n.火箭 1593 roller-skating .滑旱冰 1594 Rome n.罗马(意大利首都) 1595 room n.房间 1596 rough adj.粗鲁的;激烈的 1597 round adj.圆的;球形的 1598 round-tripadj.(车票等)来回的;往返的 1599 row n.(一)排;(一)行 1600 rub v.擦;磨 1601 rubbish n.垃圾;废物 1602 rule n.规则;规定 1603 ruler n.尺子 1604 run v.跑 1605 run away .逃跑 1606 run away .流失;逃跑;逃走 1607 runner n.赛跑的人 1608 rush v.冲;奔跑 1609 rush out .冲出去 1610 Russian adj.& n.俄国(的).俄国人(的);俄语(的) 1611 sad adj.难过的;悲哀的 1612 sadlyadv.难过地;悲哀地 1613 safe adj.安全的;平安的 1614 safety n.安全 1615 salesgirl n.女售货员 1616 salt n.盐 1617 same adj.同样的;同一的 1618 San Francisco n.旧金山 1619 sand n.沙;沙子 1620 sandwich n.三明治;夹心面包片 1621 SAR n.特别行政区 1622 satellite n.卫星 1623 Saturday n.星期六 1624 save v.救;挽救;节省 1625 say v.说;讲 1626 say goodbye to .告别;告辞 1627 scenery n.风景;景色 1628 school n.学校 1629 schoolbag n.书包 1630 schoolboy n.(中、小学的)男学生 1631 schoolyard n.校园 1632 scientist n.科学家 1633 scissors n.(复数)剪刀 1634 sclence n.(自然)科学 1635 score n.(比赛)得分 1636 Scotland n.苏格兰 1637 screen n.屏幕 1638 scuba n.水肺(潜水者用的水下呼吸器) 1639 seafood n.海鲜;海产食品 1640 season n.季节 1641 seat n.座位 1642 seatch v.搜查;搜索 1643 Seattle n.西雅图(美国华盛顿州一城市) 1644 second num.& adj.第二(的) 1645 secondhand adj.二手的;用过的 1646 secret n.秘密 1647 see v.看见;看到 1648 seem v.好像;似乎 1649 self-respect n.自尊;自重 1650 sell v.卖;售 1651 seller n.卖者;售货员 1652 send v.送;寄;派(遣) 1653 send up 发射;把„„往上送 80 1654 September n.九月 1655 serrious adj.严重的;严肃的 1656 serve v.上(菜、酒等);开(饭);服务 1657 set v.使开始;安置 1658 set n.装置;设备 1659 set off .出发;动身;启程 1660 set one's mind to do 一心想做„„ 1661 seven num.七 1662 several adj.& pron.几个;若干 1663 shall v.& aux.(我，我们)将;会 1664 shape n.形状;外形 1665 shark n.鲨鱼 1666 sharpener n.卷笔刀 1667 she pron.她 1668 sheep n.绵羊 1669 shelf n.(pl.shelves).架子;搁板 1670 shellfish n.贝类;甲壳虫 1671 shepherd n.牧羊人 1672 shine/shone v.照亮;发亮 1673 ship n.船;轮船 1674 shirt n.(男式)衬衫 1675 shoe n.鞋 1676 shoot v.射击;射死 1677 shop n.商店 1678 shopping n.买东西 1679 shopping list .购物单 1680 short adj.短的;矮的 1681 shot n.尝试;努力;射击 1682 shot n.(球赛中)击，射门，投篮;发射 1683 should v.aux.(shall的过去式) 将;会;应该 1684 shout v.呼喊;喊叫 1685 show n.演出;展览 v.给„„看;出示 1686 show down .减缓;减速 1687 shower n.阵雨;骤雨 1688 showery adj.阵雨的;多阵雨的 1689 shut v.关(门等);把„„(盖上) 1690 shut down 把„„关上 1691 shy adj.害羞的;腼腆的 1692 sick adj.患病的 1693 side n.边;面 1694 sign n.标记;符号;痕迹 1695 silently adv.寂静地;沉默地 1696 silk n.(蚕)丝 1697 sinceconj.由于;既然 1698 sinceadv.& conj.此后;自„„以来 1699 sing v.唱;唱歌 1700 singer n.歌唱者;歌手 1701 single adj.单个的;只有一个的 1702 sink/sank v.下沉;沉没 1703 sir n.(对上级和长辈的尊称)先生;阁下 1704 sister n.姐;妹 1705 sit v.坐 1706 sit down .坐下 1707 six num.六 1708 size n.尺寸;大小 1709 skate v.滑冰;溜冰 1710 ski v.滑雪 1711 skirt n.女裙 1712 sky n.天空 1713 sleep v.睡;睡觉 1714 slipper n.(常用复数)拖鞋;便鞋 1715 slow adj.慢的;缓慢的 adv.慢慢地 1716 slow v.放慢;减速 1717 slowly adv.缓慢地 1718 small adj.小的 1719 smell v.闻;嗅;散发(气味) 1720 smile v.& n.微笑 1721 smog n.烟雾 1722 smoke v.& n.吸烟;烟 81 1723 snake n.蛇 1724 snow v.下雪 n.雪 1725 snowman n.雪人 1726 snowy adj.多雪的;降雪的 1727 so adv.这么;那么 1728 so pron.这样;如此 1729 so far .到目前为止 1730 so that .以便;以致 1731 so-called adj.所谓的 1732 soccer n.英式足球 1733 society n.社会 1734 sock n.短袜 1735 software n.(电脑)软件 1736 soil n.土壤;土地 1737 solldier n.士兵;战士 1738 solvev.解决;解答 1739 some adj.& pron.一些;若干 1740 somebody prep.某人;有人 1741 someday adv.(今后)有一天 1742 someone pron.=somebody 某人;有人 1743 something pron.某事(物);某东西 1744 sometime adv.(未来的)某时 1745 sometimes adv.有时 1746 somewhere adv.某处;在某处 1747 son n.儿子 1748 sonata n.(音乐)奏鸣曲 1749 song n.歌;歌曲;歌谣 1750 soon adv.不久;一会儿 1751 sooner or later .迟早 1752 sorryadj.对不起;抱歉的 1753 so-so adj.(口语)不好不坏的;马马虎虎 1754 sound v.听起来 n.声音 1755 sound n.声音 1756 sound v.听起来 1757 soup n.汤 1758 south n.& adj.南方(的);南部(的) 1759 South Africa .南非 1760 space n.空间;太空 1761 spaceship n.宇宙飞船 1762 speak v.讲;说 1763 speak higly of .称赞 1764 speaker n.演讲者;说话者 1765 special adj.特别的;特殊的 1766 speed n.迅速;速度 1767 spell v.拼写 1768 spend v.花(时间、钱);度过 1769 spill v.溢出;溅出;洒出 1770 spiritn.精神 1771 spit v.吐痰;吐唾沫 1772 spoil v.糟蹋 1773 spoon n.匙;调羹 1774 sport n.运动 1775 spring n.春天 1776 Spring Festival .春节 1777 square n.平方;(方形的)广场 1778 stamp n.邮票 1779 stand v.站;立 1780 stand in line .站(在)队(里) 1781 star n.星星;恒星 1782 start v.开始;着手 1783 starting/finishing l .起跑/终点线 1784 station n.车站;所;站 1785 stay v.停留(在某处) 1786 steal v.偷;窃取(stole/st3ul/,stolen/'st3ul3n) 1787 steep adj.陡峻的;险峻的 1788 steer n.& v.驾驶;掌舵 1789 steering wheel .驾驶盘 1790 step n.脚步;v.走;踏入;踩 1791 stick n.棒;棍 82 1792 still adv.还;仍旧;更 1793 Stockholm n.斯德哥尔摩(瑞典首都) 1794 stocking n.长统袜 1795 stop v.停止;中止 1796 stop...from .阻止„„做„„ 1797 storen.(美)商店;大百货公司 1798 storev.储藏;存贮 1799 storm n.暴风雨 1800 story n.故事 1801 story n.(=storey)(房屋的)层 1802 straight adj.直的 1803 straight adv.一直地 1804 strange adj.奇怪的;陌生的 1805 street n.街道 1806 striker n.足球(前锋) 1807 strong adj.强壮的;坚强的 1808 student n.学生 1809 study v.学习;研究 1810 study n.书房 1811 subject n.题目;题材 1812 success n.成就;成功 1813 successfully adv.圆满地;顺利地;成功地 1814 such adj.这样的 1815 suddenly adv.突然地 1816 sugar n.糖 1817 suit n.一套衣服 1818 summer n.夏天;夏季 1819 sun n.太阳 1820 Sunday n.星期日 1821 sunglasses n.太阳镜 阳光充足的 1822 sunny adj.晴朗的;1823 sunshine n.日光;阳光 1824 supermarket n.超级市场 1825 supper n.晚餐 1826 sure adv.的确;一定 adj.确信的;肯定的 1827 surf v.冲浪 1828 surfer n.冲浪者 1829 surfing n.冲浪运动 1830 surprise n.惊奇;惊讶 1831 sweater n.毛衣;厚运动衫 1832 Sweden n.瑞典 1833 Swedish adj.瑞典的;瑞典人的 1834 sweep v.扫;扫除 1835 sweet adj.甜的;可爱的 1836 swim v.& n.游泳 1837 Sydney n.悉尼(澳大利亚港市) 1838 table n.桌子 1839 table tennis .乒乓球 1840 tail n.尾巴;尾部 1841 take v.拿到;带到 1842 take v.花费(时间) 1843 take v.花费(时间);消耗 1844 take a seat .坐下;就座 1845 take an active part .积极参加 1846 take care of .照顾;照料;注意 1847 take exereise .做运动 1848 take off .脱衣服 1849 take off .脱下(衣、帽、鞋等) 1850 take one's place .坐某人的座位;代替某人的职务 1851 take out .取出 1852 take photos .照像 1853 take time .花费(时间) 1854 take turns .轮流 1855 take/leave a message .捎,留口信 1856 take-away adj.& n.可拿走的(熟食) 1857 talk v.说话;谈话 1858 talk about .谈论;交谈 1859 talk with .和„„交谈 1860 tall adj.高的 83 1861 tape n.磁带 1862 taste v.品尝;有„„味道 1863 taxi n.出租汽车 1864 TB(tubereulosis) n.肺结核(病) 1865 tea n.茶 1866 teach v.教;教书 1867 teach oneself .自学 1868 teacher n.教师 1869 teamn.队;组 1870 teamn.队;组 1871 teamwork n.合作;协同工作 1872 teapot n.茶壶 1873 tear n.(常用复数)眼泪;泪珠 1874 technology n.技术;工艺学 1875 telegraph n.电报 1876 telephone n.电话(机) 1877 telephone v.打电话给(某人) 1878 tell v.告诉;讲述 1879 tell v.告诉;讲述;吩咐 1880 tell v.说;告诉;吩咐 1881 temperature n.温度 1882 ten num.十 1883 tennis n.网球(运动) 1884 tent n.帐篷 1885 term n.学期 1886 Terra Cotta Warriors .兵马俑 1887 terrible adj.可怕的;感到极不舒服的 1888 terrific adj.(口语)很棒的;极好的 1889 textbook n.课本 1890 than conj.比„„;比较„„ 1891 thank v.谢谢 1892 thankful adj.感激的;感谢的 1893 thanks n.谢谢(只用复数) 1894 thanks to .由于;幸亏 1895 thanksgiving n.感谢;感恩 1896 Thanksgiving .=Thanksgiving Day 感恩节 1897 that pron.& adj.那;那个 1898 the art.这(那)个;这(那)些 1899 the day after tomott .后天 1900 the day before yeste .前天 1901 the Great Hall of th .人民大会堂 1902 the Great Wall .长城 1903 the more,the better .越多越好 1904 the Olympic Games .奥林匹克运动会 1905 the Palace Museum .故宫博物院 1906 the same as ... .和„„相同 1907 the Summer Palace .颐和园 1908 theatre(theater) n.剧场;戏院 1909 theHimalayaMountains .喜马拉雅山 1910 their pron.他们(她们;它们)的 1911 theirs pron.他们(她们，它们)的 1912 them pron.他(她，它)们 1913 themselves pron.他们自己 1914 then adv.那么;然后 1915 there adv.那里;那儿 1916 there .表示存在,有(人或物),作引导词,无词意 1917 there interj.好啦(表示安慰) 1918 there's .,there is(单数) 1919 these pron.这些 1920 they pron.他们(她们;它们)的 1921 thief n.(pl.thieves/0i:vz/)贼 1922 thin adj.瘦的;薄的 1923 thingn.东西;事情 1924 thinkv.想;认为 1925 think about .考虑 1926 think of .认为;想起 1927 third num.& adj.第三(的) 1928 thirsty adj.口渴的 1929 thirteen num.十三 84 1930 thirty num.三十 1931 this pron.& adj.这;这个 1932 This way,please .请走这边 1933 those pron.那些 1934 though conj.虽然„„;尽管„„ 1935 thought n.思考;想法;思想 1936 thousand num.千 1937 three num.三 1938 through prep.通过;穿过;经过 1939 throw v.投;掷000 1940 throw about .乱丢;抛散 1941 Thursday n.星期四 1942 tick n.(钟表等的)嘀答声 1943 ticket n.票;券 1944 tidy adj.整洁的;整齐的 1945 tie v.捆(系、拴)紧 1946 tiger n.老虎 1947 till prep.& conj.(直)到„„为止 1948 time n.时间 1949 time n.次数 1950 tired adj.累;疲乏 1951 Titanic n.泰坦尼克号(船名) 1952 to .(动词不定式符号) prep.(表示方向)到;往 1953 to one's surprise .令(某人)惊讶 1954 today n.& adv.今天 1955 toe n.脚趾 1956 tofu n.豆腐 1957 together adv.一起 1958 toilet n.厕所 1959 Tokyo n.东京(日本首都) 1960 tomato n.(pl.tomatoes)西红柿;蕃茄 1961 tomb n.坟墓 1962 tomorrow n.& adv.明天;在明天 1963 tonight adv.& n.今晚 1964 too adv.也 1965 too adv.太 1966 too...to... .太„„而不能 1967 tool n.工具 1968 tooth n.(pl.teeth/ti:0)牙齿 1969 top n.顶部 1970 Toronto n.多伦多(加拿大港市) 1971 tourist n.旅游者;观光者 1972 towards prep.向;朝 1973 townn.城镇 1974 toy n.玩具;玩物 1975 track n.(火车等的)轨道;跑道 1976 tractor n.拖拉机 1977 traditional adj.传统的;惯例的 1978 traffic n.交通 1979 train n.火车 1980 train v.训练;培养 1981 traing n.训练;培养 1982 trap v.使„„陷入困境;设陷阱捕捉 1983 travel v.& n.旅行 1984 traveller n.旅行者 1985 treat v.治疗;对待 1986 tree n.树 1987 trip n.旅行;旅游 1988 trip v.绊倒 1989 trip over .(被„„)绊倒 1990 trouble n.麻烦;烦恼 1991 trousers n.(pl.)裤子 1992 truckn.卡车 1993 true adj.真的;真实的 1994 truthn.真理;真相;事实 1995 try v.试(做);设法;努力 1996 try on .试穿(衣服、鞋);试戴(帽子 1997 try out .试验;尝试 1998 T-shirt n.短袖无领汗衫;T恤(衫) 85 1999 Tuesday n.星期二 2000 turkev n.火鸡 2001 Turkey n.土耳其 2002 turn n.(依次轮流的)顺序;轮流 2003 turn v.(使)转动;(使)翻转;(使)改变;变得;变成 2004 turn n.(依次轮流的)顺序 2005 turn down .关小;调低 2006 turn off .关(电灯、收音机、煤气、自来水等) 2007 turn on .打开(电灯、收音机、煤气、自来水等) 2008 turn...over .把„„翻过来 2009 turning n.拐弯处 2010 TV n.电视;电视机,television 2011 twelfth num.& adj.第十二(的) 2012 twelve num.十二 2013 twentieth num.第二十 2014 twenty-first num.第二十一 2015 twice adv.两次;两倍 2016 twin n.双胞胎之一 2017 two num.二 2018 two-story n.两层 2019 type v.用(打字机或电脑)打字 2020 UK n.联合王国 2021 um interj.嗯 2022 umbrella n.伞;雨伞 2023 uncle n.叔;伯;舅;姨父;姑父 2024 under prep.在„„下面 2025 underground adj.地下的 2026 undersea adj.海底的 2027 understand v.懂得;理解 2028 universe n.宇宙 2029 university n.综合性大学 2030 unless conj.除非;如果不„„ 2031 unlike prep.不像;和„„不同 2032 unlucky adj.不走运;不幸的 2033 until prep.& conj.到„„为止 2034 unusual adj.不寻常的;非凡的 2035 up adv.在上面;在高处;向上;起来 2036 up and down .上上下下;来来回回 2037 upstairs adj.& adv.(在)楼上;(往)楼上 2038 us pron.我们 2039 USA n.美国 2040 use v.用;使用;应用 2041 use v.用;使用;运用 2042 used adj.用过的;半旧的 2043 used to .过去常常 2044 useful adj.有用的;有益的 2045 usual adj.通常的;平常的 2046 usually adv.通常 2047 vegetable n.蔬菜 2048 very adv.很;非常 2049 very much .很;非常 2050 vet n.(口语)兽医 2051 video n.录像 2052 vietim n.受害者;受骗者 2053 village n.村庄;乡村 2054 visit v.访问;参观;拜访 2055 visit v.访问;参观;拜访 2056 visitor n.参观者;访问者 2057 voice n.说话声;嗓音 2058 volleyball n.排球 2059 wag v.摇摆;摆动(尾巴等) 2060 Waikiki n.怀基基(海滩) 2061 wait v.等;等候 2062 wait for .等候 2063 waiter n.服务员 2064 waiting room .等候室;候诊(车、机)室 2065 wake v.(使)醒来 2066 wake up .醒来;唤醒 2067 walk v.走;步行;散步 86 2068 wall n.墙 2069 wallet n.钱夹;皮夹 2070 want v.要;想要 2071 war n.战争 2072 wardrobe n.衣柜 2073 warm adj.暖和的;热情的 2074 warn v.警告;提醒 2075 was .动词be(am,is)的过去式 2076 washv.洗;漱洗 2077 Washington n.华盛顿(美国州名) 2078 washroom n.盥洗室;厕所 2079 waste n.浪费;废(弃)物; v.浪费 2080 waste adj.废弃的;无用的 n.废(弃)物;垃圾 2081 watch n.手表 v.观看;注视 2082 watch TV .看电视 2083 watchtower n.监视塔;瞭望塔 2084 water n.水 v.浇水 2085 water-ski v.做滑水运动 2086 wave n.浪;波浪 2087 way n.路;道路 2088 we pron.我们 2089 weak adj.弱的;差的 2090 wear out .把„„穿旧;磨坏 2091 weather n.天气 2092 Wednesday n.星期三 2093 week n.周;星期 2094 weekday n.工作日,平日(除星期天星期六以外的日子) 2095 weekend n.周未 2096 welcome v.欢迎 2097 well interj.喔;那么;好吧 2098 well adv.好 2099 well adj.& adv.好;(身体)健康 2100 well done .做得好 2101 went .动词go的过去式 2102 wera v.穿 2103 were .动词be(are)的过去式 2104 west n.& adj.西方(的);西部(的) 2105 western adj.西方的;西部的 2106 what pron.& adj.什么 2107 What about...? .(询问消息，征求意见)怎么样,好不好, 2108 what's .,what is 2109 wheat n.小麦 2110 wheel n.轮;机轮 2111 when adv.什么时候;何时 2112 when conj.当„„时 2113 where adv.在哪里 2114 wherever conj.&adv.无论在(到)那里;在(到)任何地方 2115 wherever conj.&adv.无论在(到)哪里;在(到)任何地方 2116 whether conj.是否 2117 which adj.& pron.哪一个;哪些 2118 while n.一会儿 2119 while conj.当„„时候，和„„同时 2120 white adj.& n.白色(的) 2121 who pron.谁 2122 whole adj.全部的 2123 whom pron.谁;哪个人(who的宾格) 2124 whose pron.谁的 2125 why interj.(表示惊讶、不耐烦、恼怒等)嗨 2126 why adv.为什么 2127 wide adj.宽的 2128 widely adv.广泛地;广阔地 2129 wife n.妻子 2130 will v.adx.将;会;要 2131 win v.获胜;赢 2132 wind n.风 2133 window n.窗 2134 windy adj.有风的;风大的 2135 wine n.酒 2136 winner n.获胜者 87 2137 winter n.冬天;冬季 2138 wish n.& v.祝愿;希望;想要 2139 with prep.和 2140 with prep.对„„;关于„„ 2141 without prep.无;没有;不 2142 woman n.妇女;女人 2143 women n.(pl)妇女;女人(woman的复数形式) 2144 wonder v.惊奇;惊讶;(对„„)感到怀疑 2145 wonderfuladj.极好的;精彩的 2146 wool n.木头;木材 2147 wool(l)en adj.羊毛的;毛织的 2148 wordn.词;单词 2149 wordn.词;单词 2150 work v.& n.工作 2151 work n.工作 2152 work out .算出;制定出 2153 worker n.工人 2154 workplacen.工作场所 2155 world n.世界 2156 worm n.虫;蠕虫 2157 worried adj.担心的;烦恼的 2158 worry v.(使)担忧 2159 worse adj.& adv.(bad,ill的比较级) 更坏;更差 2160 worst adj.最坏的;最恶劣的 2161 worth adj.有„„的价值;值得„„ 2162 worth adj.值得„„的;有的价值 „„ 2163 would .(语气婉转地表示请求或表达个人想法) 想要 2164 wow interj.(口语)哇～哟～ 2165 write v.写 2166 write down .写下„„，记下„„ 2167 writer n.作家;作者 2168 writing brush .毛笔 2169 wrong adj.错误的;不正确的 2170 yard n.院子 2171 yeah adv.(口语)是的;嗯(yes) 2172 year n.年 2173 yellow adj.& n.黄色(的) 2174 yen n.圆;日元(日本的货币单位) 2175 yes adv.是 2176 yes adv.(用于表示疑问,征询等) 什么;是吗 2177 yesterday n.& adv.昨天 2178 yet adv.(用于否定句)还(没) 2179 yip v.(动物、小狗等)叫喊声 2180 yippee interj.(表示兴奋，喜欢)欢呼声 2181 Yorkshire n.约克郡(英国) 2182 you pron.你;你们 2183 young adj.年轻的;幼小的 2184 Young Pioneer .少先队员 2185 your pron.你的;你们的 2186 yours pron.你的;你们的 2187 yourself pron.你自己 2188 yourselves pron.你们自己 2189 yo-yo n.溜溜球(一种玩具) 2190 zero num.& n.零 2191 zoo n.动物园 88 代词部分 用来代替名词、名词短语或句子的词称为代词。代词可分为:人称代词、指示代词、疑问代词、反身代词和不定代词等。 第一节 知识点概述 一、人称代词 数 单数 复数 人称 主格 宾格 主格 宾格 格 第一人称 I me we are 第二人称 you you you you he him 第三人称 she her they them it it 句子的成份 例句 Mrs. Suen is an English teacher. She teaches us geography. 作主语(代替上文中提到的人或物) I can’t read the story. It is written in Russian.. Let her play now. 直接宾语 We often meet him at the school gate 作宾Granny offered us fruit. 语(用间接宾语 The sun gives us light and heat. 宾格) Please sit between him and me. 介词宾语 The teacher took good care of us. –Who is that? 作表语 (用主格或宾格) –It’s me. It was I whom you saw at the station. 1( 人称代词不仅仅指人，也可以指事或物。 2( 人称代词主格单数he, she和it的复数，都是they，宾格形式也相同，为them。 3( 第三人称的人称代词分阳性he(him)，阴性she(her)和中性it(it)，复数只有一个形式they(them)，不分性别。 4( 选用什么人称代词，取决于所要代替的名词。在数和性上要与所代替的名词保持一致。 二、物主代词 物主代词是用来表示所有关系的，分为形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词两种。形容词性物主代词放在名词前作定语，相当于形容词;名词性物主代词相当于“形容词性物主代词+名词”，相当于名词，可以作主语、表语或宾语。 词形代物数 单数 复数 性 人称 容词主 89 第一人my 我的 our 我们的 称 第二人your 你的 your 你们的 称 第三人his 他的，her 她的，its 它的 their 他们的 称 物数 主单数 复数 人称 代 词第一人mine 我的 ours 我们的 名称 词 性 第二人yours 你的 yours 你们的 称 第三人his 他的，hers 她的，its 它theirs 他们的 称 的 物主代词的用法: (1)形容词性物主代词放在名词前作定语。例如: His pencil box is on the desk. This is our school. (2)名词性物主代词作名词用 本身就相当于“形容词性物主代词+名词”，因此，后面不可再加名词。 作主语: Richard’s school bag is blue and mine is black. 里查德的书包是蓝色的，我的书 包是黑色的。(mine=my school bag) 作表语: It’s his. 这是他的(东西)。 作宾语: He borrows your dictionary and you may borrow mine. 他借你的字典，你可以借我的。 (作及物动词的宾语) “of+名词性物主代词”可以放在名词后作定语，表示强调: He is a friend of mine. 他是我的一个朋友。 ?注意: 试比较下面两句句子: This is a photo of mine. 这是我的一张照片。(照片是我拥有的，但不一定照的是我本人) This is a photo of me. 这是一张我本人的照片。(照片上是我本人) 三、反身代词 反身代词用于所强调的动作与动作执行者的关系，强调主语或宾语为同一人或物。 反身代词的形式: myself yourself himself herself itself 单数 我自己 你自己 他自己 她自己 它自己 ourselves yourselves themselves 复数 我们自己 你们自己 他们自己 90 反身代词的用法: 句子成分 例句 宾直 语接 My father taught himself Japanese. 宾Please help yourselves to some fruit, everyone. 语 介 词The twelve-year-old boy can take care of himself. 宾 语Don’t think too much of yourself. 同主语 She taught Thomas Edison herself. 位 语 同位语 The detective story itself is worth reading. 宾语 — Li Ming, I want to ask for leave. 同位语 — You’d better ask the teacher herself / himself. 表语 — Who is the man? 同位语 — It was Mr. Yang himself. 表语 I’m not quite myself today itself. 今天我感到不舒服。 四、指示代词 (一)指示代词是具有指示概念的代词 this 这; that 那; these 这些; those 那些; such 如此的; same 同样的 (二)指示代词的用法 (1)this、 that、 these、 those 在句子中作主语、宾语、表语或定语。 (2)such 一般在句子中作定语或主语。such “这样”，such a 这样一个，such as 像„这样的„。 (3)same 可作定语、表语、主语和宾语。例如: 1) That is our English teacher. (主语) 2) This storybook is thicker than that one. (定语) 3) I prefer this (these) to that (those).(宾语) 4) What he like best is this/that? (表语) 5) I have never read such an excited book. (定语) 6) I like such sports as basketball and swimming. (定语) 7) Such is our trip plan. (主语) (指上文提到过或刚说过的内容)。 8) She wants the book and I want the same. (宾语) 9) We were born on the same day. (定语) ?注意: 1) this、 these 指空间上离说话人较近的人或物，可以与 here 连用;that、 those 指空间上离说话人 较远的人或物，可以与 there 连用。 2) 打电话或其他场合，看得到的一方用 this 或 these. 反之用 that 或 those。 3) such 作定语时，如名词前有不定冠词，则用 such a/an + 名词。 91 4) 在 same 之前必须加冠词 the.。 五、疑问代词 疑问代词的用法: 句子成分 例句 Who invited you to dinner? Whose is the best? 主语 What’s in the bag? Which of them will win the prize? 宾语直 Whom did you meet on your way home? What is she doing? 语 接Which do you want, the red one or the blue one? 宾 宾间Whom are you waiting for? 语 From whom should we learn? What are you talking about? 接 Who are those women? What are you? 表语 Whose is the new bike? Which class are you in? Whose report is this? 定语 What subjects do you study? ?注意: 1(Who 用于询问别人姓名，身份或关系。What 用于询问别人职业。 (Which 指的物有范围限制，侧重于哪一个;What 指的物无范围限制，侧重于种类。 2 3(Whose 用于明确所有者，Whom 在口语中，whom 多为 who 代替。 六、不定代词 不是指明代替任何特定名词的代词叫不定代词。常见的不定代词有all, both, each, every, some, any, many, much, (a)few, (a)little, one, ones, either, neither, other, another, no, none以及含有some-, any-, no-等的合成代词(如:anybody, something, no one)。这些不定代词大都可以代替名词和形容词，在句子中作主语、宾语、表语和定语。但none和由some, any, no, every thing, -body, -one构成的复合不定代词(如somebody等)只能作主语、宾语和表语;而every和no只能作定语。 不定代词的形式: 不定代词 词义 复合形式 说 明 something 某物、某事 一些(可数或some someone 某人somebody 一般用于肯定句 不可数) 某人 一些，任何anything 任何事物 多用于否定句，疑问句或条件状语any (可数或不anyone 任何人=anybody 从句中 可数) nothing 无物 修饰可数或不可数名词，复合形式no 没有，无 nobody 无人no one 无一只具有名词的作用 人 92 everything 每一个事 物，一切 every 每个，所有的 强调共性，词义和 all 相近 everyone 每人 =everybody 代替或修饰可数名词时，指两个以这里表示 这all 全体、所有的 上的人或物，也可代替或修饰不可里表 数名词。 这里表示 这强调个性，指两个或两个以上的人each 每个 里表 或物。 这里表示 这few 很少(可数) 表示否定 里表 一些，几个这里表示 这a few 表示否定 (可) 里表 很少(不可这里表示 这little 表示否定 数) 里表 一些(不可这里表示 这a little 表示否定 数) 里表 这里表示 这many 很多(可数) _______ 里表 很多(不可这里表示 这much _______ 数) 里表 这里表示 这both 两个，两者都 仅指两个人或物 里表 这里表示 这neither 没有人或物 仅指两个人或物 里表 这里表示 这指两个以上的人或物，当指可数名none 没有人或物 里表 词时，谓语动词用单、复数都可以。 这里表示 这强调个性，指两个或两个以上的人either 每个 里表 或物。 这里表示 这other(s) 另一个(些) _______ 里表 另一个，又一这里表示 这another 相当于 an other 个 里表 一个(人或这里表示 这one one 的复数形式是 ones 物) 里表 不定代词的用法: 1. 不定代词可作主语，当作主语时，要明确这一不定代词究竟是单数还是复数，以 确定它和谓语动词在人和数的一致。 2. 不定代词还可作定语，当作定语时，应该注意其所修饰的名词是可数还是不可数， 以确定这个名词用单数还是复数。 七、复习时需要注意的问题 1( 上述不定代词中，every, no是形容词性不定代词，在句中只作定语;而none和由 93 every， some, any, no构成的合成代词在句中可作主语、宾语和表语;其他所有的不定代词既是形容词性又是名词性。 2( 几组重要的不定代词: ? every, each: 都有“每一个”的意思，但each 可指两个或两个以上的人或物，而every 只能指三个或三个以上的人或物。every 是形容词,只能作定语，而each可以作代词和形容词, 因此既可作定语，也可作主语或同位语。each 作主语的同位语时，主语和谓语动词均为复数。例如: 1)Each of us has got a new book. 2)Every student is doing his best at school. ? both, all: both指两者“都”，能修饰可数复数名词，both of能与带冠词、物主代词或指示代词的名词连用，也可跟人称代词的宾格形式;all指三者或三者以上“都”，all和all of都可用于复数可数名词和不可数名词之前。All用作不定代词时，其后常跟由关系代词that引导的定语从句，这时all that可写成what，值得注意的是:both, all用于否定句时，只是部分否定，意为“并不都„„”, “不都是”。 all指物时，谓语动词用单数，在语法上是单数，而在概念上是复数。指人时，一般作复数。 例如: 1)All is not gold that glitters. 2)All are here. ? some, any: some多用于肯定句，any多用于否定句或疑问句中。但在表示请求、建议、反问的疑问句里，则用some。而any用作“任何”解释时，可用于肯定句或条件从句中。 例如: 1) Would you like some coffee or some tea? 2) If you have questions, you can come any time. ? another, other，the other, others, the others: another指“又一个(些)”或“另外一个(些)”，如another apple, another five people等;other指“其他的”，其后常跟名词，如other students, other rooms等;the other指两者中的“另一个”或“另一方面”，如She has two daughters, one is a nurse, the other is a teacher.;others指“他人”或“他物”(不一定是其余的全部)，如After class, some students are playing chess, some are singing, others are playing basketball on the playground.;the others指(除前面提到的以外的全部)，如There are fifty students in our class, twenty of us are from the city, two of us are from Dafeng, the others are from the countryside. one, the other, another, others和the other的用法区别: 总共只有两个人或两样东西时，其中的一个是one，另一个是the other。 例如: 1)I have two uncles, one is a teacher, the other is an engineer. 总共有两个以上的人或事物，其中的第一个为one，其他的两个或两个以上为the others。 例如: 1)There are only ten boy students in Class One. The others are girl students. ? neither, none: neither表示“两者都不”(与both相反)，none表示“三者或三者以上都不”(与all相反)，它们都是全部否定的句子。 ? (a) few, (a) little: (a) few修饰或代替可数名词，(a)little修饰不可数名词; 94 few和little表否定意义，a few和a little表肯定意义。它们都能与副词quite, only连用，构成quite a few, quite a little(很多)和only a few, only a little(很少)。 第二节 实战演练 一、例题选讲 例1 We should learn to get on well with ( ) ( A( other B( others C( the other D( the others 答案: B 提示: other泛指另外的，其他的，后面一般接名词，the other特指两者中的 另一个(单数)，the others特指在某个范围中的其他人或物(复数)， others泛指其他人或物(复数)。本句意思与别人友好相处是泛指。 例2 Would you like some coffee? Yes, just ( )( A( a little B( little C( a few D( few 答案: A 提示: a little与little修饰不可数名词，前者是有肯定的含义而后者有否定 的含义。a few与few修饰可数名词，前者有肯定的含义，而后者有否定 的含义。在句中coffee是不可数名词，答句中是肯定的意思。另外如果 有just或only修饰只能用a little或a few。 例3 ( )of the students passed the exam(They all failed( A( Neither B( None C( Both D( All 答案: B 提示: none与all用于三者以上的复数，none为否定，all为肯定。both与 neither用于两者，both为肯定，neither为否定，原句中They all failed 暗示说明没有一个人通过，要用none表示否定。 例4 Let Lin Tao do it by( ), He is no longer a kid( A( him B( his C( himself D( he 答案: C 提示: 本题是反身代词的用法，句中的by是介词，后面接人的代词的宾格或名 词性物主代词，或反身代词，作它的宾格。by oneself是固定搭配强调 “独立、单独”。 例5 -Why don’t we take a little break -Didn’t we just have( )? A( it B( that C( one D( this 答案: C 提示: one替代上文中的a little break。 95 例6 ( ) leaves the classroom last ought to turn off the lights. A( Anyone B( The person C( Whoever D( Who 答案: C 提示: Whoever相当于anyone who(the person who) 96 初中英语分类练习 ——定语从句 【复习目标】 ?掌握定语从句的意义及作用。 ?区别各类引导词。 【课前准备】 ?要求学生用定语从句造五个句子。 【知识要点】 在复合句中 ， 修饰名词或代词的从句叫定语从句 ， 被修饰的名词或代词叫先行词 ， 引导定语从句的有关系代词 who, whom, whose, which, that等和关系副词where, when, why等 ， 关系代词和关系副词在定语从句中担任句子成份。 1.由who引导的定语从句中 ， who用作主语 ， 如 : This is the boy who often helps me. 2.由whom引导的定语从句中，whom用作宾语，如:The man whom you are waiting for has gone home. 3.由whose引导的定语从句中 ， whose用作定语 ， 如 : Do you know the girl whose skirt is white? 4.由which引导的定语从句中，which用作主语或谓语动词的宾语或介词的宾语，如: The room in which there is a machine is a work shop. The river which is in front of my house is very clean. This is the pen which you want. 注意 : (1)whom, which用作介词宾语时 ， 介词可放在 whom、which之前 ， 也可放在从句原来的位置上;但在含有介词的动词固定词组中，介词只能放在原来的位置上。如: He is the very person whom we must take good care of. (2)引导非限制性定语从句时，必须用关系代词which，不用that,如:I have lost my bag, which I like very much. (3)关系代词在句中作主语时，从句的谓语动词的人称和数必须和先行词保持一致。 5.由that引导的定语从句中，that可以指人或物，在从句中作主语或谓语动词的宾语，但不能放在介词后面作介词宾语，如: The book that I bought yesterday was written by Lu Xun. 注意在下面几种情况下必须用 that引导定语从句。 (1)先行词是不定代词all, few, little, much, something, nothing, anything等 ， 如 : All that we have to do is to practise English. (2)先行词被序数词或形容词最高级所修饰，如 The first letter that I got from him will be kept. (3)先行词被all, any, every, each, few, little, no, some等修饰 ， 如 I've eaten up all the food that you gave me. (4)先行词被the only, the very, the same, the last修饰时如 He is the only person that I want to talk with. (5)先行词既有人又有物时，如: They talked about persons and things that they met. 97 (6)当句中已有who时 ， 为避免重复 ， 如 : Who is the man that is giving us the class? 6.由when, where, why引导的定语从句，如: I don't know the reason why he was late. This is the place where we have lived for 5 years. I'll never forget the day when I met Mr Li for the first time. 注意:先行词是表示地点时，如果从句的谓语动词是及物的，就用 that(which)，如果从句 的谓语动词是不及物的，就用where引导。This is the house Which /that he has lived in for 15 years.(Where he has lived for 15 year.) 7. 限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句 (1)限制性定语从句是句中不可缺少的组成部分，主句和从句之间不用逗号分开。引导非限 制性定语从句的关系代词有who, whom, whose, which, of which等，这些关系代词都不能 省略。 (2)非限制性定语从句是对主句先行词的补充说明 ， 没有这种从句 ， 不影响主句意思的 完整 ， 一般用逗号把主句和从句分开 ， 关系代词用 which,不用that;指人时可用who, 如 : I have two brothers, who are both students. 8(如何简化定语从句 (1).定语从句简化为形容词或形容词短语作后置定语。如: My grandfather lives in a village that is far away from here. ?My grandfather lives in a village far away from here.我祖父住在离这儿很远的一 个村子。 This is a book that is worth reading. ?This is a book worth reading. 这是一本值得看的书。 (2) 定语从句简化为现在分词或现在分词短语作前置或后置定语。 The man who is standing under the tree is our English teacher. ?The man standing under the tree is our English teacher. 站在树下面的那个人是我们的英语老师。 I saw the house that was burning at that time.?I saw the burning house at that time. 当时我看到那房子在燃烧。 (3)定语从句简化为过去分词短语作后置定语。 I like to see the films which are directed by Zhang Yimou.?I like to see the films directed by Zhang Yimou. 我喜欢看张艺谋导演的电影。 She is the girl who was praised at the school meeting.?She is the girl praised at the school meeting. 她就是在校会上受表彰的那个女孩。 (4)定语从句简化为不定式作后置定语。 He is always the first person that comes to school.?He is always the first person to come to school.他总是第一个到校。 The report which will be given tomorrow is important to us.?The report to be given tomorrow is important to us. 明天要作的报告对我们很重要。 (5)定语从句简化为what 从句。 I couldn't remember the words that he said.?I couldn't remember what he said. 我记不得他说的话。 【典型例题解析】 98 例 1 The second book ______I want to read is Business @ the Speed of Thought. A. which B. what C. that D. as 解析 先行词 book被序数词修饰时要用that引导定语从句，故选C。 例 2 I'll never forget the days _____I stayed with you. A. when B. in which C. that D. for which 解析 本题指时间，故选 A。 例 3 The book______ is sold out at the moment. A. you need B. what you need C. which you need it D. that you need it 解析 B、C、D中的what和it与先行The book相抵触 ， 故选 A。 例 4 Is this the place ______Lincoln once lived. A. that B. which C. where D. when 解析 本题指地点，故选 C。 例 5 I'm one of the boys _________ never late for school. A. that is B. who are C. who am D. who is 解析 本题中 who用作主语，谓语动词与先行词the boys保持一致，故选B。 【选讲例题】 例 6 Her sister,______ you met at my home, was a teacher of English. A. whom B. that C. which D. who is 解析 非限制性定语从句中 ， 关系代词用 which,不用that,但指人时用who或whom.故选 。 A 例 7 These book are for students _____ mother language is not English. A. of whom B. that C. which D. whose 解析 whose引导的定语从句中,whose用作定语，故选D。 99 初中英语分类练习 ——动词部分 【复习目标】 ?弄清动词的时态，掌握常用的八种时态。 【课前准备】 ?在分类记忆动词的基础上，复习八种时态。 【知识要点】 英语动词有十六种时态，但初中阶段常用的有八种，即:一般现在时、现在进行时、现在完成时、一般将来时、一般过去时、过去进行时、过去将来时和过去完成时。 一般现在时 主语为第三人称单数时，在动词原形后加s或es: Iwork Youwork Heworks Sheworks Itworks Wework Youwork They work (一)一般现在时的形式 (二)一般现在时的用法 1( 永恒的真理 一般现在时可以用于陈述永恒的真理 Summer follows spring. 2( “现在时段” 一般现在时可以陈述现在时段内发生或存在的事件、动作或情况。这些事件、动作或情景说不定会无限期的延续下去。但实际上，我们的意思则是在说“这是现在存在着的状况”。 My father works in a bank. My sister wears glasses. 3( 习惯性的动作 一般现在时可以带时间副词或不带时间副词表示习惯性动作，即不断重复发生的事。 I get up at 7. John smokes a lot. 使用带不定频度副词(如:always,never等)或带副词短语(如:every day等)的一半现在时可使习惯性动作表现得更加明确。 I sometimes stay up till midnight. She visits her parents every day. 在以How often 开头的问句及答句中，通常用一般现在是: How often do you go to the dentist? – I go every six months. 4( 表示将来 100 这种用法往往用于谈论时间表、节目单或日程表上所安排好的事情的时候: The exhibition opens on January 1st and closes on January 31st. The concert begins at 7.30 and ends at 9.30. 现在进行时 (一) 现在进行时的形式 现在进行时由be的现在式+现在分词构成。 I am You are He is She is It is We are You are They are writing waiting running beginning lying I’m You’re He’s She’s It’s We’re You’re They’re writing waiting running beginning lying (二) 现在进行时的用法 1( 说话时正在进行的动作 现在进行时表示说话时正在进行的动作或事件。往往与now, at the moment, just等副词 连用，以示强调: Someone’s knocking at the door. Can you answer it ? 有人敲门，你去开一下好吗, 101 What are you doing ? — I ‘m just tying up my shoe-laces. 你在干什么,——我在系鞋带。 He’s working at the moment ,so he can’t come to the telephone. 他现在在工作，所以不能来接电话。 现在进行着的动作皆被视为未完成的动作: He ‘s talking to his girlfriend on the phone. 他正在和他的女朋友通电话。 可用still 一词强调动作的持续性 He’s still talking to his girlfriend on the phone. 他仍在和他的女朋友通话。 2( 暂时情况 现在进行时可用来表示不会长期发生的动作或情况，或被认为在短期内正在进行的动作或存在的状况。 What’s your daughter doing these days ? — She’s studying English at Durham University. 你女儿现在在干什么,—— 她在达勒姆大学学习英语。 这种情况不一定在说话时发生: Don’t take that ladder away. Your father’s using it . 别把梯子拿起，你父亲在用哩。(即不一定现在在用。) She’s at her best when she’s making big decisions. 当做出最大决定时，她处于最佳状态。 暂时发生的事情也可以是在说话时正在进行着: The river is flowing very fast after last night’s rain. 昨夜下过雨后，河水流速很快。 现在进行时也用来表示当前的动向: People are becoming less tolerant of smoking these days . 如今人们对吸烟较为难以忍受了。 3( 事先计划好的动作:指将来 现在进行时可表示为将来安排好的活动和事件;除在上下文中意思清楚者外，通常需要一个表示时间的状语: We’re spending next winter in Australia. 我们将要在澳大利亚度过明年冬天。 用arrive ,come, go ,leave 等动词的现在进行时描写行程安排，也通常有“将到达”和“将离去”的意思。 He’s arriving tomorrow morning on the 13.27 train. 明天早上他将乘13时27分的火车到达。 用现在进行时表示说话时正在进行的动作时，可用状语和上下文使语义不致含混: Look! The train’s leaving. 看～火车开了。(即火车实际上正在开动) 4( 重复的动作 副词 always, constantly ,continually ,forever ,perpetually ,repeatedly 等等可与进行时连用，表示不断重复的动作: She’s always helping people . 他经常帮助别人。 102 某些状态动词带有always 等次也可用进行时: I’m always hearing strange stories about him . 我常听说关于他的一些怪事。 当现在进行时表示某事发生的次数过多时，则有时含有抱怨的意思: Our burglar alarm is forever going off for no reason. 我们的防盗警报器不知怎么常常失灵。 一般现在时和现在进行时的区别: 1 一般现在时和现在进行时常用来解说当时发生的事件，特别是在电台和电视广播中。在这种情况下，一般现在时常用来表示说话时刚完成的快速动作，现在进行时则常用来描述持续时间较长的动作: MacFee passes to Franklyn, Franklyn makes a quick pass to Booth . Booth is away with the ball ,but he ‘s losing his advantage. 麦克菲把球传给富兰克林，富兰克林快传给布恩，布恩带球跑开，但他处境不利。 2 在师范和使用说明中使用一般现在时: 一般现在时的这种用法是祈使语气的另一种表示方式。它说明每一步应该怎样做: First you boil some water .Then you warm the teapot .Then you add three teaspoons of tea .Next ,you pour on boiling water. 你先烧些开水，然后把茶壶烫热，接着放三勺茶叶，随后冲入开水„ 3 内容简介用一般现在时: Kate Fox’s novel is an historical romance set in London in the 1880’s. The action takes place over a period of 30 years „ 凯特.福克斯的小说是一部以1880年的伦敦为背景的历史传奇。情节的跨度有30年„ 4 报刊标题、图片文字说明等用一般现在时和现在进行时: 这种一般现在时通常以表示过去发生的事件: FREAK SNOW STOPS TRAFFIC 反常的大雪使交通断绝 一般将来时 一般将来时由助动词shall/will加动词原形构成。shall(用于第一人称，will用于任何人称。表示将来某个时间要发生的动作或存在的状态，常与表示将来的时间连用。如:tomorrow, next week等。但在表示准备、计划、打算做某事时，常用be going to加动词原形的结构。 如:We're going to see Uncle Wang tomorrow. 1) shall用于第一人称，常被will 所代替。 will 在陈述句中用于各人称，在争求意见时常用于第二人称。 Which paragraph shall I read first, Will you be at home at seven this evening? 2) be going to +不定式，表示将来。 a. 主语的意图，即将做某事。 What are you going to do tomorrow? b. 计划，安排要发生的事。 The play is going to be produced next month。 c. 有迹象要发生的事 Look at the dark clouds, there is going to be a storm. 3) be +不定式表将来，按计划或正式安排将发生的事。 103 We are to discuss the report next Saturday. 4) be about to +不定式，意为马上做某事。 He is about to leave for Beijing. 注意:be about to 不能与tomorrow, next week 等表示明确将来时的时间状语连用。 一般过去时 一般过去时由动词的过去式表示，表示过去发生的动作或状态。过去式分为规则变化和不规则变化。 一般过去时的构成: a. be动词过去式的句式。否定句是在was/were后面加not，was not (wasn't)/were not (weren't)。一般疑问句是把was / were提前并放到句首，要求首字母要大写。 b.实义动词过去式的句式。 ?肯定式:主语+动词过去式+其它。 如:They had a good time yesterday. ?否定式:主语+did not(didn't)+动词原形+其它。如:They didn't watch TV last night. ?一般疑问句:Did+主语+动词原形+其它,肯定回答:Yes，主语+did.否定回答:No，主语+didn't. 如:Did they have a meeting two days ago? Yes，they did. / No，they didn't. ?特殊疑问句:特殊疑问词+did+主语+动词原形+其它,如:What time did you finish your homework? 一般过去时的用法: ?一般过去时的基本用法 a)表示过去某个特定时间发生的动作或存在的状态。 He suddenly fell ill yesterday. 昨天他突然生病了。 The engine stopped because the fuel was used up. 发动机因燃料用光而停机了。 b)表示过去经常发生的动作或存在的状态。 I wrote home once a week at college. 我上大学时每周给家里写一封信。 He was already in the habit of reading widely in his boyhood. 他童年时就养成了广泛阅读的习惯。 注:表示过去的习惯性动作，除了用过去时外，还可以用used to或would来表示。 She used to study late into the night when she was in Senior Three. 她上高三时经常学习到深夜。 He would sit for hours doing nothing. 过去他常常一坐几个钟头什么事也不做。 c)表示过去连续发生的一系列动作。 She entered the room, picked up a magazine and looked through it carefully. 她走进房间，拿起一本杂志，认真地翻阅了起来。 The students go up early in the morning, did morning exercises and then read English aloud in the open air. 学生们很早起床，做早操，然后在室外朗读英语。 d)在时间、条件状语从句中表示过去将要发生的动作。 104 We would not leave until the teacher came back. 老师回来我们才会离开。 She told me she would not go if it rained the next day. 她告诉我如果第二天下雨的话，她就不去了。 ?一般过去时的特殊用法 a)在虚拟语气中表示现在或将来时间的动作或状态。 It's time we went. 该是我们走的时候了。 I wish I were twenty years younger. 但愿我年轻20岁。 I would rather you didn't do anything for the time being. 我宁愿你暂时先不要采取什么措施。 b)在口语中，一般过去时往往显示委婉客气。 I wondered if you could give me a hand. 我想请你帮个忙。 Might I come and see you tonight? 我想今晚来看你，好吗, 一般过去时的时间状语表示一般过去时的时间状语有:a moment ago(刚才)，yesterday morning，last night/ week，the day before yesterday(前天)，just now(刚才)等。 动词一般过去式的构成 a.规则动词过去式的变化可速记为直、去、双、改四字诀。 ?一般情况下在动词原形后直接加-ed。如:wanted，played。 ?以不发音的字母e结尾的动词，去掉e再加-ed。如:hoped，lived。 ?重读闭音节单词需双写最后一个辅音字母再加-ed。如:stopped。 ?以辅音字母+y结尾的动词变y为i，再加-ed。如:studied，worried。 规则动词过去式的读音也有规律可循。请记住:清后[t]，元浊[d]，[t] [d]之后读[Id]。 ?清辅音[p] [k] [f] [s] [F] 等后，ed要读[t]。如:worked，finished。 ?元音或浊辅音[b] [g] [v] [z] [m]等后，ed要读[d]。如:lived，called。 ?[t]或[d]后，ed读[Id]。如:started，needed。 b.不规则动词变化，要逐一熟记。be动词过去式有两种形式，主语是第一、三人称单数形式使用was，其他人称用were。 注意事项:A) 注意时间状语的搭配。一般过去时的时间状语应该是表示过去某个时间的词或词组，如:yesterday, last month, in 1999, two days ago等，绝对不可与recently, in the past 10 years, this month等连用，因为这样的时间状语都与现在有关系，应该用现在完成时或一般现在时。 B) used to do的否定形式和疑问形式很特别:你怎么写都正确。以否定形式为例:used not to do, didn't used to do, didn't use to do都对。 Used to do经常与 be used to doing sth/ sth结构进行对比。前者表示"过去常常或 过去曾经"，要求加动词原形;后者表示"习惯于"，要求加名词或动名词。 现在完成时 表示到说话时刻为止已经做或尚未做过的动作。常用already, yet, so far, by now, since two days ago, for a few days 等词语作状语。 注:give, see, come, arrive, leave(离开)，begin, start, finish, join, become, borrow, lend, die, end 等点时间动词可以用于完成时，但在肯定句中不能与表示一段时的 since 105 和for 短语连用，因为点时间动词不能延续，而在否定句中可以与表示一段时间的for短语连用，因为否定的点时间动词可以看作是一种可延续的状态。 Mike has come for a year.( 〤) Mike has been here for a year( ?) Mike hasn’t come for a year.(?) 过去完成时 表示截止到过去某一时刻或在过去的动作之前(过去的过去)已经做或尚未做的动作。 By (=up to )last weekend we hadn’t got any information. When he appeared, we had waited for 30 minutes. 现在完成时考点 考点一:考查基本概念 例 Both his parents look sad . Maybe they ______what's happened to him .(呼和浩特),. knew ,. have known ,. must know ,.will know 简析:现在完成时主要强调过去发生的动作对现在造成的影响，或过去发生的动作还未结束，一直持续到现在或将来，重点在于对现在的影响。这种考查难度较大，往往无时间状语，需要从上下文分析、推理才行。故上两侧根据上下文分析、推理，正确答案是,。 考点二:考查时间状语 例1. He has _______ been to Shanghai , has he ? ,. already ,.never ,.ever ,. still 例2. Have you met Mr Li ______, . just ,. ago ,.before ,. a moment ago , 例3. The famous writer _____ one new book in the past two year . ,. is writing ,.was writing ,.wrote ,.has written 例4.—Our country ______ a lot so far . —Yes . I hope it will be even ______ . ,. has changed ; well ,. changed ; good ,. has changed ; better ,. changed ; better 例5. Zhao Lan ______already ______in this school for two years . ,. was ; studying ,. will ; study ,. has ; studied ,. are ; studying 例6. We ______ Xiao Li since she was a little girl . ,. know ,. had known ,. have known ,. knew 例7. Harry Potter is a very nice film .I_______ it twice . ,. will see ,. have seen ,. saw ,.see 简析:现在完成时的时间状语常有如下四类: ?现在完成时常与already(已经)，just(刚刚，正好)，ever(曾经)，never(从来，也不;从不)，before(以前)，yet(仍然)等连用。故例1应选B;例2应选C。 ?现在完成时常与recently(近来)，so far(到目前为止)，in the past/“last + 一段时间”等时间状语连用。因为上述短语表示的是从现在起往前推算的一段时间，句中的动作是从过去某一时间或时刻开始持续到现在的。故例3应选D，例4应选C。 ?现在完成时时常与“for +时间段或since +过去时间点”连用(含从句，从句过去时)。故例5应选C，例6应选C。 ?现在完成时还与once(一次)，twice(两次)，three times(三次)，several times(几次)等表示重复次数的词语连用。故例7应选B。 106 考点三:考查与一般过去时的区别 例1. —These farmers have been to the United States . —Really ? When _____ there ? ,. will they go ,. did they go ,. do they go ,. have they gone 例2.—______ you ___ your homework yet ? —Yes . I _____ it a moment ago . ,. Did ; do ; finished ,. Have ; done ; finished ,. Have ; done ; have finished ,. will ; do ; finish 简析:现在完成时与一般过去时容易混淆，就是因为它们所表示的动作都发生在过去， 但二者又有区别:一般过去时表示过去某个时间发生的事、存在的状态或经常发生的动作， 说话的侧重点在于陈述一件过去的事情，与现在没有关系;现在完成时表示与现在有关系的 发生在过去的动作，它不与表示过去的时间状语(如yesterday , last week , a moment ago等)连用。故例,、,的正确答案皆为B。 考点四:考查非延续性动词的用法 例1. His father ______ the Party since 1978 . ,. joined ,. has joined ,. was in ,. has been in 例2.—Do you know him well ? — Sure .We _________ friends since ten years ago . ,. were ,. have been ,. have become ,. have made —How long have you ____ here ? 例3. —About two months . ,. been ,. gone ,. come ,. arrived 例4. Hurry up! The play __________ for ten minutes . ,. has begun ,. had begun ,. has been on ,. began 例5. His uncle died two years ago .(改变句子，句意不变) His uncle has _______ _______ for two years 例6. Her mother has been a Party member for three years .(同义句) Her mother _______ the Party three years ________ . 例7. It _____ ten years since he left the army . ,. is ,. has ,. will ,. was 简析:现在完成时中，非延续性动词不能与for和since引导的表示一段时间的状语连 用，通常是用相应的延续性动词来代替。常用的非延续性动词及替代形式如下: close—?be closed, put on?wear , open—?be open get up—?be up, finish/end—?be over , lose—?be lost , marry—?be married(to), fall asleep/ go to sleep —?be asleep ( sleep ) , get to know—? know come/arrive—?be here/in , come/get back—?be back , go/leave-be away , become —?be , borrow —?keep , buy—?have , begin/start—?be on , die—?be dead , join—?be in/be a ember of((( , catch a cold—? have a cold等， 故例1、2、3、4的正确答案依次为:D、B、A、C。例5应填been dead 。其次，可以用 相应的延续性动词的过去时表示，故例6应填joined;ago。再次，还可用“It is + 一段 时间，since从句”来表示，故例,应选A。 107 考点五:考查词组have/has been in / to与have/has gone to的区别 例1. Miss Green isn't in the office . she_______ to the library . ,.has gone ,. went ,.will go ,. has been 例2. My parents ______ Shandong for ten years . ,. have been in ,. have been to ,. have gone to ,.have been 简析:“have/has gone to + 地点”表示“某人去了某地(还未回来)”，指主语所指的人不在这儿。“have/has been in + 地点”表示“在某地呆了多长时间”，常与表示时间的状语连用。“have/has been to +地点”表示“曾经去过某地(但现在已不在那儿)。”故例1、2的正确答案皆为A。 要点提示: 1( 结构:have/has+done 表示过去发生的某个动作对现在产生的影响，或过去发生的某个动作持续到现在。 2( have/has been to„与have/has gone to„的辨析 have/has been to„ 表示“曾去过”，说明有某种经历。 have/has gone to„ 表示“已去某地(在途中或已到目的地)”。 e.g. She has been to Canada. 她去过加拿大。 She has gone to Canada. 她去加拿大了。 3( 瞬间动词与延续性动词 1)瞬间动词表示短暂。不能持续一段时间的动作，如:come, leave, begin, become, buy, receive, die, join, borrow, lend, go,等。 2)持续性动词表示能持续一段时间的动作，如:work, stay, live, learn, read, write, wait 等 3)瞬间动词用于完成时表示动作的完成。 e.g. She has already bought a dictionary. 她已经买了一本字典。 4)瞬间动词不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。 e.g. She has left Shenyang. ? She has left Shengyang for a month..? She has been away from Shenyang for a month..? 但是瞬间动词的否定结构可以与表示一段时间的状语连用，说明某动作不发生的状态可以持续一段时间 e.g. She often goes on business. But she hasn’t left Shenyang for a month./since a month ago. 过去进行时 过去进行时由was/were加现在分词构成，表示过去某个时刻或某一阶段正在进行的动作。常与表示过去某一时间的状语或when引导的谓语动词是一般过去时的时间状语从句连用。如: What were you doing at this time yesterday? My mother was cooking when I got home. 过去将来时 过去将来时由should/would加动词原形或was/were going to加动词原形构成，表示 从过去某时看来将要发生的事情，常用在宾语从句中。如: I didn't know when he would come back. 过去完成时 108 过去完成时由had加过去分词构成，表示过去某一动作或时间以前已发生或完成的动作，也可指从过去某时开始到过去另一时为止的动作或状态，即“过去的过去”。常用的时间状语有:a. by last month, by the end of last term等;b. before he came here, when I got there等。如: By the end of last term they had learned about twenty English songs. The film had already begun when we got there. 注意:before与ago的用法有区别。before表示“距过去某时„以前”，即过去的过去，用于过去完成时;ago表示“距今„以前”，即从现在起的过去，用于一般过去时。 第二节 实战演练 一、例题选讲 例1 Look, she (have) a bunch of flowers in her hand. 答案: has 提示: 尽管句中有look，但在英语中表示“有”，不能用进行时态，本句意思指 “她手中有一束花”。 例2 John (make) much progress in his lessons since last term. He (study) harder later on. 答案: has made, will/is going to study 提示: 第一句中，since last term暗示了谓语动词要用现在完成时态。说明从 上学期以来取得了很大进步，第二句中的later on要注意用一般将来时。 例3 Cherry arrived at school after the class (begin) yesterday. 答案: had begun 提示: begin虽然也能作及物动词，但在表示某事开始时，一般以不及物动词出 现，不用被动结构。 例4 If it (not rain) tomorrow, we (go) to the park. 答案: doesn’t rain, will go 提示: 这是条件状语从句，主句是将来时，其时间或条件状语从句应用一般现在 时。 例5 Great changes (take) place in Shanghai in the past ten years. 答案: have taken place 提示: In the past ten years会造成过去时间感觉，但其意思是近十年中，与 现在有关，要用现在完成时 例6 It is said that they (hold) an English evening next week. 答案: will hold 提示: 主句It is said是现在时时态，从句要用将来时，不能用过去将来时。 109 动词的分类 一讲考点——考点梳理 什么是动词 动词是用来表示主语做什么(即行为动词)，或表示主语是什么或怎么样(即状态动词)的词，例如: The boy runs fast.(这个男孩跑得快。)runs表示主语的行为 He is a boy.(他是个男孩。)is与后面的表语a boy表示主语的状态 二、动词的分类 动词可以按照含义及它们在句中的作用分成四类，即行为动词(也称实义动词)、连系动词、助动词和情态动词。 (一)行为动词 行为动词(实义动词)是表示行为、动作或状态的词。它的词义完整，可以单独作谓语。例如: I live in Beijing with my mother.(我和我妈妈住在北京。)live，住 It has a round face.(它有一张圆脸。)has，有 (二)连系动词 连系动词是表示主语“是什么”或“怎么样”的词，它虽有词义，但不完整，所以不能单独作谓语，必须跟表语一起构成合成谓语，例如: We are in Grade Two this year.(今年我们在两年级。)are，是 are 这个词的词义“是”在句子中常常不译出。 连系动词可具体分为三类: 1、表示“是”的动词be。这个词在不同的主语后面和不同的时态中有不同的形式，is，am，are，was，were，have/has been等要特别予以注意。例如: He is a teacher.(他是个教师。) He was a soldier two years ago.(两年前他是个士兵。) We are Chinese.(我们是中国人。) 2、表示“感觉”的词，如look(看起来)，feel(觉得，摸起来)，smell(闻起来)，sound(听起来)，taste(尝起来)等，例如: She looked tired.(她看一去很疲劳。) I feel ill.(我觉得不舒服。) Cotton feels soft.(棉花摸起来很软。) The story sounds interesting.(这个故事听起来很有趣。) 110 The flowers smell sweet.(这些花闻起来很香。) The mixture tasted horrible.(这药水太难喝了。) 3、表示“变”、“变成”的意思的词，如become, get, grow, turn, 都解释为“变”、“变得”，例如: She became a college student.(她成了一名大学生。) He feels sick. His face turns white.(他感到不舒服，他的脸色变苍白了。) The weather gets warmer and the days get longer when spring comes.(春天来了，天气变得暖和些了，白天也变得较长些了。) He grew old.(他老了。) (三)助动词 这类词本身无词义，不能单独作谓语，只能与主要动词一起构成谓语，表示不同的时态、语态、表示句子的否定和疑问，例如: He does not speak English well.(他英语讲得不好。) 句中的does是助动词，既表示一般现在时，又与not一起构成否定形式。 A dog is running after a cat.(一条狗正在追逐一只猫。) 句中的is 是助动词，和run的现在分词一起构成现在进行时。 Did he have any milk and bread for his breakfast ?(他早餐喝牛奶、吃面包吗,) 句中的did是助动词，既表示一般过去时，又和动词have一起构成疑问。 (四)情态动词 这类词本身虽有意义，但不完整。它们表示说话人的能力、说话人的语气或情态，如“可能”、“应当”等。这类动词有can, may, must, need, dare, could, might等。它们不能单独作谓语，必须与行为动词(原形)一起作谓语，表示完整的意思，例如: I can dance.(我会跳舞。)can, 能, 会 He can’t walk because he is a baby.(因为他是个婴儿，不会走路。)can’t, 不必 May I come in,(我可以进来吗,)may, 可以 相当于情态动词的几个固定词组 在初中课本上还有以下固定词组，也起着与情态动词一样的作用:had better…(最好„„)，Shall I(we)…,(我/我们可以这样做吗,)would like(非常想)，Will/Would you (please)…,(请你„„吗,)used to(过去常常)。例如: It’s late. I’d better go and lood for him.(太迟了。我最好去找他。) You’d better not read books in poor light.(你最好不要在微弱的灯光下看书。) Shall we start the meeting at once?(我们立即开会好吗,) Will you get me some chalk?(你拿些粉笔给我好吗,) Would you like some bananas?(来点香蕉好吗,) 111 二讲题型——题型解析 【例题一】He was wearing a pair of sunglasses and I didn’t _____him at first. A. advise B. promise C. recognise D. hear 【答案】C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:他正在戴着一副太阳镜，最初我没有认出他。A. advise建议; B. promise 许诺;C. recognise 认出;D. hear听见。根据He was wearing a pair of sunglasses可知他戴着太阳镜，和平时不一样，因此没有认出。故选C。 考点:考查动词辨析。 【例题二】This English book ________Liu Mei’s, it has her name on it. A. can’t be B. must be C. must is D. might be 【答案】B 【解析】 试题分析:can’t be 不可能是;must be一定是;根据句意:这本英语书一定是刘梅的，在书的上面有她的名字。 根据句意故选B 考点:考查情态动词表推测。 【例题三】Look, the set of keys on the teacher's desk. A. are B. were C. is D. was 【答案】C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:看，这串钥匙在老师的桌子上。根据句意可知，这句话的主语是the set of keys，强调的是一串钥匙，因此谓语动词应该用单数形式，根据句意，这里应该用一般现在时态。故选C。 考点:考查系动词。 【例题四】—Must I hand in my homework now， Mr.Smith? —No，you ________. A. can’t B. shouldn’t C. wouldn’t D. needn’t 【答案】D 【解析】 112 试题分析:must的含义是必须一定，其否定形式mustn’t表示禁止的含义。故must的否定回答一般借助于needn’t’和don’t have to来构成，句意:现在我必须交上我的作业吗,史密斯先生。——不，你没有必要。结合语境可知选D。 考点:考查情态动词 【例题五】—Whose pencil box is this? —It _____ be Tom’s. It has his name on it. A. must B. may C. might D. can’t 【答案】A 【解析】 试题分析:句意:这是谁的铅笔盒,它一定是汤姆的，上面有他的名字。A. must必须，一定是; B. may可能; C. might可能; D. can’t不能，一定不是，根据提示“一定是”此处表肯定的推测，所以用must，故选A。 考点:考查情态动词的用法 【例题六】I don't _______ the heat, for I'm used to hot weather. A. like B. mind C. know D. stand 【答案】B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:我不介意这个热度，因为我已经习惯了热的天气。A. like“喜欢”;B. mind “介意”;C. know“知道”;D. stand“忍受，承受”。结合句意，故选B。 考点:考查动词辨析。 三讲方法——辨析特例 温馨提示: 注意区别以下一些动词的用法，它们既可以作为行为动词，又可以作为连系动词。 1、look看;看起来 He is looking at the picture.(他正在看这图片。)行为动词 It looks beautiful.(它看上去很美丽。)连系动词 2、feel摸;感觉 1)I felt someone touch my arm.(我感到有人碰我的手臂。)行为动词 Are you felling better today than before?(你今天比以前感到好些了吗,)连系动词 3、smell嗅;闻起来 113 My little brother likes to smell the apple before he eats it.(我的小弟弟喜欢在吃苹果前闻一闻。)行为动词 Great! The flowers smell nice.(这些花闻起来多香啊～)连系动词 4、sound弄响，发音;听起来 The letter “h” in hour is not sounded.(在hour这个词中字母h是不发音的。)行为动词 The gun sounded much closer.(枪声听起来更近了。)连系动词 5、taste辨味;尝起来 Please taste the soup.(请尝一口汤。)行为动词 The soup tastes terrible.(这汤尝起来味道太差了。)连系动词 6、get得到，获得;变 There are some bananas on the table. Each of you can get one.(桌上有些香蕉，你们每个人可以拿一个。)行为动词 7、grow生长，种植;变 Do you grow rice in your country?(你们的国家种水稻吗,)行为动词 It’s too late. It’s growing dark.(太迟了，天渐渐变暗了。)连系动词 8、turn转动，翻动，使变得;变 The earth turns around the sun.(地球绕着太阳转。)行为动词 When spring comes, the trees turn green and the flowers come out.(春天来了，树叶变经绿了，花儿开了。)连系动词 上述句子中的动词如grow、get、turn等，既可以作连系动词，又可以作行为动词。如何来辨别它们呢,有一个最简便的方法，即用连系动词be替换句子中的这些动词，句子仍然成立就是连系动词;反之，不能替换的，就是行为动词。例如: The trees turn/are green when spring comes.(春天来临，树叶变绿。) The earth rurns around the sun.(地球绕着太阳转。) 这第二句句子中的turn是行为动词，意为“转动”。无法以is替换。 四练实题——随堂小练 1. Mom, I don’t know how to work out the math problem. Could you give me a hand? A. lend me a hand B. give me some food C. help me D. buy anything for me 114 2(—Could I use your bike? Mine is broken. —Certainly.But please______it back soon.I need it this afternoon. A. give B. lend C. borrow D. keep 3( Mary told me to wait for her at the school gate, but she didn’t appear at all. A. see B. come C. show off D. show up 4(She is sad. Why don’t you cheer her up, A. make her happy B. make her free C. make her beautiful D. let her down 5. ---Do you need a helping hand with the job? ---I can_______ it. Thanks anyway. A.refuse B.support C.encourage D.manage 五练原创——预测提升 1( After a short time，the bad news had____ all over the city and everybody knew it( A(showed B(spread C(covered D(explored 2(— I’m afraid I can’t you, sir(Can you speak more slowly? — Of course( A(follow B(listen C(see D(find 3(Teachers should ___ their students to practice __ English as much as possible. A. encourage, speaking B. let, speak C. make, speak 4(— How much did you pay for the new car? — It_____ me more than ,300,000. A. cost B. spent C. Made 5(----Do you know how the accident _______? ----Sorry, I don’t know. A. come out 115 B. come into being C. come about 116 初中英语分类练习 ——动词部分 动词专练(一) 1. Mr Smith’s plane _______ . Let’s wait for him here . A. hasn’t arrived B. didn’t arrive C. doesn’t arrive D. couldn’t arrive 2. Almost all the water _______ gone . Please save water ! A. are B. is C. have D. were 3. — Look ! There is a tall tree over there . Can you _______ , Dave ? — Yes , let me have a try . A. fall off it B. send up C. come down it D. climb up it 4. Mr Li is out . But he _______ here ten minutes ago. A. was B. is C. will be D. would be 5. — Look ! The bus is coming . — But it’s full of people . We can’t _______ it . A. get off B. get down C. get on with D. get on 6. It’s six o’clock now . It’s time _______ . A. get up B. got up C. to get up D. getting up 7. Jane _______ a new dress every month when she was in Shanghai . A. buys B. is buying C. bought D. will buy 8. Everyone except Tom and John _______ there when the meeting began . A. is B. was C. are D. were 9. The flowers start to _______ in spring . A. come in B. come out C. come form D. come to 10. Excuse me . May I _______ you to pass me the sugar ? A. keep B. make C. let D. trouble 11. — Who jumps the farthest in your school ? — Henry _______ . A. does B. jumps C. has D. is 12. You were on the farm yesterday , _______ you ? 117 A. didn’t B. don’t C. aren’t D. weren’t 13. The girl enjoys _______ to the radio very much . A. listen B. to listen C. listening D. listened 14. Mr King _______ in Beijing since 1980 . He teaches English in a middle school . A. lives B. is living C. lived D. has lived 15. How long may I _______ the library book , please ? A. lend B. keep C. borrow D. return 16. — Where is Tom ? — He hasn’t come to school today . I think he _______ be ill . A. has to B. should C. may D. need 17. Let’s _______ a talk about learning Chinese . A. had B. having C. to have D. have 18. There _______ some milk in the glass . A. is B. are C. have D. has 19. Li Ping studied hard , _______ he ? A. was B. did C. wasn’t D. didn’t 20. The bag is light . Wang Ping can _______ it by herself . A. find B. watch C. carry D. learn 21. I want to be a doctor when I _______ . A. grow up B. talk about C. agree with D. get up 22. It’s very hot here . You’d better _______ your coat . A. put on B. get on C. take off D. put in 23. Both Kate and I _______ ready for the picnic now . A. is not B. is getting C. are getting D. am getting 24. He _______ the bus and found a seat next to the window . A. gets on B. got on C. gets off D. got off 25. Please write to me as soon as you _______ Shanghai . A. arrive B. reach C. got to D. come 26. I _______ a letter from him since he left . 118 A. didn’t receive B. haven’t got C. didn’t have D. haven’t heard 27. Remember to _______ the lights after school . A. turn off B. turn down C. turn up D. turn on 28. — _______ I visit Lucy on Sunday , Mum ? — Yes , you _______ . A. Must ; can B. May ; may C. Need ; need D. May ; need 29. A talk on Chinese history _______ in the school hall next week . A. is given B. has been given C. will be given D. will give 30. Do you think _______ an English film tomorrow night ? A. is there B. there is going to have C. there is going to be D. will there be 31. He wasn’t feeling well . He had to _______ . A. stops working B. stop working C. stops to work D. stop to work 32. The twins _______ from Canada . A. are B. is C. am D. be 33. — Excuse me . Where is the zoo ? — Sorry , I don’t know . Ask that policeman . He _______ know . A. shall B. may C. need D. would 34. Mother told me _______ some clothes last night . A. wash B. to wash C. washed D. washing 35. Miss Gao isn’t here . She _______ to the station to meet Mr. Brown . A. went B. has gone C. has been D. would go 36. I will tell you how to get to the place ; you’d better _______ it _______ . A. try ; on B. get ; off C. take ; down D. pick ; up 37. You can _______ what is happening on the other side of the world by telephone . A. see B. make C, hear D. learn 119 38. Germany and Great Britain are _______ countries , but China and India are _______ ones . A. developing ; developed B. developed ; to develop C. developed ; developing D. to develop ; developing 39. This key _______ for locking the door . A. is used B. used C. use D. are used 40. — Must I finish my homework now ? — No , you _______ . You _______ do it this evening . A. mustn’t ; can B. needn’t ; may C. can’t ; must D. needn’t ; must 41. The doctor _______ the old man carefully and found something wrong with him . A. looked at B. looked up C. looked over D. looked for 42. The greedy inn-keeper once made the poor heroine _______ twice a day . A. dance B. dances C. danced D. to dance 43. The VIPs (Very Important Persons ) from 21 countries will _______ the APEC in Shanghai this autumn . A. hold B. take part in C. join D. attend 44. The government will _______ some new colleges for more students to receive higher education . A. set up B. set out C. put down D. put on 45. Computers _______ process difficult problems very , very quickly . A. must B. need C. should D. can 46. — Excuse me . Will you please tell me the way to the railway station ? — Oh , sorry ,but I don’t know . You _______ go and ask that policeman . A. may B. must C. would D. should 47. — Do you still remember _______ me somewhere in Beijing ? — Yes , of course . Two years ago . A. to see B. see C. seeing D. saw 48. If you have got something to ask your teacher in class , you’d better _______ . A. stay on your feet B. stay away from school 120 C. stay on for a bit D. stay out so late 49. When the headmaster came into the hall , all the students _______ to welcome him . A. sat down B. went out C. stood up D. turned back 50. — People now can know what is happening in the world quickly . — You’re right . With the help of computers , news can _______ every corner of the would . A. get B. arrive C. return D. reach 51. — It’s a lovely day , _______ it ? — Yes . Let’s go out for a walk . A. doesn’t B. haven’t C. aren’t D. isn’t * 52. — We can use MSN to _______ with each other on the net . — Really ? Will you show me how to use it ? A. speak B. talk C. say D. tell 53. — What does the sentence “Don’t trouble trouble till trouble _______ you .” mean ? — Sorry , I have to idea . A. trouble B. troubles C. troubled D. will trouble 54. — _______ your sweater _______ , please . — OK , but there is no room is this clothes bag . A. Put ; up B. Put ; down C. Put ; away D. Put ; on 55. — I have bought an English-Chinese dictionary . — When and where _______ you _______ it ? A. do ; buy B. did ; buy C. have ; bought D. will ; buy 56. — Let’s have a test , shall we ? — Not now . I don’t want to stop _______ yet . A. work B. to work C. works D. working 57. — What a nice garden ! — It _______ every day . A. is cleaning B. has cleaned C. must clean D. is cleaned 58. — Did you work out the problem , Tom ? 121 — Yes , of course . I _______ to the teacher’s . A. have just been B. have just got C. have just come D. have just gone 59. — Please wait for me here . I’ll come back soon . — All right . We’ll _______ the library till you come back . A. leave B. reach C. stay at D. wait for 60. — Will you please go swimming with me ? — Of course . I’ll _______ . A. glad to B. want C. want to D. be glad to 61. — _______ do you _______ about spring ? — The flowers and the green trees . A. How ; like B. How ; think C. What ; think D. What ; like 62. This book _______ Lucy’s . Look ! Her name is on the book cover . A. must be B. may be C. can’t be D. mustn’t be 63. — I hear your father _______ to Japan once . — Yes . He _______ there last year . A. went ; has been B. has been ; went C. goes ; went D. has been ; has been 64. — Mike wants to know if _______ a picnic tomorrow . — Yes . But if it _______ , we’ll visit the museum instead . A. you have ; will rain B. you will have ; will rain C. you will have ; rains D. will you have ; rains 65. Their telephone number is 7035707 . Have you _______ ? A. written it down B. written down it C. written them down D. written down them 66. — I’m sorry I _______ my homework at home . — That’s all right . Don’t forget _______ it to school this afternoon . A. forget ; take B. forget ; to bring C. left ; to take D. left ; to bring 67. We usually have six lessons a day , and each of them _______ 45 minutes . A. last B. lasts C. have D. need 122 68. The children are often asked _______ loudly in the library . They must keep quiet . A. to speak B. not to speak C. don’t speak D. not speak 69. I’m going shopping now . I _______ home soon . A. return B. will be back C. come back D. go back 70. — My good friend Mike wants to be a soldier when he grows up . — So _______ I . A. do B. am C. will D. should 71. It _______ ten years since they _______ to France . A. was ; moved B. was ; have moved C. is ; have moved D. is ; moved 72. — Excuse me , could you tell me the way to the post office ? — Go along this road , and _______ the first turning on the right . Then you will find it . A. turn B. take C. make D. walk 73. Today , the forests have almost gone . People must _______ down too many trees . A. stop to cut B. stop from cutting C. be stopped to cut D. be stopped from cutting * 74. — I’m afraid no one will agree with you . — I don’t think it _______ . A. minds B. matters C. works D. troubles 75. — You must come back every month . — Yes , I _______ . A. will B. must C. should D. can 76. The doctor did what he could _______ that child . A. save B. to save C. saved D. saving 77. Mother said that cooking _______ much time every day . A. paid B. spent C. made D. took 78. I can’t understand _______ the boy alone . A. why she left B. why did she leave C. why had she left D. why she had left 123 79. — Hi , Kate . — Hi , Mary . I _______ you were here . A. don’t know B. don’t think C. think D. didn’t know 80. He _______ wait until the rain _______ . A. won’t ; will stop B. won’t ; stop C. will ; stops D. will ; will stop 81. Cars and buses _______ stop when the traffic lights are red . A. can B. need C. must D. may 82. Will you please _______ your shoes on the floor ? A. not to drop B. not drop C. don’t drop D. not dropping 83. Linda often _______ her homework in the evening , but this evening she _______ TV . A. does ; watches B. is doing ; watches C. does ; is watching D. is doing ; is watching 84. Your daughter is very ill . Have you _______ a doctor ? A. sent for B. heard from C. paid for D. looked after 85. — Your coat looks nice . Is it _______ cotton ? — Yes . It’s _______ Shanghai . A. made of ; made by B. made of ; made in C. made for ; made by D. made for ; made in 86. — So you went to see the film with Tom . — Yes . Bob _______ with me . A. won’t go B. isn’t going C. doesn’t go D. wouldn’t go 87. — Excuse me . Where ‘s the Science Museum ? — Take No. 3 bus and _______ at the fourth stop . A. get on B. get off C. get up D. get to 88. — How do you like Beijing , Mr Black ? — Oh , I _______ such a beautiful city . A. don’t visit B. didn’t visit C. haven’t visited D. haven’t visited 89. — Did Jack come for the meeting last night ? 124 — No . He was so tired that he soon _______ in his room . A. fell behind B. fell off C. fell asleep D. fell over 90. — What do you _______ breakfast ? — Fresh oranges , milk , bread and eggs . A. cook with B. pay for C. have for D. think of 91. — Your name again ? I _______ quite catch it . — Federico MacAdam . A. didn’t B. don’t C. wouldn’t D. won’t 92. — Is Mrs. Green in ? — I’m afraid she isn’t . Would you like to _______ a message ? A. take B. call C. keep D. leave 93. If you finish reading my book , please _______ to me . A. give it again B. give again it C. give back it D. give it back 94. This is an old photo of mine when I _______ . A. have short hairs B. had short hairs C. have short hair D. had short hair 95. This shirt is so nice , but it _______ too much . A. pays B. costs C. takes D. spends 96. — Can I _______ this book ? — Yes , but you mustn’t _______ it to othrs . A. lend ; borrow B. borrow ; keep C. borrow ; lend D. lend ; keep 97. When we were on holiday , we _______ too much money . A. spent B. cost C. took D. paid 98. — _______ to the United States ? — No , never , but I went to Canada a few years ago . A. Have you been B. Have you gone C. Did you go D. Will you go 99. _______ cross the road before the traffic lights turn green . A. Not B. Won’t C. Don’t D. Doesn’t 动词专练(二) 125 单项选择: 1. The no. 12 bus __________ to the Town Hall and not to the station. A. has come B. has been going C. goes D. is going 2. Don't use that pen. It __________ smoothly . A. didn't write B. don't write C. doesn't write D. isn't write 3. If it __________, I won't go for a walk. A. rains B. will rain C. rained D. rain 4. The child is playing while his mother __________ dinner. A. cooked B. cooks C. was cooking D. is cooking 5. He __________ in a cotton factory these day. A. is working B. works C. will be working D. has been working 6. Don't turn off the light I __________a report now. B. read C. am reading D. A. have been reading have read 7. John __________ the first party in his life tomorrow night. A. is given B. is giving C. has given D. has been giving 8. My uncle __________ to see me. He'll be here soon. A. comes B. is coming C. had come D. came 9. At this moment I __________ we have a good chance of victory. A. feel B. am feeling C. felt D. am felt 10. My uncle never __________ a hat even in winter. A. is wearing B. are being worn C. wore D. wears 11. By next December, I __________ fifty-five. A. will have to be B. will have been C. will be being D. shall be 126 12. Look at these black clouds __________. A. It'll rain B. It's going to rain C. It'll be raining D. It is to rain 13. Look out! That tree __________ fall down. A. is going to B. will be C. shall D. would 14. "Have you read the book I gave you?" "No, but __________ going to read it soon." A. I'd be B. I'll be C. I've been D. I'm 15. We __________ for Shanghai tonight. A. are starting B. starts C. started D. have started 16. I think she __________ right now. A. reading B. reads C. is D. read reading 17. Before long, he __________ all about the matter. A. will have forgotten B. will forget C. forgets D. forgot 18. We don't go unless you __________ soon. A. had come B. came C. has said D. has been saying 19. Do be quiet! I'm trying to hear what the man __________. A. says B. is saying C. has said D. has been saying 20. Smith__________ his friends for money. A. often ask B. is often asking C. often asks D. has been asked 21. Twelve inches __________ one foot. A. make B. makes C. is making D. will make 22. While Connie __________ a baseball match, her sister is typewriting a letter in her office. 127 A. Has watched B. watches C. is watching D. has been watching 23. James Watt __________ the steam engine A. was inventing B. invented C. had invented D. has invented 24. "The possibility of the flood was just reported over the radio." "I know. I heard abut it. The river __________ the top of its bank." A. got B. get C. gets D. has got 25. "Where's your uncle's home?" __________ in Boston in the past years. A. He's lived B. He's living C. He lives D. He lived 26. I __________ him a lot during the past two weeks. A. saw B. have seen C. had seen D. am seeing 27. They can't leave until they __________ their work. A. did B. are doing C. have done D. had done 28. Will you please lend me the book when you __________ it? A. will finish B. have finished C. will have finished D. finishing 29. Is that the first time you __________ Beijing? A. have visited B. would visited C. visited D. have been visiting 30. She has worked in this factory __________. A. after 1968 B. in 1968 C. since 1968 D. for 1968 31. __________ three years since i left school. Now I miss my classmate very much. A. It was B. It have been C. It is D. It had been 32. My parents have lived here __________. A. since 1952 B. for many years ago C. many yeas ago D. since 1952 ago 128 33. My parents have lived here __________. A. It have been B. It is C. It was D. That is 34. So far, she __________ her holiday very much. A. hasn't enjoyed B. didn't enjoy C. doesn't enjoy D. was not enjoy 35. "Your arm is bleeding ～" "Yes, I __________ it with a knife." A. hurt B. was hurting C. have just hurt D. had hurt 36. His grandfather __________ for thirty years. A. died B. was dead C. has been dead D. has died 37. My brother __________ the Youth League for two years. A. has been in B. has entered C. has taken part D. has joined 38. They will be as tall as you soon, it they __________. A. would help growing like that B. keep to grow like it C. keep growing like that D. will keep growing like that 39. We used to go skiing in the Michigan every winter, but __________ for the past five seasons. A. I don't go B. I haven't gone C. I'm not going D. I didn't go 40. "Have you read the book I gave you?" "No, But __________ going to read it soon." A. I'd be B. I'll be C. I've been D. I'm 41. I will come when I __________ free. A. will be B. shall be C. was D. am 42. When I arrived in Birmingham the sun __________. A. has been shining B. shone C. has shone D. was shining 43. James has just arrived, but I didn't know he __________ until yesterday. 129 A. will come B. was coming C. has been coming D. comes 44. "I heard you talking to somebody just now." "Oh, I __________ to myself." A. have only talked B. only talk C. was only talking D. have only been talking 45. The teacher __________ it was important to know English grammar. A. had always been saying B. was always saying C. had always had said D. was always said 46. As he __________ I couldn't ask him anything. A. will already left B. have already left C. had already left D. already leaves 47. By the end of last term, We __________ 2, 500 words. A. had learned B. has learned C. has been learned D. learned 48. When we got to the airport, we found that the plane __________. A. had already taken off B. already took off C. was already taken off D. was already taking off 49. As soon as John's mother __________ out, he stole some food. A. goes B. had gone C. was going D. were going 50. The singer had lived in California before he __________ university. A. had been sent B. had been sending C. was sending D. was sent 51. The singer had lived in California before he __________ university. A. would return B. had return C. will return D. should return 52. It was December 20. In five days it would be Christmas Day. The Lord Mayor , together with overseas students, __________ to celebrate it . A. was going B. will go C. is going D. went 53. When I reached the station, the train __________ already __________. A. had ... left B. were ... leaving C. was ... left D. had ....been left 54. While I __________ my breakfast the morning post came. 130 A. had had B. had been having C. was having D. have had 55. By eleven o'clock yesterday, we __________ at the airport. A. had arrived B. have arrived C. shall arrive D. arrive 56. I was hungry. I __________ nothing all day. A. ate B. had eaten C. had been eating D. have eaten 57. "My father will be here tomorrow." —"Oh, I thought that he __________ today." A. was coming B. is coming C. will come D. comes 58. I thought that honesty __________ the best policy. A. was B. is C. were D. been 59. When I was at middle school, I knew that William Shakespeare ____________ in 1564. A. was born B. had been born C. is born D. has born 60. He is so rich that be __________ to work. A. hasn't been B. haven't C. doesn't have D. isn't being 动词专练(三) 用所给动词的正确形式填空: 1. Li Ping often __________ (read) English in the morning. 2. __________ he __________ (clean) the windows once a week. 3. The workers __________ (have) sports on the playground now. 4. How long __________ you __________ (stay) there the day before yesterday. 5. Who __________ (listen) to the music? 6. When I __________ (be) a middle school student, I often __________ (sing). 7. His parents __________(go) to the Great Wall tomorrow morning. 8. __________ they __________ (study) Japanese next term? 131 9. What time __________ you __________ (do) your homework everyday. 10. Look! The students __________ (clean) the classroom. 11. What _________ your after _________ (do) yesterday? —He _________ (write) two letters. 12. There __________ (be) a football match on TV this evening. 13. My father __________ (leave) for Japan tomorrow morning. 14. Tom __________ (not listen) to the radio every morning. 15. __________ (be) there any hospitals here twenty years ago? 16. I __________ (come) to see you again before long. 17. __________ there __________ (be) an English evening next Saturday? 18. __________ your uncle __________ (have) a meeting last Friday? 19. What __________ the young Pioneers __________ (do) on the hill now? 20. They __________ (not go) fishing on Sunday. 21. How many classes __________ you __________ (have) every day. 22. It's seven in the evening, Tom's family __________ (watch) TV. 23. He __________ (join) the army in 1985. He __________ (be) still in the army how. 24. I __________ (visit) my friend next Sunday. 25. If it snows tomorrow, we __________ (play) with snow. 26. I __________ (make) a lot of mistakes in my test yesterday. 27. __________ it __________ (snow) outside now? —No, it __________. 28. Where __________ they __________ (live)? They __________ (live) in Shanghai. 29. If it __________ (rain) this morning, we won't go shopping. 30. Listen! Who _________(sing)in the next room? 31. The teacher _________(not teach)us a Chinese song，he ________(teach)us an English song two days ago. 32. If I am free this evening，I ________(help)you with your maths. 33. ________you ________(be)there tomorrow? No，I ________. 34. Where _________(be)your parents last year? They ________(be)in Xi'an. 132 35. Why _______ they _______(go)to the library after school yesterday? Because they _________(want)to borrow some books. 36. What _______ you _______(do)these days? 37. Don't make a noise. Grandma _________(sleep). 38. Sometimes he _________(help)his mother with the housework. 39. Please write to us as soon as you _________(get)there. 40. We ________(show)the foreign friends around Beijing when they get here. 41. We'll wait till you _______(make)up your mind. 42. They ______ just _______(talk)about you. 43. Where _____he ______(be)? He _________(be)to the bank. 44. ______ you______(visit)the Science Museum? ---Yes，I________. 45. ______she ______(tell)you the good news? ---No，she _______. 46. How long _______ your mother _______(teach)English in this school? ---For ten years. 47. We _______ already _______(draw)five pictures. 48. My grandson ______________(be)ill for a week. 49. ________ the train _________(arrive)?---No，not yet. 50. Our physics teacher ____________________(not come)to work today，because he is ill. 51. My brother ________(make) o many American friends since he went there two years ago. 52. She _______(work)in a factory for three years before she went to college. 53. Mr. Brown _______________(live)in London for ten years by the end of last month. 54. How many English words _________ you _________(learn)by the end of last term? 55. ______ they _______(pick)all the apples before the farmer got there? 56. I didn't return the book to the library，because I _________(not finish)reading it. 57. The boy said that he ___________(not break)the window. 58. Jack said that he ___________ (not go) over his lessons yet. 59. John told me that he ___________ (fly) to Japan next Wednesday. 133 60. Did she say when she ___________ (be) back tomorrow? 61. The head master said he ___________ (meet) some foreigners at the station soon. 62. I wondered if our team ___________ (win) this evening. 63. He said he ___________ (not make) the same mistakes again. 63. He said he ___________ (not make) the same mistakes again. 64. We ___________ (have) a meeting at that time. 65. Tom ___________ (not have) breakfast yesterday morning. 66. Did he know he ___________ (have) an English lest the next day? 67. ___________ your father ___________ (go) to work by bike every day? 68. Mr Wang ___________ (teach) us maths since 1990 69. They will have a trip to the Great Wall if it ___________ (not rain) next Sunday. 70. When I got home my grandmother ___________(make)cakes 71. I ___________ (give) the note to him as soon as school is over. 72. The English song ___________ (teach) now over the radio. 73. English ___________ (speak) all over the world. 74. The Great Green Wall must ___________ (build) in the world. 75. Can the report ___________ (write)in English? 76. The mountain will ___________ (cover) with the trees in a few years. 77. The young trees must ___________ (tie) to the stick to keep it straight. 78. So far, many man-made satellites have ___________ (send) up into space. 79. English ___________ (speak) in Canada. 80. Tennis ___________ (invent) a hundred years ago. 81. It ___________ (snow) hard now. We'd better ___________ (not go) home right now. 82. These exercises must ___________ (do) by yourself. 83. Our teacher told us time ___________ (be) life. 84. We ___________ (not see) each other since he ___________ (leave) here. 85. ___________you ever ___________(ride) a horse before? 86. Miss Green ___________(be) in China for 6 years. 134 87. We ___________ never ___________ (be) to Hawaii. 88. You'd better try to give up ___________ (smoke). It's too bad to your health. 89. Who is doing well in ___________ (describe) things? 90. Have you finished ___________ (read) the book? 91. Have you saw someone ___________ (ski) before? 92. Can a shark stop ___________ (swim)? —No, It can't 93. You'd better try ___________ (do) it by yourself. 94. The students kept ___________(talk)about the football match. 95. I had a computer lessons first. Then I went on ___________ (have) tennis lessons. 96. He hopes ___________ (see) the famous football player as soon as possible. 97. The boy kept ___________ (ask) strange questions to his teacher, it made the teacher unhappy. 98. Edison enjoyed ___________ (try) his new ideas. 99. He asked me ___________ (speak) loudly. 100. Students must study hard ___________ (make) our country strong. 101. The policeman made him ___________ (stand) in the rain for half an hour. 102. Would you like something nice ___________ (eat) 103. I can't decide which sweater ___________ (choose) 104. He hasn't decided whether choose (tell) the truth. 105. He told me where ___________ (buy) a computer. 106. Will you please ___________ (not talk) in the reading room. 107. I have a lot of work ___________ (do). 108. Why not ___________ (come) a little earlier? 109. I'm sorry ___________ (hear) that. 110. When did you finish ___________ (pack) ? 111. ___________ (talk) with her is a great pleasure. 112. English is not so easy ___________ (learn) well. 113. When makes him ___________ (think) I am a scientist. 114. I forgot ___________ (bring) my textbook with me. 115. Last night I heard Mike ___________ (cry) in the room. 135 116. My idea is ___________ (have) a meeting at once. 117. At night, the robot watched him _________ (sleep). It knew everything about Mr. Mott. 118. In the country, he can hear birds ___________ (sing) and sheep ___________ (bleat) 119. My job is ___________ (feed) the animals. 120. In about 600 years, we will hardly have enough space _________ (stand) in on the earth. 121. Forest help to keep water from ___________ (run) away. 122. He printer is used for ___________ (print) documents. 123. He is busy ___________ (write) his composition. 124. The film is worth ___________ (see). 125. They prefer to ___________(stay) at home rather than ___________ (play) basketball. 126. Your opinion is worth ___________ (consider). 127. Ed starts ___________ (carry) the bag, but trips over his shoes. 128. We are going to have lots of fun _________ (hike) and _________ (eat) a new kind fruit. 129. Are you good at ___________ (read) maps? 130. Mary heard her father ___________ (say) he would set off the next week. 131. Do you enjoy ___________ (live) here? 132. My father likes ___________ (read) newspaper in the evening. 133. There is nothing ___________ (worry) about. 134. A computer tells the robot what ___________ (do). 135. He always tells us how ___________ (learn) English well. 136. It took me about an hour ___________ (go) to work by bus. 137. The box is too heavy ___________ (carry). 138. Cody is a good dog. He likes ___________ (follow) people. 139. They want ___________ (take) some fruit with them. 140. My father often tells me ___________ (not swim) in the river because it's over 4 metres deep. 141. Ann had no time ___________ (open) these presents. 136 142. Let the boy ___________ (do) it by himself. 143. When I saw him, he was busy ___________ (read) a new 动词练习参考答案 动词专练(一) 1. A 2. B 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. C 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. D 11. A 12. D 13. C 14. D 15. B 16. C 17. D 18. A 19. D 20. C 21. A 22. C 23. C 24. B 25. B 26. B 27. A 28. B 29. C 30. C 31. B 32. A 33. B 34. B 35. B 36. C 37. D 38. C 39. A 40. B 41. C 42. A 43. D 44. A 45. D 46. A 47. C 48. A 49. C 50. D 51. D 52. B 53. B 54. C 55. B 56. D 57. D 58. A 59. C 60. D 61. D 62. A 63. B 64. C 65. A 66. D 67. B 68. B 69. B 70. A 71. D 72. B 73. D 74. B 75. A 76. B 77. D 78. A 79. D 80. C 81. C 82. B 83. C 84. A 85. B 86. D 87. B 88. C 89. C 90. C 91. A 92. D 93. D 94. D 95. B 96. C 97. A 98. A 99. C 动词专练(二) 1—5 C C A D A 6—10 C B B A D 11—15 D B A D A 16—20 C B D B C 21—25 B C B D A 26—30 B C B C C 31—35 C A B A C 36—40 C A C B D 41—45 D D B C B 46—50 C A A B D 51—55 A A A C A 56—60 B A B A C 动词专练(三) 1. reads 2. Does, clean 3. are having 4. did, stay 5. is listening 6. was, sang 7. will go 8. Will, study 9. do, do 10. are cleaning 11. did, do, wrote 12. will be 13. is leaving 14. doesn't listen 15. Were 16. will come / is coming 17. Will, be 18. Did, have 19. are, doing 20. don't go 21. do, have 22. are watching 23. joined, is 24. will visit 25. will play 26. made 27. Is, snowing 28. do, live, live 137 29. rains 30. is singing 31. hasn't taught 32. will help 33. Will, be 34. were, were 35. did, go 36. are, doing 37. is sleeping 38. helps 39. get 40. will show 41. make 42. have talked 43. has, been 44. Have, visited, have 45. Has, told, hasn't 46. have, drawn 48. has been 49. Has, arrived 50. hasn't come 51. has made 52. had worked 53. had lived 54. had, learned 55. Had picked 56. hadn't finished 57. hadn't 58. hadn't gone 59. would fly 60. would be 61. would meet 62. would win 63. wouldn't make 64. were having 65. didn't have 66. would have 67. Does, go 68. has taught 69. doesn't rain 70. was making 71. will give 72. will give 73. is spoken 74. be built 75. be written 76. be covered 77. be tied 78. been sent 79. is spoken 80. was invented 81. is snowing, not go 82. be done 83. is 84. haven't seen, left 85. Have, ridden 86. has been 87. have, been 88. smoking 89. describing 90. reading 91. ski 92. swimming 93. to do 94. talking 95. to have 96. to see 97. asking 98. trying 99. to speak 100. to make 101. stand 102 to eat 103. to choose 104. to tell 105. to buy 106. not talk 107. to do 108. come 109. to hear 110. packing 111. Talking 112. to learn 113. think 114. to bring 115. cry 116. to have 117. sleep 118. singing 119. to feed 120. to stand 121. running 122. printing 123. writing 124. seeing 125. stay, play 126. considering 127. to carry 128. hiking, eating 129. reading 130. saying 131. living 132. reading 133. to worry 134. to do 135. to learn 136. to go 137. to carry 138. following 139. to take 140. not to swim 141. to open 142. do 143. reading 主谓一致专练 1.B 2.A 3.D 4.A 5.C 6.B 7.B 8.B 9.B 10.B 138 11.B 12.A 13.D 14.A 15.C 16.B 17.B 18.B 19.B 20.B 139 动词时态 1( –What did you do on your uncle’s farm? --I _______the horse and _______some hens there. A. ride; feed B. rode; fed C. rode; feed D. ride; fed 2(-- What does Miss Black do at weekends? -- She with some students often ___________ in the playground. A. is running B. are running C. run D. runs 3(Tom __________ fishing, but he doesn’t like eating fish. A. like B. enjoy C. enjoys D. likes to 4( We shall go to the park if it ______. A. don’t rain B. won’t rain C. doesn’t rain D. didn’t rain 5(Tom ______ watch TV after supper _____ last night. A. wasn’t; on B.didn’t; on C. doesn’t; in D.didn’t; / 6(—Would you like to climb mountains with me this Sunday? —I’d love to. But I _______ play table tennis against Class Three. A. am going B. am going to C. am D. going to 7(Linda walked into the room and her coat away. A. took B.takes C. is taking D. taking 8( Jim’s brother_________ five basketballs. A. have B. has C. is D. are 9(I _____ Lin Dong, My English name ________Gina. A. am, am B. is, am C. am, is D. are , is 10(There ________a party tomorrow evening.I’ll go with my sisters.. A. has B. is going to have C. is going to be D. are going to be 11(---Do you know that we won the football match? -- Yes, I the news. A.hear B.to hear C.have just heard D.just have heard 12(----Is James at home? -----No, he Ya’an to be a volunteer. A.has gone to B.has been to C.is going to D.are going to 140 13(Jim and Kate_______ in Beijing now. They both_______ from America. A. is; come B. are; come C. is; is come D. are; are come 14(I have lunch at school, but my brother_______ lunch at school. A. isn't have B. hasn't have C. don't have D. doesn't have 15(-- _______ your mother happy today? --No, she_______. A. Is ; isn't B. Are ; aren't C. Are; isn't D. Does; doesn't 16(Scientists think that there _____ life on Earth for millions of years. A. has had B. have had C. has been D. have been 17(Some scientists have sent a spacecraft to Mars. It ____ several months to get there. A. spent B. has spent C. has taken D. take 18(--- Where’s Mary? --- She _____ to Harbin. A. has been B. has gone C. goes D. went 19(we’ll climb Qianling Hills if it_____next Sunday. A.won’t rain B.didn’t rain t rain C.rained D.doesn’ 20(The boy is ________ see the teacher because he ________ a mistake. A(afraid of; has B(afraid to; has made C(afraid to; make D(afraid of; made 根据中文意思，完成下列句子，每空限填一词。(共5小题，计10分) 21(最近的医院离此地也有大约十公里远。 The __________ hospital is about ten kilometers __________. 22(嘲笑处于困境中的人是不礼貌的。 It’s not polite to __________ __________ those people in trouble. 23(学校规定上课不许迟到。 The school rule says, “Don’t __________ __________ for class.” 24(熊猫在我国受到很好的照顾。 Pandas __________ __________ good care of in our country. 25(我们觉得晚上出去是危险的。 We find __________ __________ to go out at night. 根据括号内的英(汉)语提示，完成句子。 26(The people in our ____________(neighbor) are very kind and helpful. 141 27(Excuse me, sir, but you ___________(不允许)to smoke here. 28(Guilin is a ____________(漂亮的)city, and many visitors come there every year. 29(If everyone ____________(遵守) the traffic rules , there will be fewer accidents. 30(Look, the baby is __________ (wake). He is looking at us with a smile. 31(While the girl (shop), the alien got out. 32(He hasn’t told the (true). He is lying. he (go) to an amusement park? 33(— —Yes, he did. 34(— What does she like for lunch? — She likes hamburgers, salad and some (鸡肉). 用所给动词的适当形式填空: 35(I ____________ (know) the p lace for many years. 36(Where is my pen? How strange! It ____________ (be) here just a moment ago. 37(He will give the book back to you if he _________ (finish) reading it tomorrow. 用所给词的适当形式填空:(15分) 38(We are willing _______________ (work ) with them. 39(The students in our school spend two hours ____________(do) homework every day. 40(The book is __________________(interesting) , I don’t want to read it again. ’s cold outside, you’d better ______________ (put) on your coat. 41(It 42(He has _________________ (little) homework of us three. 43(We want to go to the park and enjoy ________________(we). 44(Little Tom fell off the desk, ______________ (lucky), he didn’t hurt himself. 45(“Do you have a __________(day) report every morning? ” “Yes, we do.” 46(Some students don’t think maths is as ________________ (important) as English. 47(Lin Tao has a pair of (smile) eyes behind his round glasses. 48(I think this problem is much __________________(easy) than that one. 49(____________(not play) football in the street, Jim. It’s dangerous. 50(Keep ___________(try) and you will find you can remember things better. 51(Sandy and Mike are good at swimming, they are good ______________(swim). 52(Do you know the _________(high) of that tall building? 遣词造句:根据提供的图画和提示词，写一个符合图意的完整正确的句子。(10分) 53(be going to, the Great wall taxi 142 54(make, strong 55(mother, buy, her, yesterday 56(Ling Ling, well English 57(help with 将下列句子泽成英语，并写在答题卷标有题号的横线上。 58(对于我们来说，减少空气污染是必需的。 _____________________________________________________________________________ 59(请猜一下这个主题公园投入使用多久了。 _____________________________________________________________________________ 60(我们找到干净的饮用水是没问题的。 _____________________________________________________________________________ 61(这条最新的新闻是多么令人兴奋啊! _____________________________________________________________________________ 62(野生动物应该受到保护而不是被猎捕( _____________________________________________________________________________ 参考答案 1(B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:-你在你叔叔的农场里做什么了,-我在那里骑马，还喂母鸡。根据问题What did you do on your uncle’s farm可知，这是发生在过去的事情，所以应该用一般过去时态，动词用过去式。rode 是ride 的过去式;fed 是feed的过去式。故选B。 考点:考查一般过去时。 143 2(D 【解析】 试题分析:句意:---在周某Miss Black做什么,---她经常和一些同学在操场上跑步。Often时表示经常用于一般现在时中表示经常习惯性的动作，故选D。 考点:考查动词时态的用法。 3(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:汤姆喜欢钓鱼，但是他不喜欢吃鱼。enjoy doing表示喜欢做某事;根据语境故一般现在时中主语是第三人称单数谓语动词用复数，故选选C。 考点:考查动词的时态的用法。 4(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:如果不下雨我们就去公园。由if引导的从句主将从现。结合句意，故选C。 考点:考查一般现在时的用法。 5(D 【解析】 试题分析:句意:汤姆昨晚晚饭后没看电视。时间状语last night, 因此句子应用过去时态，又因watch TV 为实意动词，变否定句前加didn’t, 选D。 考点:考查时态。 6(B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:这个周六你愿意和我爬上去吗,我想去，但是我要和三班比赛乒乓球。根据上句的时间是this Sunday，可知打乒乓球是将来的时间里计划好的事情，所以用将来时态:be going to do sth,计划做某事，打算做某事，故选B。 考点:考查将来时态的用法。 7(A 【解析】 试题分析:句意为:林达走进房间把她的大衣拿走。根据语境，走进房间和拿走大衣是两个并列发生的动作，“走”的动作用一般过去时，“拿”的动作也应用一般般过去时。故选A。 考点:考查一般过去时的用法。 8(B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:吉姆的哥哥有五个篮球。当主语是第三人称单数时，动词用相应的第三人称单数。结合句意，故选B 考点:考查一般现在时的用法。 9(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:我是林东，我的英语名字是吉娜。1.am 用于第一人称, I am ......(我是„„) 2.is 用于第三人称, He is ......(他是„„) 或She is ......(她是„„), It is ......(它是„„) 3.are 用于第二人称, You are ......(你是„„,你们是„„).也可用于第一人称和第三人称的复数情况, We are ......(我们是„„);They are .....(他们是„„).结合句意，故选C。 考点:考查系动词的用法。 144 10(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意为:明天晚上将有一个晚会。我打算和姐姐一起去。这是there be 结构的一般将来时，应表达为:there is/are going to be。因为句子主语是a party，根据主谓一致原则，故选C。 考点:考查there be 结构的一般将来时。 11(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意为:---你知道我们赢得比赛了吗,---知道了。我刚刚听到这个消息。根据语境，“听说”这个动作直接导致“知道”这个结果，应用现在完成时。故选C。 考点:考查现在完成时的用法。 12(A 【解析】 试题分析:句意为:---詹姆斯在家吗,---不在。他去延安当志愿者了have/has gone to :表示去了某地，人未回来;have /has been to:表示去过某地，人已回来。结合语境看照应选A。 考点:考查have/has gone to与have/has been to的用法区别。 13(B 【解析】 试题分析:根据语境可知此句的含义是Jim和Kate现在都在北京，他们都来自美国。考查谓语动词的形式，因Jim and Kate是复数做主语，故系动词要用are，又因they也是复数，故谓语动词come要用原形，故选B。 考点:考查主谓一致 14(D 【解析】 试题分析:根据语境可知此句的含义是我在学校吃午饭，而我弟弟不。考查一般现在时否定句的基本结构，因have是实义动词，故否定形式要借助助动词do的形式，又因my brother是第三人称单数形式，故用doesn’t，doesn’t后面要用动词原形have，故选D。 考点:考查一般现在时的否定句结构 15(A 【解析】 试题分析:根据语境可知此句的含义是你妈妈今天开心吗,不，她不开心。考查一般疑问句的基本构成，因your mother是第三人称单数，故系动词要用is，否定性回答要用isn’t，故选A。 考点:考查一般疑问句 16(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:科学家们认为生命在月球上存在已经有几百万年了。There be 句型的现在完成时，因为有for millions of，故用has been.故选C。 考点:考查现在完成时。 17(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:一些科学家已经发射了一个宇宙飞船去火星，它花费几个月才到那了。现在完成时，It takes (somebody) some time to do something .花费多长时间干某事。Spend 145 是人做主语，故选C。 考点:考查现在完成时和动词。 18(B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:玛丽在哪?她去了哈尔滨. have(has)+过去分词，主语是she用has, go 的现在分词是gone。故选B。 考点:考查现在完成时。 19(D 【解析】 试题分析:句意:如果下星期日不下雨，我们将登黔灵山。在含有条件状语从句的主从复合 句中，如果主句使用了一般将来时，那么从句一般用一般现在时而不要一般将来时。所以选 D。 考点:考查动词时态。 20(B 【解析】 试题分析: 句意:这个小男孩很害怕见到他的老师因为他已经犯了个错误。Be afraid to do sth 害怕做某事，make a mistake犯了个错误，根据句意，故选B。 考点:考查固定短语。 21(nearest; away 22(laugh at 23(be late 24(are taken 25(it; dangerous 【解析】 试题分析: 21(要用最高级形式nearest; 距离后用副词away 。 22(“嘲笑”用动词短语laugh at。 23(“迟到” 用动词短语be late放在Don’t后，构成祈使句的否定句。 24(are taken是谓语动词，根据语境用一般现在时的被动语态形式。Pandas是复数，所以 用are。 25(这里用it做形式宾语代替后面的不定式to go out at night; dangerous是形容词做 宾语补足语 考点:单词填空。 26(neighborhood 27(are not allowed 28(beautiful 29(obeys / follows 30(awake 31(was shopping 32(truth 33(Did„go 34(chicken 146 【解析】 试题分析: 26(我们小区里的人都很善良和乐于助人。The people后面的介词短语为定语，表示地点，故答案为neighborhood 27(be not allowed to do sth意为“不被允许做某事”;故答案为are not allowed 28(beautiful意为“美丽的”，为形容词作定语，故答案为beautiful 29(if引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时表示将来时;“遵守”用obey或follow来表示;故答案为obeys / follows 30(wake为及物动词，但是后面没有宾语，此处表示醒着的状态，所以用awake形容词做表语;故答案为awake 31(当这个女孩在购物时，那个外星人出来了。强调过去的某一时刻正在做某事时又发生了另外一件事;故答案为was shopping 32(the加名词做动词told的宾语，根据后面的He is lying.可知答案为truth 33(根据后面的回答可知句子的时态为一般过去时;故答案为Did„go 34(chicken做“鸡肉”讲时为不可数名词;故答案为chicken 考点:完成句子。 35(have known 36(was 37(finishes 【解析】 试题分析: 35(句意:我了解这个地方已经有很多年了。根据句意可知，这句话表示我了解这个地方很多年了，应该用现在完成时。故填have known。 36(句意:我的钢笔在哪里,真奇怪～它刚才还在这呢。这句话中有一个时间状语just a moment ago，意思是刚才，故我们可知，这句话应该用一般过去时，故填was。 37(句意:如果他明天读完这本书的话，他会还给你的。if 在这里引导的是一个条件状语从句，意思是如果。条件状语从句中应该用一般现在时，主句用一般将来时。从句中的主语是he，是一个第三人称单数形式，故动词用三单形式finishes。 考点:单词填空。 38(to work 39(doing 40(uninteresting 41(put 42(the least 43(ourselves 44(luckily 45(daily 46(importamt 47(smiling 48(easier 49(Don’t play 50(trying 147 51(swimmers 52(height 【解析】 试题解析: 38(考查不定式。句意:我们愿意和他一起工作。work工作;be willing to do愿意做某事,故答案填to work. 39(考查动名词。句意:我们学校的学生们每天用两小时做作业。do homework做作业;spend time doing花时间做某事，故答案填doing. 40(考查形容词。句意:这本书没意思，我不想再读了。interesting有趣的，反意思为uninteresting无趣的;根据I don’t want to read it again我不想再读了，可知书没意思，故答案填uninteresting. 41(考查动词。句意:外面冷，你最好穿上外衣。put on 穿;’d better=had better最好，后接动词原形，故答案填put. 42(考查形容词。句意:我们三人中他的作业最少。little少的，最高级为least; of us three 我们三人中，形容词用最高级，同时加定冠词故答案填the least. 43(考查代词。句意:我们想去公园开心的玩。we我们，反身代词为ourselves; enjoy oneself 玩的开心，固定短语，故答案填ourselves. 44(考查副词。句意:小汤姆从桌子上掉了下来，幸运地是，他没受伤。lucky幸运的，副词为luckily; 从桌子上掉下来但没受伤，是幸运的事，副词做状语，故答案填luckily. 45(考查形容词。句意:每天上午你们有一个日报吗,是的，我们有。day日，形容词为daily; 形容词修饰名词report,故答案填daily. 46(考查形容词。句意:有的学生认为数学没有英语重要。important重要的;宾语从句中有think时，否定前移;not as...as不和„„一样，形容词用原级，故答案填importamt. 47(考查形容词。句意:在林涛的圆眼镜后有有一双微笑的眼睛。smile微笑，其形容词为smiling微笑的;形容词修饰名词eyes眼睛，故答案填smiling. 48(考查形容词。句意:我认为这个问题比那个容易多了。easy容易的;than比，形容词用比较前，故答案填easier. 49(考查祈使句。句意:不要在街上踢足球，危险。 play football踢足球，play动词，祈使句肯定句动词用原形，否定句句首加don’t,故答案填.Don’t play. 50(考查动名词。句意:不断地试，你会发现你记东西记得更好。try尝试;keep doing不断地做某事，固定搭配，故答案填trying.. 51(考查名词。句意:山迪和麦克擅长游泳，他们是游泳健将。swim游泳，动词;good修饰名词，swim加后缀er变为swimmer游泳者，they他们，复数，故答案填swimmiers. 52(考查名词。句意:你知道那个高楼的高度吗,high高的，名词形式为height; 定冠词the和介词of之间为名词，故答案填height. 考点:完成句子 53(He is going to visit the Great Wall by taxi. 54(Running can make him strong. 55(Mother bought a ball for her yesterday. 56(Lingling does well in English . 57(My friend often helps me with my English. 【解析】 试题分析: 148 53(根据图画可知是一个男孩乘坐出租车去参观长城，故主语是he. 根据be going to, 可知此处用一般将来时，根据taxi 可知此处的交通方式是by taxi。根据the Great wall可知要去参观长城，故用短语 visit the Great Wall 。所以此句为: He is going to visit the Great Wall by taxi. 54(根据图画可知此处是一个小男孩在跑步，根据make strong可知跑步使他强壮，故用running做主语。使他强壮 make him strong. 此句为:Running can make him strong. 55(根据图画和单词提示可知昨天妈妈给她买了一个球。因为是 yesterday. 做时间状语，故谓语buy用一般过去式bought. 给她买了一个球 bought a ball for her ,因此此句为:Mother bought a ball for her yesterday. 56(根据图画和单词提示可知Ling ling 擅长英语。擅长做某事do well in ，主语是Ling ling 第三人称单数，谓语用does， 因此此句为:Ling ling does well in English . 57(根据图画和单词提示可知我的朋友经常帮助我学习英语。帮助某人做某事help sb. with sth. 帮助我学习英语:help me with my English. 主语是My friend第三人称单数，故谓语是helps.此句为:My friend often helps me with my English. 考点:连词成句。 58(It’s necessary for us to reduce air pollution. 59(Please guess how long the theme park has been in use/ service. 60(We have no problem (in ) finding clean drinking water. 61(How excited the latest news. 62(Wild animal should be protected and not be hunted. 【解析】 试题分析: 58(分析句意:分析减少空气污染为: reduce air pollution. 故填:It’s necessary for us to reduce air pollution. 59(分析句意:多久:how long; 猜测:guess; 主题公园:the theme park.故填:Please guess how long the theme park has been in use/ service. 60(分析句意:饮用水:drinking water; 没问题:have no problem. 故填:We have no problem (in ) finding clean drinking water. 61(分析句意:最近的新闻:the latest news; 多么兴奋用how来感叹。故填:How excited the latest news. 62(分析句意:野生动物:wild animal; 保护与猎捕均为被动语态。句中提及是应该，应用should,故填:Wild animal should be protected and not be hunted. 考点:句子翻译。 149 初中英语分类练习 ——动词时态部分 一般现在时与现在进行时专练 ( ) 1. Father usually ______ his newspaper after dinner. A. read B. reads C. reading D. is reading ( ) 2. The Blacks often ______ to the cinema on Saturday evenings. A. go B. goes C. is going D. are going ( ) 3.Look! The boy ______ with his mother in the pool. A. is swimming B. is swimming C. are swimming D. are swiming ( ) 4.--- What is Tom doing in the classroom? --- He ______ something on the blackboard. A. draws B. draw C. is drawing D. are drawing. ( ) 5.Old Tom usually ______ up at six and ______ sports in the garden. A. gets, dos B. gets, does C. get, does D. gets, do ( ) 6. It’s ten o’clock and Jack ______ still(仍然) ______ his homework. A. is, do B. is, doing C. are, do D. are, doing ( ) 7. The waiters ______ to work at five every morning. A. start B. starts C. starting D. are starting ( ) 8.I ______ a letter, so I can’t go out with you. A. is writing B. am writing C. am writeing D. am writting ( )9.A hundred days _____ quite a long time. A. is B. are C. have D. has ( )10. --______ late for the meeting next time. –Sorry, I won’t. A. Don’t B. Don’t be C. Won’t be D. Be not ( )11. My mother _____ noodles, but my father ______. A. likes, doesn’t B. don’t like, do C. likes, didn’t D. didn’t like, do ( )12. The picture ______ nice. A. looks B. is looked C. look D. is looking ( )13. The students will go to the Summer Palace if it ______ tomorrow. A. don’t rain B. doesn’t rain C. won’t rain D. isn’t rain ( )14. We are always ready _______ others. A. to helping B. to help C. help D. helping ( )15. I often hear her ______ about the boy. A. talking B. talk C. to talk D. talked ( )16. He’s already a little weak in Chinese, ______ he ? A. is B. isn’t C. has D. hasn’t ( )17.Potatoes are ______ in the field by the farmers. A. grow B. growing C. grown D. grew ( )18. Does she have a watch? – Yes, she ______. A. have B. do C. has D. does ( )19. She _____ English very much now. 150 A. is liking B. likes C. liked D. is teaching ( )20. She has no paper to _____ . Why not give her some? A. write B. be writing C. write on D. write in ( )21. Does Mr Know-all know ______ keys? A. to make B. how to make C. how make D. making ( )22. Does your mother ______ English now? A. teaches B. teach C. taught D. is teaching ( )23. Jack usually ______ mistakes last term. But this term he does better. A. makes B. made C. does D. did ( )24. The boy is too young, please ______ carefully. A. look after him B. look him after C. look at him D. look him at ( )25. She ______ you to come to my birthday party. A. hopes B. wishes C. want D. lets ( )26. --Where is Frank now? -- He ______ his bike in the yard. A. fixes up B. fixing up C. is fixing up D. fixed ( )27. Bob often ______ his mother with the housework on Sundays. A. help B. helping C. helps D. helped ( )28. The students will go to the Summer Palace if it ______ tomorrow. A. don’t rain B. doesn’t rain C. won’t rain D. isn’t rain ( )29. If it _____ tomorrow, I will go by car. A. rain B. will rain C. rains D. would rain ( )30. --What a nice garden! –She ______ it every day. A. is cleaning B. has cleaned C. cleans D. clean ( )31. --Where is Peter? -- He ______ his homework in the room. A. is doing B. does C. did D. do ( )32. The teacher told us that light ______ much faster than sound. A. travels B. traveled C. was D. will be ( )33. My mother told us that Taiwan ______ part of China. A. is B. are C. was D. were ( )34. Do you know bananas _____ in Hainan? A. grows B. is grown C. grew D. are grown ( )35. The clothes ______very soft. A. are felt B. are feeling C. feel D. feels ( )36. The supermarket is far from Mary’s house. So she _____ only once a week. A. goes shopping B. has been there C. was shopping D. has gone there ( )37. Don’t make so much noise. We _____ to the music. A. are listening B. listen C. listened D. have listened ( )38. I’ll go swimming with you if I _____ free tomorrow. A. will be B. shall be C. am D. was ( )39. – Oh, Mrs. King, your sweater looks nice. Is it _____ wool ? -- Yes, and it’s _____ Inner Mongolia. A. made of, made by B. made of, made in C. made by, made for D. made by, made from 一般将来时专练 151 ( )1. Her hope _______ the 2008 Olympic Games. A. to take part in B. is to take part in C. taking part in D. will take part in ( )2. --- Can I go to Beijing for my holiday, Dad? --- You can when you _______ a bit older. A. will get B. get C. are getting D. got ( )3. If he _______harder, he will catch up with us soon. A. study B. studies C. will study D. studied ( )4. --- Don’t forget to ask him to write to me. --- I won’t. As soon as he _______, I’ll ask him to write to you. A. will come B. came C. comes D. is coming ( )5. --- Jimmy is leaving for a holiday. --- Really? Where _______ he _______? A. has; gone B. will; go C. did; go D. would; go ( )6. Frank _______ to see his grandma if he _______ free tomorrow. A. will come; will be B. comes; is C. will come; is D. comes; will be ( )7. There _______ a talk on science in our school next Monday. A. will give B. will be C. is going to give D. is ( )8. --- Shall we go shopping now? --- Sorry, I can’t. I _______ my shirts. A. wash B. washes C. washed D. am washing ( )9. I believe that those mountains _______ with trees in a few years’ time. A. are covered B. will be covered C. are covering D. will cover ( )10. It is said that about 400 cars _______ in the factory next month. A. were produced B. will produce C. are produced D. will be produced ( )11. --- Are you free this afternoon? --- No. I’ll have an English composition _______ this afternoon. A. to write B. wrote C. to be writing D. to be written ( )12. --- Come back home every month. --- I _______. A. will B. must C. should D. can ( )13. A robot _______ think of itself; it _______ be told what to do. A. can’t; must B. couldn’t; can C. may not; will D. mustn’t, may 一般过去时专练 ( )1. The mother asked the boy _______ down the ladder, but he went on _______ instead. A. come; climbing B. to come; to climb C. to come; climbing D. coming; climbing ( )2. The teacher asked the students to close the windows _______ the wind from _______ the papers away. A. to stop; blowing B. stopping; blowing C. to stop; blow D. stopped; blow ( )3. The sick man stayed in bed, _______ very terrible. 152 A. felt B. feeling C. is feeling D. was feeling ( )4. Yesterday I heard a story _______ by my friend. A. told B. telling C. to tell D. tell ( )5. The boy was made _______ there for an hour by his father. A. standing B. stand C. to stand D. stands ( )6. I saw him _______ into the small store. A. went B. going C. to go D. has gone ( )7. He raised his voice to make everybody in the room ______ him clearly. A. hear B. to hear C. hearing D. heard ( )8. Our geography teacher told us yesterday that the earth _______ around the sun. A. was moving B. moved C. has moved D. moves ( )9. Oh, it’s you. I’m sorry I _______ know you _______ here. A. don’t; are B. didn’t; are C. didn’t; were D. don’t; were ( )10. Mr LuXun died in 1936. He _______ a lot of famous novels. A. wrote B. was writing C. has written D. would write ( )11. --- How was your weekend on the farm? --- Great! We _______ with the farmers. A. enjoy ourselves B. went fishing C. will work D. make friends ( )12. --- What did Mr Jones do before he moved here? --- He _______ a city bus for over twenty-five years. A. is driving B. drove C. has driven D. drives ( )13. Jane _______ a new dress every month when she was in Shanghai. A. buys B. is buying C. bought D. will buy ( )14. --- Liu Mei can’t come tonight. --- Why? But she _______ me she would come. A. tells B. told C. is told D. had told ( )15. He turned off the light and then _______. A. leaves B. has left C. will leave D. left 完成时专练 ( )1. How long have you _______ here? A. come B. got C. arrived D. been ( )2. My grandpa died _________. A. at the age of my2 B. for2 years C. when I was 2. D. my age was 6. ( )3. I have ______ the car for a year. A. bought B. sold C. had D. buy ( )4. China has ________ the host for the 2008 Olympic Games since July 13, 2001 A. become B. been C. became D. turned ( )5. ______ the supermarket _____ for long?----No. It ____ half a year ago. A. Has„ opened / was open B. Is „opened/ was„opened C. Has„ been open /opened D. was„opened/ was„opened ( )6. I’m sorry to hear that the girl ______ home for 2 days. A. left B. is away from C. has left D. has been away from 153 ( )7. They have ______ the League. A. joined B. been C. joined in D. take part in ( )8. ---Where are the Greeks? ----They ________ for a few minutes. A. have gone B. have been here C. have been away D. have disappeared ( )9. Jane has _____ to BeiJing. She will come back tomorrow. A. been B. gone C. went D. never been ( )10. It is ten years _____ I last saw her. A. after B. since C. for D. that ( )11.---Who will go to the station to meet Lorry? ---I will. I _____ her several times. A. met B. have met C. had met D. will meet ( )12. It’s 7:00. I can’t believe you ________ to school yet, Tony. A. have gone B. haven’t gone C. don’t go D. did go ( )13. ---What a nice dress! How long _____ you _____ it? ---Just 2 weeks. A. will, buy B. did, buy C. are, having D. have, had ( )14.---Do you know Lydia very well? ---Yes, She and I _____ friends since we were very young. A. have made B. have become C. have been D. have turned ( )15. The Smiths _______ in China for 8 years. A. has lived B. lived C. have been D. live ( )16. ---Hello, this is Mr Green speaking. Can I speak to Mr Black? --- Sorry. He ______ the Bainiao Park. A. has been to B. has gone to C. went to D. will go to ( )17. ---How long have you _____ ? --- Since 1990. A. bought the MP4 B. joined the Party C. become a midfield player D. lived in the town ( )18. ---Where is Allen? --- He ____ America on business. He ___ back in 2 weeks. A. has gone to, comes B. has been to, will be C. has gone to, will be D. has been to, will come ( )19. His grandma _______ for a year. A. died B. has been dead C. has been death D. was died ( )20. What ________ with the clothes? A. has been done B. has done C. have done D. have been done ( )21. ---Nancy, will you go to see the film Cold Mountain this evening? --- No, I won’t. I _____ it already. A. saw B. have seen C. see D. will see ( )22. ----____ you ever ____ to the US? --- Yes, twice. A. Have, gone B. Have, been C, Do, go D. were, going ( )23. Look! What a clean room! Who ______ it? A. has tidied B. is tidying C. will tidy D. tidied ( )24. The EXPO(世博园) ________hundreds of millions of visitors since it opened. A. attracted B. attracts C. has attracted D. will attract ( )25. ----How is your grandma? I _____her for long. ----She’s fine, but busy. A. missed B. have met C. haven’t seen D. didn’t see 154 ( )26. ---What are you going to do this weekend? --- I ____ yet. A. haven’t decided B. didn’t decide C. have decided D. didn’t decide ( )27. ---- _____ you ______ your lunch? --- Yes. I _______ it at 1:00 pm. A. Did, have B. Have, had C. Are, having D. were, having ( )28. Everyone _______ the Great Wall before. A. has been to B. has gone to C. has been in D. have been to ( )29. We have lived here ________ 5 years ago. A. for B. since C. in D. before ( )30. ---Where have you _______ these days? --- I have _____ to Dalian with my family. A. been, gone B. been, been C. gone, been D. gone, gone 中考链接 ( )31. How long have you _____ this book?(哈尔滨) A. bought B. borrowed C. had D. lent ( )32. ---- Where’s Peter? --- He ______ to Nanjing. (沈阳) A. is going B. has been C. has gone D. went ( ) 33. You’ve never seen such a wonderful film before, ________? A. haven’t you B. have you C. do you D. don’t you ( )34. ---I have watched the game. ---When _____ you _____ it? A. have, watched B. do, watch C. did, watch D. will, watch ( )35.The old ________ lonely at all since we began to visit them once a week. A. don’t feel B. hasn’t felt C. haven’t felt D. didn’t feel ( )36.His sister ______ her hometown for three years. She’ll return next year. A. left B. has left C. has been away D. has been away from ( )37.I ______ to Canada twice. It’s so beautiful. A. won’t go B. have gone C. don’t go D. have been ( )38. Peter says that the whites are on holiday, but no one knows _______. A. where they have been B. they went where C. where are they from D. where they have gone ( )39. --- How long have you -______ the book? --- For several weeks A. bought B. borrowed C. lent D. kept ( )40 . ---Has the match started? --- Started? Finished! Guo Yue ______. A. is winning B. wins C. will win D. has won 时态综合训练 I、选择填空 ( )1. It ______ 3 years since he left us. A. is B. has been C. was D. were ( ) 2. 15 years ________ since I became a teacher. A. passed B. has past C. have passed D. has passed ( )3. They told us that they ________ three hundred trees by the time the workers got there. A. have planted B. planted C. had planted D. were planting ( )4. My daughter won’t go to sleep until I _______ back. 155 A. go B. goes C. have gone D. will go ( )5. Kitty ________ games while I was cooking. A. plays B. was playing C. make D. does ( )6. What ______ they doing then on the hill? A. are B. were C. is D. was ( )7. He ________ his homework this time yesterday. A( does B. was doing C. is doing D. is ( )8.The letter _______ a week ago and it______ yesterday. A. posted; arrived B. was posted; arrived C. is posted; arrived D. has posted; has arrived ( )9.They ________ friends since they met in Shanghai. A. have made B. have become C. have been D. have turned ( )10. The workers __________ many toys in the factory last year. A. invent B. invented C. invention D. inventing ( )11. Neither you nor he ________ New York city. A. has gone to B. have gone to C. have been to D. has been to ( )12. By ten o’clock yesterday they _______ at the airport. A. had arrived B. have arrived C. shall arrive D. arrive ( )13. I got up very late this morning. There _______ no time to have breakfast. A. had B. has C. was D. is ( )14. So far we ________ the moon. A. gets to B. arrived C. have reached D. have arrived ( )15. I _______ for them at the school gate ______ it began to rain. A. didn’t wait, until B. didn’t wait, when C. waited, until D. waited, because ( )16. He said a new school _________ in two weeks. A. will be built B. would be built C. had built D. was being built ( )17. Two-thirds of the work __________ by the computer last week. A. are done B. is done C. were done D. was done ( )18. He ________ his bag in the library this morning. A. forgot B. lost C. had left D. left ( )19. My brother ______ while he _______ his bicycle and hurt himself. A. fell, was riding B. fell, were riding C. had fallen, rode D. had fallen, was riding ( )20. “ Did you catch the bus?” “No, when I ______ there, the bus ________.” A. gets, has left B. got, left C. got, had left D. had got, left ( )21. --- She hasn’t washed the car, has she? --- No, she hasn’t. But she said she ______ it after supper. A. had washed B. washes C. will wash D. was going to wash ( )22. --- _____ will you finish writing the article? --- In two days. A. How long B. How soon C. How often D. How fast ( )23. Someone _____ at he door when she was cooking in the kitchen. 156 A. had knocked B. has knocked C. knocked D. was knocking ( )24. ---- Where is Teddy now? --- He ____ his bike in the yard. A. fixes up B. fixing up C. is fixing D. fixed ( )25. Noddy ________ a film if he’s free next Sunday. A. see B. saw C. has seen D. will see ( )26. The photo ________ nice. A. looks B. is looked C. look D. is looking ( )27. Great changes ______ in Shenyang during the past ten years. A. have happened B. have been happened C. happened D. was happened ( )28. The film _________ for five minutes. A. has been B. has been on C. began D. has begun ( )29. Hurry! We _____ the train. A. will miss B. miss C. missed D. have missed ( )30. Unless it ________tomorrow, I’ll go on foot. A. doesn’t rain B. rains C. will rain D. won’t rain ( )31. _____ Mr White ___ the doctor the day before yesterday? A. Does, see B. Has, seen C. Will, see D. Did, see ( )32. I’ll visit my teacher when she ________. A. will return B. return C. returns D. returned ( )33. ---What were they talking about when you ______ them? --- About Yao Ming. A. see B. had seen C. saw D. were seeing ( )34.One of my classmates___ for England this Friday.Shall we go to see her off at the airport? A. are leaving B. is left C. is leaving D. goes ( )35. Be quiet! Your father ________. A. sleeps B. sleeping C. is thinking D. was working. ( )36. Everyone except Tom and Johnny ____ there when the meeting began. A. is B. was C. are D. were ( )37. What does the sentence “ Don’t trouble trouble till trouble _____ you.” mean? A. trouble B. troubles C. will trouble D. troubled ( )38. ---I hear your father ____ to Japan once. ---Yes, he_______ there last year. A. went, has been B. has gone, went C. has been, went D. had gone, has been ( )39. ---Could you go to buy some salt for me? ---Sorry, mum. I ____ my homework. A. am doing B. do C. will finish D. have finished ( )40. --- What ______ under the bed, Tim? --- Oh, Where ‘s my other sock, dad? A. do you do B. are you doing C. have you done D. did you do II 用适当的动词形式填空。 1. She kept the radio when she ______(do) homework. 157 2. –She was reading newspapers. --What __you ___(do) ? 3 Lao Wang told the policeman that he _____(listen) to the radio at that time. 4. I ______(use)to be a teacher but now ______(be) a manager. 5 While I ______(run)along. A dog suddenly ______(run) across the road. 6 Last night my father _____(read) a book while my mother ______(sew). What _____you _____ (do) the whole Sunday? I ______(go)over my lessons. 7 8 When I _____ (get)home, the telephone bell _____(ring) 9 It was Sunday and we _________ (sit) at the table when father suddenly _________(smile) And ___________(say) to us, “ Oh, dear me, I forgot __________(tell) you the good news. There is a letter from Granny. She ___________(come) to see us this afternoon. I ________(meet) Her at the station, “ with these words he went out. How happy we _________(be)! We ___________(not see ) Granny for half a year and ____________(miss) her very much. After lunch my mother and I ___________(go) shopping. We ___________(buy) a lot of food that Granny liked. My sister __________(clean) the house. It ___________(be) four o’clock when we ____________(finish) and we ___________(sit) around the table, ____________(wait) for Granny. At last the door __________(open) and in came my father, alone. “Where _________(be) Granny? “ We ___________(ask). Father _________(laugh) stand ___________(say), “ April Fools !” “ Today ___________(be) April 1. April Fool’s Day.” 158 参考答案 一般现在时与现在进行时专练 1-5BAACB 6-10BABAB 11-15AABBB 16-20 BCDBC 21-25 BBBAC 26-30 CCBAC 31-35 AAABC 36-39 AACB 一般将来时专练 1-5 BBBCB 6-10 CBDBD 11-13 AAA 一般过去时专练 1-5 CABAC 6-10 BADCA 11-15 BBCBD 完成时专练 1-5 DCCBC 6-10 DACBB 11-15 BBDCC 16-20 BDCBA 21-25 BBACC 26-30 ABABB 31-35 CCBCC 36-40 DDDDD 综合练习 I、 1-5 ADCAB 6-10 BBBCB 11-15 DACCC 16-20 BDDAC 21-25 DBCCD 26-30 AABAB 31-35 DCCCC 36-40 BBCAB II、 1. was doing 2. were doing 3. was listening 4. used , am 5. was running, ran 6. was reading , was sewing 7. were doing, was going 8. got, was ringing 9. were sitting , smile , said, to tell, is coming, am going to meet, were , hadn’t seen , missed, went, bought, cleaned, was, finished, sat, waiting, opened, is,, asked, laughed, said, is 159 初中英语分类练习 ——动词部分 【复习目标】 ?掌握动词的种类情况。 ?掌握动词不定式的用法。 【课前准备】 ?要求学生对所学动词进行归类记忆。 【知识要点】 (一)动词的种类 动词是表示动作或状态的词，按其词义和在句子中的作用可分为行为动词，连系动词，助动词和情态动词。 1(行为动词 行为动词可分为及物动词 (vt)和不及物动词(vi)，及物动词表示动作或状态，有完整的词义，能单独作谓语，后跟宾语;不及物动词表示动作或状态，有完整的词义，能单独作谓语，但后面不能直接跟宾语，如要带宾语则与介词或副词构成短语。 如: More and more people study English.(vt) The students are listening to the teacher carefully.(vi) 2(连系动词 连系动词本身有一定的词义，但不能独立作谓语，必须与表语一起构成谓语。常用的连系动词有 be, get, turn, become, look, feel, grow, seem, sound, taste, smell等。 如: Our country is becoming stronger and stronger. It feels damp. 3(助动词 助动词本身无词义，不能单独作谓语，只能和主要动词一起构成谓语动词，表示否定，疑问及动词的时态、语态、人称和数等语法特征，助动词有 be,do,have,shall,will等。 如: How do you usually come to school? The children are playing yo-yo now. 4(情态动词 情态动词本身有一定的意义，但不能独立作谓语，只能和主要动词原形一起构成谓语，表示 can 说话人的语气和情态。情态动词没有人称和数的变化。情态动词有 (could),may(might),must, need, ought to, dare等。 如: Can I help you? - Must we go now? –No, you needn't . a. can与be able to的用法有所区别。can只用于一般现在时和过去时，指本身有能力的“能”;be able to用于各种时态均可，指须经过努力而“能”。 b. must与have/has to的用法。must表示说话人主观认为“必须”，只用于一般现在时和一般将来时;have/has to表示客观需要，意为“不得不”，它可用于各种时态。 c(need和dare既可作情态动词也可作行为动词。 160 (二)动词不定式 动词不定式 to do没有人称和数的变化，在句中不能独立作谓语，但可以和助动词或情态动词构成谓语，又可以在句子中作宾语、宾语补足语、状语、定语、主语、表语等。但它毕竟是动词，因此，具有动词的许多特点，如它可以有自己的宾语或状语构成不定式短语。 1(作主语。 如: To learn English is very important. it来作形式主语，而将不定式移至谓语动词后作真正的主语。 但实际上不定式作主语常用 如上句可表达为: It's very important to learn English. 2(作表语。 如: My idea is to ring him up at once. 3(作宾语。 如: I have decided to go to Binjiang Primary School. 4(作宾语补足语。 a. ask, want, teach, tell, know, would like, allow等动词后面接动词不定式作宾语补足语。 如: The policemen asked him to get off the bus. b. hear, see, look at, feel, watch, notice, listen to等动词后接不带to的动词不定式作宾语补足语。 如: We often see Miss Li clean the classroom. c. let, make, have这些使役动词后接不带to的动词不定式作宾语补足语。但在被动语态中这些不带to的都须带上to。 如: In those days the bosses often made the workers work day and night. d.动词help接动词不定式作宾语补足语，可带to也可不带to。 如: Can you help me (to) carry the heavy bag? 5(作定语。 a.与被修饰词有动宾关系。如:I have something important to tell you.但如果不定式动词为不及物动词，后面的介词千万不要省略。 如: Maybe they have three rooms to live in. b.与被修饰词有主谓关系。 如: Mr Liang is always the first to come and the last to leave. c.与被修饰之间只有修饰关系。 如: I have no time to play cards. 6(作状语，表示目的、原因、方法、方向、结果等。 如: I'll go to meet my friend at the railway station. 7(不定式复合结构“for sb. to do sth” 作主语时，常用“It is +adj+ for of sb. to do sth”的句式。形容词good, bad, polite, unkind, kind, ice, clever, right, wrong, careful等用“It is +adj +of sb. to do sth.” 其他形容词用 for。 如: It's dangerous for you to ride so fast. It's very kind of you to help me. 8(动词不定式与疑问句who, what, which, when, how, where, whether等连用。 如: I don't know when to start. 161 He didn't tell me where to go. 但上面结构相当于一个从句，故上述句子也可表达为: I don't know when we'll start. He didn't tell me where he would go. 注意: a.有些动词或动词短语不能带不定式，只能接动词的-ing形式。 如: enjoy, finish, keep, mind, miss(错过),be busy, go on, keep on, be worth, practise等。 如: The peasants are busy picking apples. Would you mind my opening the door? b.有些动词后可接不定式，也可接动词的-ing形式，但意思不同。 如: Lu Jian forgot to post the letter.(该寄但还没做) Lu Jian forgot posting the letter.(已经寄过信了) They stopped to sing a song.(停止在做的工作而去做另一件工作) They stopped singing.(停止正在做的工作) “主谓一致”解题指导 一、主谓一致 主谓一致有许多原则，概括起来不外乎三种一致原则，即语法形式一致，概念一致(语言内 容上一致)，毗邻一致(谓语动词的单复数形式和紧位于其前的主语一致)。 1. 语法形式一致 (1)单数主语、单个动词不定式、动名词短语以及句子作主语，谓语动词要用单数形式。 复数主语，用and或both„and连接的动词不定式短语、动名词短语以及主语从句作主语， 谓语动词则用复数形式。例如: 1) The performance was very funny. 2) Serving the people is my great happiness. 3) Whether we’ll go depends on the weather. 4) Many natural materials are becoming scarce. 5) Both you and I are students. 6) What I think and what I seek have been fairly reflected in my paper. (2)由as well as, with, along with, like, together with, rather than, except, but, including, accompanied by, plus, besides, in addition to, no less than 等引起的 结构跟在主语后面，不能看作是并列主语，该主语不受这些词组引导的插入语的影响，主语 如是单数，其谓语动词仍然用单数形式。例如: 1) My mother, as well as my father, has a key to the office. 2) The man together with his wife and children sits there watching TV. 3) His sister no less than you is wrong. 4) The reading course book, plus its reference books, is helpful to college students. (3)有些代词只能指单数可数名词，当它们在句子中作主语时，尽管在意义上是多数，谓语 动词仍要用单数形式。这类代词有either, neither, each, one, the other, another, somebody, someone, something, anyone, anything, anybody, everyone, everything, everybody, no one, nothing, nobody等。例如: 1) Neither likes the friends of the other. (两人都不喜欢对方的朋友。) 2) Everything around us is matter. (我们周围的所有东西都是物质。) 162 (4)在neither of与either of的结构里，一般语法书都认为谓语动词可用单数形式也可 用复数形式，但在美国的TOEFL考试内要求用单数形式。例如: 1) Neither of them was in good health, but both worked very hard. 2) Has either of them been seen recently? (5)当and连结的两个名词是指同一个人或同一件事，and后的名词前没有冠词，谓语动词 应该用单数形式;在and后面的名词前有冠词，谓语就用复数形式。例如: 1)The bread and butter is served for breakfast. (早饭供应黄油面包。) 2)The bread and the butter are on sale. (正在出售黄油和面包。) (6)当one of结构作主语时，谓语动词要用单数形式。例如: 1)One of those students has passed the examination. 2)A series of pre-recorded tapes has been prepared for language laboratory use. (7)plenty of, half of, a lot of, lots of等 + 可数与不可数名词作主语时，不可数 名词的谓语只用单数，可数名词的谓语视可数名词的单复数而定。例如: 1)Half of this building is to be completed by spring. 2)Half of the buildings have been painted completely. 3)There is plenty of water in the pail. 4)There are plenty of eggs in the box. (8)如果名词词组中心词是“分数或百分数 + of + 名词”，谓语动词的单、复数形式取 决于of后的名词或代词的单、复数形式。例如: 1)Over three-quarters of the swampland has been reclaimed. )Two-thirds of the people present are against the plan. 2 (9)定语从句谓语动词的单复数形式应与先行词一致。例如: 1)He is one of the men who were chosen to represent the group. 2)“Keep cool” is the first of the rules that are to be remembered in an accident. 注:当one之前有the only等限定词修饰时，定语从句的谓语动词用单数形式。例如: He is the only one of those boys who is willing to take on another assignment. 2.概念一致(语言内容上一致) (1)有些集合名词如crowd, family, team, orchestra(管弦乐队), group, government, committee, class, school, union, firm, staff, public等，它们作主语时，谓语动词 的数要根据语言内容而定。如果它们作为一个集体单位时，动词用单数形式，如就其中的各 个成员来说，则谓语用复数形式。例如: 1)His family is going to move. 2)His family are very well. 3)The public is / are requested not to leave litter in the park. 注:如这类词后跟有定语从句时，定语从句的谓语动词也遵循概念一致的原则，强调具体成 员时，谓语动词用复数，关系代词用who; 强调整体时，谓语动词用单数，关系代词用which。 例如: 1)The government who were responsible for this event attempted to find a solution. 2)The government which was responsible for this event attempted to find a solution. (2)有些表示总称意义的名词，形式上是单数，而意义上却是复数，谓语动词要用复数形式， 如people, police, militia, cattle, poultry(家禽)等。例如: 1)Cattle were allowed to graze on the village common. 2)The police are searching for a tall dark man with a beard. (3)有些名词形式上是复数，而意义上却是单数。如news, means, works.还有许多以ics 163 结尾的学科名称，如economics, physics, mechanics, politics等，它们作主语时，谓语 动词要用单数形式。例如: 1)Politics is a complicated business. 2)Here is the news. (4)复数主语与each连用时，应不受each的影响，谓语动词仍用复数形式。例如: 4) The old workers and the young each have their own tools. (5)表示重量、度量、衡量、价值的复数名词作主语，谓语动词常用单数形式。例如: 1) Twenty miles is a long way to walk. 2) Three pints isn’t enough to get me drunk. (6)国家、单位和书报的名称，作为一个单一的概念，其谓语动词要用单数形式。例如: 1)War and Peace is the longest book I’ve read. (8)the +形容词作主语时，如主语指的是一类人，谓语动词用复数形式;如果指的是单个 人或抽象概念，谓语动词用单数形式。例如: 1) The blind are taught trades in special schools. 2) The departed was a good friend of his. 3.毗邻一致(就近原则) (1)由连词or, neither„or, either„or, not only „ also, nor等连接的并列主语， 谓语动词的单复数形式按毗邻一致的原则，与贴近它的主语一致。例如: 1) He or you have taken my pen. 2) Either you or he is no telling the truth. 3) Not only the switches but also the old wiring has been changed. (2)在there be 的结构中，谓语动词的单复数形式一般也采取就近原则。例如: 1)There is a desk and four benches in the office. 2)There are two chairs and a desk in the office. 164 初中英语分类练习 ——非谓语动词 ?. 填空 (A) 用括号中的动词适当形式填空 1.We are so glad ________ (hear) the news. 2.I saw him ________ (cross) the road safely and ________ (run) away. 3.You can’t make him ________ (do) what you want. 4.I don’t know where ________ (meet) him. 5.What makes you ________ (think) I’m a farmer? 6.Did you see him ________ (go) upstairs? 7.It is better ________ (put) your money in a bank. 8.It is difficult for the boy ________ (swim) across the river. 9.I let him ________ (go) early as he wanted ________ (meet) his uncle at the station. 10.Will you help me ________ (move) the bed? 11.If he doesn’t know, how ________ (use) the recorder, you’d better ________ (show) him. 12.He is the last one ________ (leave) the office every day. 13.It’s bad manners ________ (shout) in public. 14.The boy is old enough ________ (dress) himself. 15.She is too ill ________ (go) to school. (B) 填入动名词的适当形式. 1.Can you imagine yourself ______ in a lonely island? (stay) 2.I can't understand your ______ at that poor child.(laugh) 3.She didn't mind _______ overtime.(work) 4.To make a living, he tried _______, ________,and various other things, but he had failed in all .(write; paint) 5.We are looking forward to Mary's________ . (come) . 6.She was praised for _______ the life of the child.(save) 7.She ought to be praised instead of ______ (criticize). 8.Is there any possibility of our ______ the championship?(win) 9.He came to the party without _______(invite) 10. Don’t keep me __________(wait) for a long time. 11. Knives are used for ______________(cut) things. 12. Can you finish ___________(read) the book in three days? 13. The doctor was busy ____________(operate) on the boy at that time. 14. Stop ___________(talk) and listen to me carefully. 15. Thank you very much for ____________(help) us. 16. Granny is very ill and she doesn’t feel like ___________(eat) anything. 17. The girl enjoys ___________(listen) to light music. th18. Do you remember ___________(buy) me a beautiful skirt on my 13 birthday? 19. We couldn’t help _________(laugh) after we heard the funny story. 165 20. What about ___________(go) out for a walk? ?. 用不定式完成下列句子 1.Have you decided ________(怎样度假). 2.It is dangerous ________(玩火). 3.She was the first woman ________(环球飞行的). 4.The boy was made ________(重复他自己的故事). 5. The old lady looked at the children ________(穿过马路). 6.It took me much time ________(算出这些难题)yesterday. 7.The boss made the workers ________(一天工作十小时). 8.I don’t know ________(在会上说什么). 9.Can you tell me ________(在哪里能买到这本书)? 10.________(在何时何地召开这会议)hasn’t been decided yet. ?(根据句意改写句子 1(The old man is so old that he can’t work. The old man is too old . 2. I don’t know how I can get to the TV factory. I don’t know to the TV factory. 3. Mr. Green went back to England for a holiday. Mr. Green went back to England a holiday. 4. Mike hopes he can visit the Great Wall on day. Mike hopes the Great Wall one day. 5. Does he say anything for himself at the meeting? Does he have anything for himself at the meeting? 6. He is so strong that he can carry the heavy box. He is strong the heavy box. 7. He spent two hours doing the work. It him two hours the work. 8. It’s time for school. It’s time school. 9. It seems that she is an English teacher. She an English teacher. 10. His father said to him, “listen to the teacher carefully.” His father told him the teacher carefully. 实战演练(一) 1. I’m thirsty. Will you get me something ____? A. drink B. to drink C. eat D. eating 2. It was great fun _____ a picnic on the hill. A. to have B. of having C. have D. had 3. It’s bad for your eyes ____ computer games for a long time. A. plays B. to play C. play D. played 4. ----Do you often hear John ____ in his room? ----Yes. Listen! Now we can hear him ____ in his room. 166 A. sing; to sing B. singing; singing C. sing; singing D. to sing; singing 5. Why not ____? A. let him to go home B. to let him go home C. let him go home D. to let him to go home 6. They were made ____ fourteen hours a day. A. work B. working C. worked D. to work 7. Is it always easier ____ friends than to keep them? A. making B. make C. to make D. made 8. It ____ Jack twenty minutes ____ the math problem yesterday. A. took; to work out B. takes; worked out C. has taken; work out D. is taking; working out 9. When you leave, don’t forget ____ off the light. A. to turn B. turning C. turn D. turned 10. Who do you think you’d like ____? A. to make friends B. make friends C. to make friends with D. make friends with 11. Although Jeff loves KFC, he tries ____ it too often. A. to eat B. not eat C. to not eat D. not to eat 12. ----Hi, Betty. Shall we go swimming this Sunday? ----This Sunday? I am sorry, I have a lot of homework ____ this Sunday. A. to do B. done C. do D. to be done 13. Sally had no pen ____ yesterday morning. A. to write B. to write with C. writing D. writing with 14. John asked David how ____ Christmas. A. celebrating B. to celebrate C. to be celebrated D. celebrate 15. We all considered Mr Zhao ____ teacher. A. be the best B. to be the best C. being best D. being the best 16. It’s very kind ____ you to ____ me ____ the heavy bag. A. for; tell; to take B. of; thank; for C. to; speak; to have D. of; help; carry 17. Have you decided ____? A. to go with whom B. whom to go with C. whom go with D. with whom to go 18. Her hope ____ a gold medal in the 2008 Olympic Games. A. to win B. is to win C. winning D. will win 19. The meeting room is big enough ____ one hundred people. A. holding B. hold C. to hold D. holds 20. Would you please pass me the knife ____? A. to cut the watermelon with B. to cut the watermelon C. cutting the watermelon D. cutting the watermelon with 21. It is better to teach a man to fish than ____ him fish. A. giving B. to give C. gives D. gave 22. The policeman warned the young man____ after drinking. A. never to drive B. to never drive C. never driving D. never drive 23. What do you think is the best way ____the wild animals? 167 A. protecting B. to protect C. protected D. protect 24. I’d rather ____ on the land ____ in a factory. A. work; than work B. work; work C. to work; than to work D. to work; to work 25. My grandfather is used ____ a hat in winter. A. to wear B. for wearing C. wearing D. to wearing 26. I’m sorry ____ you enough help. A. have given B. of not giving C. not to have given D. to have given 27. Some students from Grade 9 ____ do some ____ for the old. A. volunteered to; clean B. volunteered; cleaning C. volunteered to; cleaning D. volunteered; clean 28. The young man was often seen ____ by the lake. A. to draw B. to drawing C. draw D. drew 29. Tom is ____ to make a living by himself. A. very old B. too young C. too big D. too strong 30. I find ____ him all about it. A. necessary to tell B. that necessary to C. necessary it to tell D. it necessary to tell 31. The old man seems ____ in a great hurry. A. be B. to be C. being D. to being 32. I ____ the same neighborhood with the lovely girl. A. happened living in B. happened to live in C. was happening living in D. was happening to live 33. It’s time for supper now. Let’s ______ it. A. stop to have B. stop having C. to stop to have D. to stop having 34. You are not expected ____ such long hours. A. to work B. working C. worked D. work 35. His father agreed ____ $ 4,000 for the car. A. with paying B. to paying C. to pay D. on paying 36. The man pretended ____ when we saw him. A. to be eaten B. eating C. being eating D. to be eating 37. He doesn’t know _____. A. when to do B. what to do C. how to do D. where to do 38. Today we use machines _____ us do most of our work. A. to help B. help C. helping D. helped 39. She preferred me _____ there. A. to stay B. would stay C. I stay D. stay 40. We’re going to help _____ the trees. A. watered B. watering C. to watering D. water 实战演练(二) 1.No one enjoys _____ at. A. laughing B. to laugh C. being laughed D. to be laughed 168 2.You must do something to prevent your house__________ . A. to be broken in B. from being broken in C. to break in D. from breaking in 3.They insisted on _________another chance to try. A. given B. giving C. being given D. to be given 4.—Where is my passport? I remember________ it here. —You shouldn't have left it here. Remember____________ it with you all the time. A. to put;to take B. putting;taking C. putting;to take D. to put;taking 5.His room needs _______ , so he must have it_________. A. painting; painted B. painted; painting C. painting; painting D. painted; painted 6.The young trees we planted last week require ________with great care. A. looking after B. to look after C. to be looked after D .taken good care of 7. A policeman saw two thieves ____ a girl’s mobile phone on a bus and he caught them at once. A. to steal B. stealing C. stole D. stolen 8.She returned home only to find the door open and something _________ . A. missed B. to be missing C. missing D. to be missed 9.She decided to devote herself ______the problem of old age. B. studying C. to studying D. study A. to study 10.It took the workmen only two hours to finish ________ my car. A. repairing B. repair C. to repair D. repaired 11.It's no good ________ over split milk. A. to cry B. crying C. cried D. cry 12. Have you forgotten ___________$1000 from me last month? Will you please remember _________ it tomorrow? A. borrowing; to bring B. to borrow; bring C. borrowed; bringing D. borrowing ; bringing 13. The classroom wants __________. A. clean B. cleaned C .to clean D. cleaning 14. Jack said that he wouldn't mind ___________ for us. A. to wait B. wait C. waiting D. waited 15. My brother keeps _________ me with my work. A. to help B. help C. helping D. helped 16.We should often practise _________ English with each other. A. to speak B. spoke C. speak D. speaking 17.Keep on _________ and you will succeed. A. a try B. try C. triing D. trying 18.His parents insist on ____________ to college. A. he should go B. he go C. his going D. him to go 19.The story was so funny that we ___________. A. couldn't help laugh B. can't but laugh C. couldn't help laughing D. couldn't help but to laugh 169 20.What about _________ to the concert with us ? A. we go B. we going C. going D. to go 21.__________ clean is a safeguard against disease. A. To be keeping B. Kept C. Keep D. Keeping 22.Seeing is _________. A. to believe B. believing C. believed D. being believed 23(The scientist suggested ____ the experiment in a different way. A. do B. to do C. doing D. done 24(Don't forget _____ this book to John when you see him. A. to return B. returning C. return D. to returning 25(Only one of these books is _____. A. worth to read B. worth being read C. worth of reading D. worth reading 26(We are both looking forward to _____ next week. A. going on vacation B. go on vacation C. be going on vacation D. have gone on vacation 27(He had no difficulty _____ the problems. A. working out B. having worked out C. to have worked out D. to work out 28(I regretted _____ that to her. A. having said B. to have said C. to say D. / 29. The secretary worked late into the night , ________ a long speech for the president . A. to prepare B. preparing C. prepared D. was preparing 30. Don’t have the machine ________ all the time . It will go wrong . A. to run B. running C. been run D. run 31. The food was delicious . That was a __________ meal . A. satisfying B. satisfied C. satisfaction D. satisfy 32. Look around when __________ the street . A. across B. crossing C. crossed D. to be crossing 33. In the morning she found her father _____________ in bed , dead . A. lying B. lie C. lay D. laying 34. I saw him ________ into your room when you were not in. A. gone B. going C. went D. to go 35. Please keep quiet. Father is busy ________. A. work B. to work C. working D. works 36. Sally had no pen ____ yesterday morning. A. to write B. to write with C. writing D. writing with 37. It’s time for class. Stop _________, please. A. to talk B. talk C. talks D. talking 38. You should work tonight instead of ________ TV. A. to watch B. watching C. to watching D. watched 39. Listen! Can you hear the girl _________ the piano in the next room? A. to play B. play C. playing D. plays 40. Mr. Wang came into the office without _________ the door. 170 A. knock B. knocking at C. to knock at D. knocking to 实战演练(三) 1. Paul doesn’t have to be made _______. He always works hard. A. learn B. to learn C. learned D. learning 2. You can’t have the horse ______ all the way. It’s too hot. A. run B. to run C. running D. to be running 3. When I came back, I found the house ______ and everything _____. A. was broken; took away B. broken into; taken away C. had been broken; taken D. break into; take away 4. The house they _____ in the floods must be rebuilt before winter comes. A. had washed away B. had to wash away C. had them washed away D. had washed them away 5. I was fortunate to pick up a wallet ____ on the ground on the way back home, but unfortunately for me, I found my color TV set ____when I got home. A. lying; stolen B. laying; stealing C. lay; stolen D. lying; stealing 6 –Did you hear her ______ this pop song this time the other day? --Yes, and I heard this song ______ in English. A. sing; singing B. sung; sung C. sung; singing D. singing; sung 7. The money collected should be made good use _____ the people in South Asia who suffered a lot in the killer earthquake and tsunami. A. of help B. to help C. to helping D. of to help 8. When I came home last night, I saw my little kid _____ on the bed, with his whole attention ______ upon the book about Harry Porter. A. lying; fixing B. lay; fixed C. sitting; to fix D. seated; fixed 9. Laws that punish parents for their little children’s actions against the laws get parents _____. A. worried B. to worry C. worrying D. worry 10. On my way home; I saw a thief _____ money from a lady by the police. A. being caught B. having caught C. caught stealing D. have caught to stealing 11. Mrs. Brown was much disappointed to see the washing machine she had had ____ went wrong again. A. it B. it repaired C. repaired D. to be repaired 12. The result of the entrance exams was not made _______ to the public until last Thursday. A. knowing B. known C. to know D. to be known 13. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see ______ next year. A. carry out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out 14. He'd like to get it ______ today while they are at it. A. settled B. settling C. to settle D. being settled 15. I've had my radio _____ so soon because my father had me _____ it. A. repair; done B. repaired; do C repairing; do D. repaired; done 16(China is a_____________ country. A. developed B. developing C. to develop D. develops 171 17. __________ a new pair of glasses, she can read easily. A. to wear B. worn C. wear D. wearing 18.The story is ____________________. A. interest B. interested C. interesting D. to interest 19. Damin sits on the side of the river, __________ the meal for himself. A. cooked B. cooks C. to cook D. cooking 20. The entertainment building ___________ will be completed next year. A. being built B. built C. be built D. to build 参考答案 I、(A)1.to hear 2.cross, run 3.do 4.to meet 5.think 6. go 7.to put 8.to swim 9.go, to meet 10.(to) meet 11.to use, show 12.to leave 13.to shout 14.to dress 15.to go (B) 1.staying 2.laughing 3.working 4.writing; painting 5.coming 6.having saved 7.being criticized 8.winning 9.being invited 10. waiting 11. cutting 12. reading 13. operating 14.talking 15. helping 16.eating 17. listening 18.buying 19.laughing 20. going II、 1. how to spend your holiday 2. to play with fire 3. to fly around the earth 4. to report his own story 5. to cross the road 6. to work out these difficult problems 7. work ten hours every day 8. what to say at the meeting 9. where to buy this book 10. When and where to hold the meeting ?.1. to work 2. how to get 3. to have 4. to visit 5. to say 6. enough to carry 7. took, to do 8. to go to 9. seems to be 10. to listen to 实战演练(一) 1—5 BABCC 6---10 DCAAC 11---15 DABBB 16---20 DBBCA 21—25 BABAD 26---30 CCABD 31—35 BBAAC 36—40 DBAAD 实战演练(二) 1- 5CBCC A 6-10 A BC C A 11-15B A DC C 16-20D DCC C 172 21-25. D BCBD 26-30 A A A BB 31-36. A B A B C 36-40. DDBCB 实战演练(三) 1-10 BCBAADDDA C 11-20 CBCA B BDCDA 173 初中英语分类练习 ——非谓语动词 非谓语动词指的是在句中起名词，形容词或副词作用的动词形式，而不是作谓语的动词形式。 动词的非谓语形式分为动名词，分词，动词不定式。 Climbing mountain is a good exercise. (Climbing..., 动名词起名词作用) Do you know the man wearing a white shirt. (wearing ..分词起形容词作用) He gets up early to catch the first bus. (to catch ...不定式起副词作用) 谓语动词和非谓语动词的区别: 1) 谓语动词在句中可单独作谓语，而非谓语动词不能单独作谓语。 Miss Mary teaches us English. 玛丽教我们英语。(teaches 动词作谓语) Mr. Li came to our classroom to have a talk with us last week. (to have a talk.... 不定式作状语) 2) 谓语动词受主语的人称和数的限制，而非谓语动词形式没有这种限制。 Mike likes the pop music. (动词用单数第三人称形式) Lucy has nothing to do today。(do 用原形) 非谓语动词的特征: 1 如果非谓语动词是及物动词，后面须跟宾语。 Studying English is my favorite.(studying 后跟宾语) To help him is my duty. 帮助他是我的责任。(help 后跟宾语) 2 非谓语动词可以带有自己的状语或逻辑主语。 Working under such a condition is terrible. (under such a condition 是 working 的状语) It's too difficult for him to master English in such a short time. (for him 作不定式的逻辑主语) 3 非谓语动词仍有语态和时态的变化。 I am sorry to have kept you waiting long.(to have kept...是不定式的完成形式) Seen from the mountain, the city looks much more beautiful. (Seen from...是 分词的被动形式) 4 非谓语动词在句中可以当成名词或者形容词来使用。 Our coming made him happy.(coming 起名词作用) There are two big swimming pools here. (swimming 起形容词作用) 非谓语动词的形式变化: 主 动 被 动 不定式 一 般 to write to be written 进 行 to be writing 完 成 to have written to have been written 完成进行 to have been writing 现 在 分 词 主 动 被 动 一 般 writing being written 完 成 having written having been written 过去分词 主动 被 动 一般 written 174 动名词 主动 被 动 一般 writing being written 完成 having written having been written ?动 词 不 定 式: 动词不定式是由 to + 动词原形构成，在句中起名词，形容词和副词的作用，可以担任除谓语以外的其它任何成分。 1. 动词不定式作主语: To mast a language is not an easy thing. To teach English is my favorite. It's my pleasure to help you. 动词不定式作主语时可以放在后面，而用 it 作形式主语放在原主语的位置上。 It's very kind of you to have given us much help. 你给了我们那么多的帮助真是太好了。 It's necessary to find the witness. 有必要找到目击者。 2. 动词不定式作宾语: 某些及物动词可以用动词不定式作宾语，这些动词有decide, begin, help, begin, want, wish, like, forget, learn, ask. What I wish is to learn English well. I like to help others if I can. 3. 动词不定式作宾语补语 。 We expect you to be with us. 我们希望你和我们在一起。 Please ask him to come here quickly.请叫他快过来。 4. 动词不定式作表语 : What I should do is to finish the task soon. 我应该做的是赶快完成任务。 The most urgent thing is to find the boy immediately. 当务之急是马上去找孩子。 5. 动词不定式作定语: There are many ways to solve the problem. 有许多方法能解决这个问题。 I have something important to tell you. 我有重要的事情要告诉你。 6. 不定式作状语: We went to the hospital to see our teacher. 我们去医院看了我们的老师。 She is making a test to get a kind of useful medicine from a Tibet flower. 她在做试验，从一种西藏花中提取某种有用的药物。 动词不定式的否定形式: not + to + 动词原形 The teacher told us not to swim in that river. 老师告诉我们不要在那条河里游泳。 It's unfair not to tell us. 没告诉我们真是不公平。 带疑问词的不定式: 疑问词who, what,which,when, where, how, why 可以加在不定式的前面，构成不定式短语，使含义更加具体。 Where to go is not known yet.去什么地方还不知道。 I don't know when to begin. 我不知道什么时间开始。 Can you tell me where to get the battery. 你能告诉我哪儿能买到电池吗, 175 Do you know how to get to the station. 你知道怎样去车站吗, 带逻辑主语的不定式: 动词不定式可以带有自己的逻辑主语，构成方法是: for + 逻辑主语 + 不定式。 注意:逻辑主语用宾格形式， for 本身无实际意义，它只表明后面的主语从逻辑上分析是不定式的主语。 It's necessary for us to help each other. 我们互相帮忙是必要的。 There are much work for me to finish, 有许多工作要我去完成。 动词不定式的被动形式: 表示不定式动词同所修饰的名词是被动关系 。 He is the man to be examined. 他是受检查的人。 There are much work to be done. 有好多工作要做。 ? 动 名 词 动名词是由动词原形 + ing 构成，同现在分词形式一样，在句中可作主语， 宾语，表语和定语。 1) 动名词作主语: Talking like that is not polite. Learning from others is important . Putting on more clothes is not so good . (注:动名词可以象动词不定式一样，用 it 先行祠代替， 而把动名词写在后面。 It's no use waiting here, let's go home. It's very difficult climbing this mountain. 2) 动名词作表语 The nurse's job is looking after the patients. Seeing is believing. 3) 动名词作宾语 有些动词须用动名词来作宾语,它们是begin, mind, suggest, finish, stop, need, enjoy, miss, keep. Please stop smoking in the house. I like reading in the forest. Do you mind my opening the windows? 4)动名词作定语 She is studying in the reading room. He slept in the sleeping bag. (动名词的否定形式:not + 动名词 He pretend not knowing it at all. 他假装全然不知。 We considered not doing it now. 我们考虑现在不做这件事 。 动名词的被动形式 : (当动名词和它的逻辑主语是被动关系时，用动名词的被动形式来表示。) His being looked down upon made him sick. I can't really stand being treated like that. 动名词的几种特殊情况: 1) 有些动词的后面能跟动名词做宾语，有些动词能跟不定式，有些两者都可以，它们的 具体含义有时还不一样。 能跟动名词的动词有: 176 avoid, consider, delay, deny, dislike, endure, enjoy, escape, forgive, finish, imagine, keep, mind, miss, pardon, prevent, resist, suggest, understand, can't help, 等。 能跟不定式的动词有: decide, desire, expect, hope, mean, pretend, promise, refuse, undertake, want, wish, agree, manage, 能跟动名词和不定式的动词有: love, like, hate, prefer, dislike, begin, continue, intend, attempt, propose, want, need, remember, forget, regret, try, deserve, start, 动词后面跟动名词还是不定式，含义不相同，总的来说，表示习惯的， 一般性的动 作多跟动名词，一次性的具体的被动动作多跟不定式。 I like to go with you.我想和你一块儿去。 I like reading. He promised to help her. We love watching VCD. 2) remember, forget, regret后面跟动名词时，动名词表示过去的动作， 后面跟不定 式时，不定式表示将来的动作。 I remember meeting him in the street. I remember to write a letter to my parents. 3) "stop + 动名词"表示停止动名词所表示的动作， "stop + 不定式"表示停下来 做 不定式所表示的动作。 Stop smoking, please. 请不要抽烟 。 Let's stop to have a rest. 咱们停下来休息一下吧。 4) 动名词和分词的区别: 动名词作定语时，动名词和它所修饰的词没有逻辑上的主谓关系，而分词作定语时， 分词和它所修饰的词有逻辑上的主谓关系。 reading text 阅读课文 〔动名词〕 developing country 发展中国家 〔分词〕 a sleeping bag 睡袋 〔动名词〕 boiled water 开水 〔分词〕 ? 分 词 分词是由动词 +ing 或 动词 + ed 构成，它在句中起形容词或副词的作用，可以作定语，表语，状语。 working worked washing washed 分词可分为现在分词和过去分词两种，现在分词的形式同动名词一样，在动词后面加 ing 。 而过去分词的形式则在动词后面加 ed. 分词在句中可作定语，状语或表语。 1.分词作定语 China is a developing country. That's an interesting story. The girl singing for us is ten years old. 作定语的分词要放在被修饰的名词之前，如果是分词词组则放在被修饰的名词之后， 如被修饰的名词是 something, anything, everything, nothing 等，分词放在被修饰名词的后面。 The working people have played a great role in the activity. The boy hurt by the car was sent to the hospital immediately. There is nothing interesting. 没什么有趣的事。 分词和动名词都可以作定语，判断是分词还是动名词，可以根据它们和被修饰词有无逻辑上 177 的主谓关系来判断， 有主谓关系的是分词， 否则判断为动名词。 a swimming girl 游泳的女孩。(分词) a swimming pool 游泳的池子 (动名词) 2.分词作状语 Being a student, he likes to help others. Wearing a new pair of glasses, she can read easily. She is there waiting for us. Told by the teacher, she knew she was wrong. 3.分词作表语 The story is interesting . We are interested in computer. The glass is broken. The water is boiled. 4.分词作宾语补足语 可以跟宾语补足语的谓语动词有 see, watch, hear, set, keep, find, have, get 等词。 I saw him walking in the street. I heard them singing in the classroom. We found the boy sleeping. have 后面的宾语补足语用过去分词常表示动作不是句子的主语发出的，而是由别人做的。 I have my hair cut. 我理发了。(是别人给我理发) She has her bike repaired. 她把自行车修理了。(别人修理的) They have their house rebuilt. 他们重修了房子。 分词的否定形式。not + 分词 Not knowing what to do next, she stopped to wait. 不知道下一步干什么，她停下来等着。 Not having finished the homework, the little girl doesn't dare to go to school. 小女孩没完成作业不敢去学校。 分词的时态 分词的一般时表示动作同谓语动词的动作同时发生或之前发生。 Seeing the teacher is coming, the students stopped playing. 看到老师进来，学生们停下来不玩了。 Coming into the room, he lied on his bed. 回到家后，他就躺在床上。 分词的完成时表示的动作在谓语动词的前面发生。 Having received a latter, I knew everything is all right. 收到一封信后，我知道一切都很好。 Having had my supper, I went out for a walk. 晚饭后，我出去散步了。 Having known that he won the match, he threw the cap into the sky. 他知道自己比赛获胜，高兴地把帽子扔上了天。 分词的被动形式 分词的被动形式表示分词动作同所修饰的名词有一种被动关系。 The entertainment building being built will be completed next year. 正在建设的娱乐大楼明年完工。 178 冠词部分 【复习目标】 ?掌握定冠词与不定冠词的用法。 【课前准备】 ?要求学生对冠词的用法作一归纳。 【知识要点】 (一)不定冠词a,an的用法如下: a用于辅音音素开头的词前，an用于元音音素开头的词前。 值得注意的是: A. 如果不定冠词后面第一个词以元音字母u开头就用a。例如university, useless, useful, unit, uniform。 B. 如果不定冠词后面第一个词以不发音的h开头，而h后面第一个音的音素是元音因素，就用an。例如hour, honest。 C. 如果不定冠词和名词前有其他词，不定冠词的形式仍取决于它后面第一个词的语音形式。例如an actress, a beautiful actress。 1 表示人或事物的某一类(含义相当于一类事物的任何一个) A dictionary is a useful book. An underground train can start and stop quickly. 2 用于表示数量、时间的名词前，表示“一”的意思，但数的概念没有one强烈。The plan will be ready in a day or two, once a week. 3(泛指某人或某物，但未具体说明何人、何物，如: A boy is waiting for me. Give me a pen, please. 4 用于某些固定短语中 如: a few, a little, a lot of, a number of, just a minute, in a hurry, for a while, for a long time, a cup of, a bottle of, have a rest, have a talk, have a fever, have a good time, have(take) a walk, have a toothache, take a bath, give a lesson (二)定冠词用法如下: 定冠词的用法如下: 1(指彼此都知道的人或事物，如: Open the door, please. Go and close the window. 2(特指某(些)人或某(些)事物，如: The girl in red is my sister. The man over there is our English teacher. The book on the desk is mine. 3(指前面提到过的人或事物，如: Here is a picture of a modern car factory. My father works in the factory. 4(用在序数词和形容词最高级前,在方位词前。如: The Nile is the longest river in the world. He won the first prize. The sun rises in the east. 179 5(用在某些名词化的形容词，过去分词前，表示一类人或事物， 如: the rich, the sick, the new , the false 6(用在某些专用名词前， 如: the Great Wall the People’s Republic of China the United Nations the Netherlands 7(在江河、海洋、山脉、湖泊、群岛的名称的前面，如: the North China Plain the Rocky Mountains the Yangtse River 8(在一些用语中，如: in the morning(/afternoon/evening), in the day, by the way, on the whole, the next morning, all the year around, the other day, at the same time (三)不用冠词的情况 1(专有名词人名，地名，节日，月份，年份，星期和不可数名词(一般指物质名词和抽象名词)前一般不用冠词。如: China, Beihai Park 2(名词前面已有用作定语的 this, that, my, your, some, any , no等代词作定语时，不用冠词。如: The letter is from my father. I have a book in my hand. 3(在复数名词表示一类人或事物时，如: Horses are useful animals. I like cakes. 4(在节日名称，(称呼语和表示官衔的名词前)星期、月份、季节前。如: Today is Sunday. Spring is the best season in the year. Children’s Day 5(表示某一类人或事物的复数名词前。 6(球类，棋类，语言，三餐，游戏名称和颜色前不加冠词。如: I like to play basketball. We have lunch at school. 7(在表示家庭成员名称，称呼语，表示头衔或职务的名词前不加冠词。 8. 在某些固定搭配和习惯用语中，如: go to school , be in hospital, be in prison 注意下列词组的区别， in fort of与in the front of, in hospital与in the hospital, at table与at the table, go to school与go to the school, a number of children=many children, The number of children =孩子的数量 二、复习时需要注意的要点 180 (1)在school, college, university, hospital, prison, church, class, table, bed等表示机构名称、组织名称和家具的名词前，用定冠词和用不定冠词意义有差异。用定 冠词强调处所，而不用定冠词意义有所引申。比较: at table 就餐 at the table 坐在桌边 go to school 去上学 go to the school 去这个学校 in hospital 住院 in the hospital 在这家医院 go to prison (违法而)进监狱 go to the prison 到监狱 go to church 做礼拜 go to the church 到教堂 in class 在课堂上 in the class 在班级里 (2)在某些词前用不同冠词(定冠词、不定冠词和零冠词)，意义大不相同，例如: a little/few 有一点 little/few 几乎没有 a number of 许多 the number of „„的数目 in front of 在„„前面 in the front of 在„„前部 take place 发生 take the place of 代替 out of the question 根本不可能 out of question 没有问题 the most beautiful 最漂亮 most beautiful 非常漂亮 for a moment 片刻 for the moment 暂时 实战演练 一、例题选讲 例1 There is “h” in word “photo”( A( a，a B( an，the C( the，an D( an，an 答案: B 提示: h虽然是辅音字母，但发的音是元音音素开头的，因此要用an，而word 是特指，所以后面要用the。 例2 She is honest girl( A( an B( a C( / D( the 181 答案: A 提示: “honest”中h是不发音的，因此这个单词是元音音素开头的。 例3 He goes to school after breakfast( A( / B( the C( an D( a 答案: A 提示: 在表示三顿饭前不用定冠词。 例4 Browns are going to visit Yangtse River. It is longest river in China and third longest river in world A( The„the„the„the„the„the B( The„the„the„/„the„the C( /„the„the„the„/„the D( The„/„the„the„the„the 答案: B 提示: the+姓氏的复数形式表示一家人，在江河、海洋、山脉、湖泊、群岛的名 称的前面要用定冠词the，而形容词最高级前面通常要加定冠词the，the+ 序数词+最高级表示第几，而in the world表示在世界上。 182 介词部分 一(选择填空: 1 ( ) 1 Children get gifts ____ Christmas and ____ their birthdays. A. on; on B. at; on C. in; in D. in; on ( ) 2 -There is nothing tomorrow afternoon, is there? -No. We can have a game of table tennis. A. on B. in C. out D. up ( ) 3 A lot of students in our school were born____March, 1981. A. in B. at C. on D. since ( ) 4 tie suddenly returned____ a rainy night. A. on B. at C. in D. during ( )5 My grandfather was born____Oct. 10, 1935. A. on B. in C. at D. of ( )6 The train is starting___five minutes. A. in B. at C. for D.still ( ) 7 Mike does his exercises ____ seven _____ the evening. A. on; to B. at; in C. by; of D. at; on 2 ( )1 The population of the world has grown very fast ____ four hundred years. A. for past the B. in the pass C. in the past D. for past ( ) 2 We returned to our hometown___. A. next week B. in the last week C. last week D. for a week ( ) 3 Great changes have taken place___. A. in the last few year B. in the last few years C. last year D. on the last year 3 ( ) 1 Children wake up very early____the morning of Christmas Day. A. in B. on C. for D. at ( ) 2 ____ a cold winter morning, I met her in the stfeet. A. In B. On C. At D. For ( ) 3 It happened to be very cold____ the morning of our sports meet. A. at B. on C. with D. of ( ) 4 Why did you get up so early ___ this morning. A. on B. / C. at D. in 4 ( ) 1 He went to Shanghai___ September 3, 1991 and came back___ a cold morning last year. A. in; on B. on; in C. on; on D. in; ia ( ) 2 Lucy was born____ the night of May 12, 1984. . ... A. on B. in C. at D. to ( ) 3 Mrs Brown came to China ____ 1996. A.on B. of C. to D. in 183 ( ) 4 ___ the morning of November 20, 1915, the workers came to Chicago to show their mourning ___ Joe Hill. A. On; to B. In; of . C. On; for , D. At; for ( ) 5 Ann moved___Hangzhou___September, 1992. A. /; in i B. to; in C. to; on D, in; in ( ) 6 They started off___an autumn afternoon. A. during B. at C. in D. on 5 ( ) 1 He often goes ____ school ____ six thirty ____ the morning. A. for; to; in B. to; at in C. to; for; at D, for; at; to ( ) 2 He arrived ___ Shanghai ___ 9: 30 ___ March 5. f A. at; in; at B. to; on; at C. in; on; at D. in; at; on ( ) 3 The English teacher told me to get there____ half past ten. A: in B. at C. on D. of ( ) 4 The children get up ___ 6 o'clock. A. at B. on C. during D. in 6 ( ) 1 The doctor worked___ five hours___ a rest. A. for; with B. on; without C. about; having D. for; without ( ) 2 I worked on the problem ____ a long time and I worked it out____ myself____ last. A. for; by; at B. in; with; on C. on; by; in D. for; for; at the ( ) 3 A new factory will be set up:___ a year. A. for B. in C. after D. on ( ) 4 Two years___ he began to write another story-book. A. after B. later ; C. in D. late ( ) 5 We will finish the picture a day. A. in B. on C. after D. on ( ) 6 The workers had been____ strike____almost a month. A. on; in B. at; in C. on; for D. on; during ( ) 7 Mr Brown had lain ____ the ground ____ four hours before they finally found him. A. on; for B. at; in C. on; after D. in; during 7 ( ) 1 The teacher is coming back___ an hour. A. after B. for C. in D. before ( ) 2 She lived in the mountain village____ the years 1940-1950. A. between B. during C. in D. since ( ) 3 Miss Wang will come to Beijing____ two days. A. after B. in C. on D. before ( ) 4 The American Civil War lasted four years before the North won ____ the end. A. by B. at C. in D. on 8 ( ) 7 Mary had finished her homework____ the time I got home. 184 A. until B. by C. at D. when ( ) 2 We stayed at the lab___ our teacher returned. A. till B. by C. during D. while ( )3 They didn't leave the station___ they get on the train. A. until B. by C. after y D. at 9 1 Don't worry. He will return____. A. before long B. long before C. long long ago D. long ago 2 There lived an old man, fishing at sea____. A. long before B. before long C. long time ago D. soon 3 It was not _____ they came back. A. long before B. before long C. long time before D. long after 4 I was told that his uncle had gone to France . A. long before -B. shortly after C. before long D. long ago 10 ( ) 1 ___ Tom gets up at five in the morning. A. Sometime B. Sometimes C. Some time D. Some times ( ) 2 I remember we met each other___ last year. A. Sometime' B. some times C. some time D. sometimes ( ) 3 Mary and I have been to the Great Wall,___. A. sometime B. some time C. sometimes D. some times ( ) 4 He studied English for ____ in London, and then he went to America. A. sometimes B. sometime new B. some time B. some times 11 ( ) 1 I don't like to sit ___ Tom's right. I would like to sit ___ the back row. A. on; in B. in; on C. on; at D. at; on ( ) 2 There is a brook____ red flowers and green grass___ both sides. A. of with B. with; on C. of; at D. with; in ( ) 3 There are many trees ___ of the road! And ___ of the trees is growing larger and larger. .. A. on both side; a number B. on each sides; a number C. on both sides; the number D. on every side; the number 12 ( ) 1 The plane is flying _____. A. in the sky B. in. the air C. in space D. in sky ( ) 2 There is a sweet smell___. A. in the air B. in the open air C. in the sky D. in the space ( ) 3 We held an interesting party___. A. in the air B. in the sky C. in the open air D. in space ( ) 4 Seen from___, the earth appears to be a big blue ball. A. the space B. space C. a space D. this space 13 ( ) 1 Tom sits____the classroom while John sits____the room. A. in front of; at back of B. in the front of; at the back of 185 C. in front of; at the back of D. in the front of; at back of ( ) 2 Lucy sits____ the third row, ____Jim's left. A. on; on B. in; at C. at; in D. in; on ( ) 3 Jiangsu is___ the east of China, but Japan is ___ the east of China. A. to; in B. in; to . C. on; to D. to; on 14 ( )1. -Can I look up a word____ your dictionary? -I haven't got____me. A. into; about B. in; with C. at; in D. on; on ( ) 2 1 like mooncakes ____ meat ____ them. A. in; on B. with; on C. in; the D. with; in ( )3 When you are ___ trouble please ask help ___ us. A. in; from B. in; for C. on; from D. on; of ( ) 4 The shopkeeper said they had sold out the shoes____ your size. A. about B. in C. to D. of ( ) 5 I saw him___hurry at the moment. A. in a B. in C. on D. on a 15 ( ) 1 He put up a map ___ the back wall because there was a hole ___ it. A. on; on B. at; in C. on; in D. on; at ( ) 2 There is a door___ the wall. "t a ^nc A. on B. to C. of D.in ( ) 3 This kind of VCD is made____ China. . A. in B. from C. at D. on ( ) 4 Any man ___ eyes______ his head can see that he's exactly like a rope. A. with; on B. with; in C. on; with D. in; with 16 ( ) 1 There are some birds singing___ the trees. A. in B. on C. at D. from ( ) 2 Don't read ____ the sun. It's bad ___ your eyes. A. in; to B. under; for C. with; to D. in; on ( )3 The woman____ a blue dress is my teacher. A. in B. on C. of D. at ( ) 4 There are so many apples___ that tree. A. in JB, on C. at , D. from 17 ( ) 1 The boat is passing___ the bridge. A. through B. below C. under D. across ( ) 2 Two planes are flying___ the city. A. through B. over , C. on , D, below ( ) 3 We can see a river running to the east____ the hill, .; , A. under B. below C. over D. on ( ) 4 Do you see the kite ___ the building. A. over B. cross C. on D. above 18 186 ( ) 1 The United States is ____ the south of Canada and ___ the east of Japan. A. to; in B.on;to C. in; beside D. at; on ( ) 2 My hometown lies___ the city. ___ I often go to the city by bike. A. 50 miles in the east; However B. to the east 40 miles of; But C. in the east 45 miles from; But D. 35 miles east of; However ( ) 3 The man stood____the window, watching the boys playing outside. A. in B. by C. with D. to ( ) 4 Japan lies____ the east of China. A. on B. to C. in D. with 19 ( ) 1 Is the street too narrow for the bus to go ___? A. through B. across C. on D. in ( ) 2 A mother camel was walking ___ her son ___ the desert. A. without; along B. with; through C. next to; pass D. beside; through ( ) 3 The river runs____ the city. A. across B. through C. over D. from ( ) 4 It took us over an hour to walk____ this street. A. from B. through C. over D. across 20 ( ) 1 Uncle Wang arrived____ No. 14 Middle School half an hour ago. A. at B. in C., to ^ D. / ( ) 2 Did your friend send you something ___ the end of last week? A. at B. by C. in D. to ( ) 3 The monument____ those heroes (^%) stands____the foot of the mountain. A. of; at B. to; on C. for; by D. to; at ( )4 My uncle lives ____ 88 Beijing Street. A. to B. of C. at D. on ( ) 5 They are waiting ___ a bus ___ the bus stop. A. for; in B. on; at C. with; at D. for; at 21 ( ) T Wood is of ten made___paper. A. by B. from C. of D. into ( ) 2 ___ research ___ the universe scientists have put a lot of information ___ computers. A. With; over; at B." On; at; to C. In; about; into D. For; with; through ( ) 3; When a piece of ice is taken ____ a warm room, it gets smaller and smaller until _____ the end it disappears completely. A. in; in B. out of; at C. into; in D. to; by ( ) 4 A woman fell ___ the boat ___ the water. A. off; into B. at; below C. down; under D. away; in 22 187 ( ) 1 The tables in the restaurant are so close together that there's hardly any room to move _________ them. A. among B. betweenC. in the middle of D. at the centre of ( ) 2 English is widely used for business____ different countries. A. between B. to C. for D. on ( ) 3 Is there any difference ____ these two sentences? A. for B. in C. among D. between ( ) 4 We visited him at his workplace ___ the young trees and ask him about his work. E A. in B. among C. between D. at ( ) 5 There is the difference___ Chinese food and American food. A. from B. at C. between D. by ( ) 6 The police station is ___ the clothing shop ___ the post office. A. between; and B. among; and C. near; of D. on; right ( ) 7 He is ____ the greatest scientists in the world. A. among B. between C. in D. of 23 ( ) 7 There is a book-store ___ our house. A. at B. through C. across D. near ( ) 2 Our headmaster showed the visitors ____ our school. A. to B. for C. around -; D. near ( ) 3 The moon is the ___ to the earth. A. closed B. near C. nearest D. close 24 ( ) T We have classes every day ____ Sunday. A. beside B. besides C. except D. except for ( )2 Nobody knew it ____ me. A. but B. beside C. besides D. without ( ) 3 What do you spend your time on ___ work and study? A. except B. besides C. but D. without ( ) 4 Do you know any other foreign language____ English. A. without B. beside C. besides D. except ( ) 5 We need fifteen more people ____ the twenty of us to do the job. A. besides B. and C. except D. without ( ) 6 No one knew where Mr Smith lived____ his daughter. A. besides B. and C, only D. except 25 ( ) 1 _____ the help of the teacher, Tom has made rapid progress ____ his studies. A. For; at B. Of; for C. By; on D. With; in ( )2 The children are interested___this subject. A. to B. with C. in D. at ( ) 3 His mother often helps him ___ English so he does better ___ English than others. ; A. with; in B. on; in C. in; with D. with; at 188 ( ) 4 I've lost my interest____physics. A. in B. on C. at D. for ( ) 5 He drove away___the direction of London. A. in B. at C. to D. for ( ) 6 The letter was written ___ ink. A. with B. in C. by D. at 26 ( ) 1 ___ the money, she bought a new coat ___ her father. A. With; for B. With; to C. For; with D. To; with ( ) 2 Wei Hua gets on well ___ her classmates. A. with B. in C. to D. at ( ) 3 There is something wrong___my bike. A. at B. in C. on D. with ( ) 4 They are filling their bags____ books and other things. A. in B. with C. of D. by ( ) 5 When the teacher heard us talking in class, he was very angry ____ A. to B. with C. for D. of ( ) 6 We usually cover the Christmas trees ____ colour lights. A. in B. use C. for D. with 27 ( ) 1 -His sudden death surprised his wife. -It was so bad. His wife was surprised ____ his death. A. by B. with C.at D. on ( ) 2 Don't laugh____ him, he only made a small mistake. A. at B. to C. about D. over ( ) 3 The boy cried out ___ the top of his voice. A. at B. in C. on D. to 28 ( ) T We Chinese people are all___ our motherland . A. famous for B. proud of C. busy with D. good at ( ) 2 The beautiful bottle was made ____ glass. A. from B. in C. of D. by ( ) 3 This is a map___China. A. in B. at C. of D. on ( ) 4 A group___ boys and girls are dancing in the park. A. with B. of C. for D. to 29 ( ) 1 They are getting ready____ fly____ England____their holiday. A. for; to; to B. to; to; for C. for; for; to D. to; to; to ( ) 2 What did you have ___ breakfast? A. at B. as C. for D. about ( ) 3 They were invited to an important ball ____ the first time ____ their lives. A. for; in B. at; in C. on; for D. in; with ( ) 4 Tom always comes late____school. 189 A. at . B. inside C. to D. for ( ) 5 Mr Smith caught hold___ Bob and said, "This is a good lesson___ you. A. of; for B. for; of C. of; of D. for; for ( ) 6 The shop___ clothes is the right side ___ the street. A. of; at; beside B. for; on; at C. for; on; of D. of; in; of 30 1. It’s clear that fish cannot live _______ water . A. with B. without C. in D. under 2. We have lived here _______ five years ago . A. when B. since C. before D. after 3. ___ the night before Christmas Day , parents fill their children’s stocking with small presents . A. In B. At C. To D. On 4. I was born _______ July 2 , and my birthday is coming soon . A. for B. at C. in D. on 5. The foreigners arrived _______ Shanghai late _______ night . A. at „ at B. in „ at C. in „ in D. at „ in 6. The book was written _______ English . A. in B. with C. from D. by 7. Don’t worry . I’ll take good care _______ Polly . A. for B. of C. with D. to 8. Mr. Smith is interested _______ making things . A. in B. on C. at D. of 9. — Show me the letter , please . — Which one ? The one _______ pencil ? A. in B. with C. by D. on 10. — Sorry , Miss Zhang . I’m late again. — Oh no , Meimei . You’re just in time ____ class . A. for B. at C. of D. on 11. It’s very cold today . You’d better put _______ your coat when you go out . A. away B. down C. on D. up 12. — What did Mary have _______ breakfast this morning ? — She was late for school and hurried off _______ breakfast . A. for ; without B. at ; without C. for ; after D. at ; after 13. — How long has he had that nice car ? — _______ 1999 . A. In B. Since C. From D. After 14. The foreigners have visited many places of interest _______ the west of China . A. to B. on C. at D. in 15. You don’t need to look _______ every new word in your dictionary while reading . A. for B. at C. after D. up 16. Swimming is good for our health , but _______ the same time we mustn’t forget the danger . A. in B. at C. on D. for 附加介词巩固练习40题 190 ( )61. Miss White looks _______her mother. She is good-looking, too. A. after B. for C. like D. at ( )62. --- When will Mrs Smith come to Shanghai? --- _______ March 5. A. On B. To C. At D. In ( )63. --- When did you begin to learn English? --- _______ 2001. A. Since B. At C. In D. From ( )64. --- Do you like English films? --- Yes. I was told that there would be an English film _______ the evening of September 1st. A. in B. on C. at D. to ( )65. --- What are you doing? --- I’m writing my talk_______ tomorrow. A. on B. by C. to D. for ( )66. --- Who are the boys _____ green sports shirts? --- Oh, they are the fans of Guo’an Team. A. with B. in C. at D. from ( )67. --- Does his uncle live in London? --- Yes, he has lived there _______ two years ago. A. from B. in C. before D. since ( )68. --- Is the old bridge made_______ wood? --- Yes, it is. A. in B. of C. from D. into ( )69. My uncle has just bought a house ____ a small garden ___ front of it. A. with; in B. of; at C. near; by D. in; on ( )70. --- Can you make a sentence _______ the word “produce”? --- OK. Let me have a try. A. in B. by C. with D. at ( )71. --- What kind of tea do you like? --- I like Chinese tea _______ nothing ______ it. A. with; in B. in; on C. on; with D. for; at ( )72. --- Where does the boy usually have breakfast? --- He usually has it _______ home. A. on B. from C. in D. at ( )73. --- Look! The farmers are still working ____ the heavy rain. -- Oh. Let’s go to help them. A. with B. in C. under D. without ( )74. --- Why did the woman look unhappy? --- Because she felt worried _____ her sick baby. A. for B. to C. on D. about ( )75. We won the game by 5 _______ 3. A. to B. by C. over D. on ( )76. --- How long have you been _______ this school? --- Two years. A. to B. for C. of D. in ( )77. --- I think that waste paper and bottles should be collected _______ recycling. --- I agree _______ you. 191 A. by; for B. as; at C. for; with D. from; as ( )78. --- What are they doing, dad? --- They are putting up a picture _______ the front wall. A. on B. at C. in D. over ( )79. --- Do you know the student _______ David and Jeff? --- Yeah. It’s Jim. A. among B. in C. between D. around ( )80. ______ an English-Chinese dictionary, the word “sing” comes _______ the word “king”. A. On; before B. For; among C. At; between D. In; after ( )81. The thief got in _______ the window. A. through B. across C. over D. after ( )82. --- I’m not good _______ remembering names. --- Neither am I. A. in B. on C. at D. with ( )83. Thanks _______ our teacher, we solve the problem _______ her help. A. for; without B. to; with C. for; with D. to; without ( )84. Now many children like surfing _______ the Internet, but _______ the same time they should know that there is something unhealthy on it. A. for; in B. at; by C. on; at D. in; on ( )85. It’s very nice _______ you to take care ______ my baby while I was away. A. for; of B. to; for C. with; after D. of; of ( )86. Nobody can stop me _______ working hard _______ English. A. for; in B. on; for C. from; at D. in; on ( )87. These American scientists arrived _______ Guangzhou late _______ night. A. on; at B. in; at C. in; in D. at; in ( )88. --- Does your grandfather often read newspapers _______ breakfast? --- Yes, he does. A. on B. in C. at D. of ( )89. It’s my turn to be _______ duty today. I have to go to school early. A. for B. on C. in D. of ( )90. There will be many kinds of shoes ______ this Sunday. I’ll go and buy a pair _____ my daughter. A. on show; for B. on foot; to C. on watch; from D. on business; at ( )91. --- How many English songs have you learned this term? --- _______ 10. A. At all B. At once C. At times D. At least ( )92. --- Look, mum! I got the first prize _______ the physics competition yesterday. --- Congratulations! I am very _______ what you’ve done. A. on; angry with B. in; pleased with C. at; afraid of D. for; sorry for ( )93. --- Please retell the story _______ English. --- OK. A. with B. by C. in D. at ( )94. Sichuan is one of the largest provinces _____ China. It’s ______ the southwest of China. A. on; at B. in; in C. at; to D. to; from ( )95. --- I’m looking forward_______ taking a holiday in Hainan. 192 --- So am I. It’s great to be _______holiday there. A. for; on B. to; at C. to; on D. for; at ( )96. --- What did Mary have _____ breakfast this morning ? --- She was late for school and hurried off _______ it. A. for; without B. at; without C. for; after D. at; after ( )97. --- Excuse me, could you tell me the way to the People’s Hospital? find it. --- Walk along this street _______ and you’ll A. in the end B. to the end C. by the end D. at the end ( )98. --- Did Li Ming go to school____ his bike yesterday? --- No, he went to school ___ foot. A. by; on B. in; by C. on; on D. by; by ( )99. --- What time is it, please? --- It is seven _______my watch. A. in B. at C. on D. by ( )100. --- What can you see over there? --- I can see a car running ___ the bridge and a ship sailing __ it. A. across; under B. over; under C. above; through D. over; through 193 参考答案: 1 . 1-7 B A A A A A B 16. 1-4 A A A B 2. 1-3 C C B 17. 1-4 C B B D 3. 1-4 B B B B 18. 1-4 B B B B 4. 1-6 C A D B A D 19. 1-4 A B B B 5. 1-4 B D B A 20. 1-5 A A D C D 5 D C C A 6. 1-7 B A B B A C A 21. 1- 7. 1-4 C B B C 22. 1-7 B A D B C A A 8. 1-3 B A A 23. 1-3 D C C 9 .1-4 A A A A 24. 1-6 C A B C A D 10. 1-4 B A D C 25. 1-6 D C A A A B 11. 1-3 A B C 26. 1-6 A A D B B D 12. 1-4 A A C B 27. 1-3 C A A 13. 1-3 B D B 28. 1-4 B C C B 14. 1-5 B D A B A 29. 1-6 B C A C A C 15. 1-4 C D A B 30 1—5 BBDDB 6—10 ABAAA 11—16 CABDDB 附加练习 61-65. CACBD 66-70. BDBAC 71-75. ADBDA 76-80. DCACD 81-85. ACBCD 86-90. CBCBA 194 介词部分 介词是一种虚词，不能独立充当句子成分，需与动词、形容词和名词搭配，才能在句子中充当成分。介词是用于名词或代词之前，表示词与词之间关系的词类，介词常与动词、形容词和名词搭配表示不同意义。介词短语中介词后接名词、代词或可以替代名词的词(如:动名词v-ing).介词后的代词永远为宾格形式。 一、表示时间的介词 (一)表示时间段的介词 (1)in , after in +时间段，表示从现在起往后推算一段时间 after +时间段，表示过去某时间往后推算一段时间，如: He’ll come back in two days. 但点钟用after( after three o’clock) He left on July 2 and returned after three days. (2)in , during 表示在一段特指的时间内，可用in 或during The work was done in / during the holidays. 表示年份、月份、季节用in , 如:in 1999 ,in June , in winter (3)in last, for the past + 时间段, during 表示在最近一段时间内，句中谓语动词常用现在完成时 I have been in Shanghai in the last few years. (4)for 表示延续一段时间。 I’ll study in the U.S for two years I’ve waited for Bingo for half an hour. (二)表示某一时间的介词 (1)at, on at 表示某一时刻，on 表示某一天或日期, 如: at 7:14, on Saturday morning on the night of May2 一天内各段时间表达, 选用正确的介词，请比较: in the morning on a winter / snow / cold / morning at night thon the night of March 7 in the evening on Friday evening (2)before, by before 表示某一时间之前，而by 表示到某一时间止，句中谓语动词多用完成时态。如::You must get up before six. 你必须六点之前起床。 By the end of last month the boy had got 4 “As”. 到上月底这个男孩已得了4个A. (3)after , since after 可以表示过去某一点时间之后，并不延续说话时间,和一般过去连用，而since表示从过去某时间开始的一段时间延续到说话时间, 与现在完时连用 如; My father lived in Shanghai after liberation . 解放后我父亲住在上海. 195 Since the end of last year the lady has given five concerts. 自去年年底以来，这位女士开了五十场音乐会 (4)from„to, until / till from----to表示从某一点时间到另一点时间的一段时间，而until till 表示某动作或状态延续到某点时间如: My mother studied in Beijing University from 1960 to 1964. 从1960年到1964年我妈妈在北京大学学习。 My mother entered Beijing University in 1960, and studied there until 1964. 我妈妈1960年进入北京大学，一直学习到1964年。(但“从早到晚”常表达为from morning till night) (三)不用介词表示时间的词或词组 含this, that, last, next 的表示时间的名词词组,以及某些时间的副词或名词词组前不用介词,如:this year last summer, yesterday , the day after tomorrow 等。 二、表示事物之间位置的介词 (1)at, in 当事物被视作一点，不强调其空间常用介词at, 而表示空间内部用介词in, 如: We’ll meet at the supermarket 我们在超市见面 I had to stay in the supermarket as it was raining hard 因为下大雨，我只好呆在超市里 *动词arrive 后接at ,表示较小的地方, 如: 车站、村庄等.后接in 表示较大地方，如: 城市,地区等 (2)in, to in 表示事物在区域范围内的位置，to 表示事物对区域范围之外另一事物的位置，如: Shanghai is in the east of China. 上海在中国东部 Japan lies to the east of China. 日本位于中国东面。 in front of 表示在前面,一般不在范围内，in the front of 表示在前面.在同一范围内。 (3)after, behind On On On Over Under Above Below after 指顺序先后 ,behind 指位置在某事物之后，相对于in front of 而言, 如: He entered the classroom after the teacher He hid himself behind the door 他在门后。 (4)on , in on 表示“在某事物表面上”。如将事物看作空间，表示在其内部，用介词in。 There is a modern painting on the wall . There is a modern painting on the wall . 196 (5)from , off 都表示“离开” (6)above , over, below , under over , under 表示垂直的上下关系，而above, below 仅表示位置上“高于”或“低于”, 不表示垂直关系。 (7)between, among between 表示“两个事物之间”, among 表示“三者以上的事物之间”。 三、表示运动方向的介词 (1)into, inside , in 从外到内 如: He went quickly into / inside the room. He went quickly into / inside the room. (2)out of 从里到外，相当于outside, 或从里向外,相当于from She went out of from the office in a hurry 她匆匆走出办公室. The boy watched the buses, cars and bikes out from the window . 这男孩透过窗观看外面的公交车、小汽车和自行车。 (3)on 在„„表面，onto 到„„上 A boat is on the river. 一条小船在河上。 He jumped onto a tree. 他跳上一棵树 (4)across 穿过一平面、through 穿过一空间 The boy kicked the ball hard and it moved across the grass. 这男孩用力踢球，球飞过草地。 The train moved fast through the tunnel. 火车飞驶隧道。 (5)The train moved fast through the tunnel. 火车飞驶隧道。 She walked to the bank 她步行到银行去 She swam towards the shore 她朝岸边游去。 四、常用介词用法比较 (1)as , like as 表示“作为”强调身份，like (介词)表示“像” As a teacher, he cares for these children. Like a teacher, he cares for these children. (2)with , in with 表示“外貌特征或附带的东西” ,“ 用„„作工具” in 表示”衣着” ”用某语言”, 在固定搭配中也可用in A man with dark glasses wanted to buy drinks. A man in black wanted to buy drinks. The boy is learning to write in pencil / with a pencil. He retold the text in English. (3)for , to for表示“为了.” To 表示动作对象, “对, 向.” 如: He would do anything for his motherland. Did you mention this to my father? 你对我父亲提起过这件事吗? for 表示“就某情况而说 ”, to 表示一“对某对象而言”如: 197 It’s quite warm today for February.就二月的天气，今天够暖和的。 What he told you just now was not new to me 他刚才对你所说的话对我并不新鲜 for 表示“目的,用途”。与go, come动词连用， (4)except , besides except 表示“从总体中排除一部分”, 与bat 同义， besides 表示“除了一部分 还有另一部分” We all failed except him. 我们都失败了，但他没有。 He speaks German besides French.他懂法外还会讲英语。 (5)注意成对介词的用法: get into (out of ) the car, get on (off) the bus, jump onto (off) the platform, out of (6)介词和名词动词等有不少固定搭配和习惯用法: to one’s surprise / joy, in charge of , instead of, in bed (hospital), in trouble, in a hurry, in surprise, with a smile, with one voice, according to, at once, on time, in time, in all, at home, (school, work), at last, at least, in the end, by the way, for example, at the same time, at the same speed, on one’s way (to), in the sun, on the football team, in line, with the help of, in red / green „ put on, look for, look after, run after, send for, enter for, pay for, show„around, listen to, arrive in / at, get to, agree with, succeed in, think of (about), wait for,„. (7)表示加减乘除，分别用介词plus, minus, times 和动词过去分词divided + by 二、复习时需要注意的要点 (1) 介词一般放在名词之前，但它后面的介词宾语是疑问代词、疑问副词或 者关系代词时，这些词提到了前面而只剩下介词在后了。 (2) 介词和动词、形容词、名词等常常构成固定搭配，也就是说，在这些词 的后面常常要求用一定的介词。这一点在学习时要特别注意。如: a.动词+介词:laugh at, wait for b.形容词、过去分词+介词:be good at, be prond of c. 名词+介词:pay a visit to , the key to 实战演练 一、例题选讲 例1 We will play football three o’clock( A( In B( After C( To D( since 答案: B 提示: 这四个选项的介词都可以表示时间，但含义和用法不同。in常用来表示以 现在为起点的将来一段时间之后，after?可表示从过去为起点的一段时 间之后，通常与过去时连用。但要注意after?也可以表示将来某一特定 时刻之后。本题里after表示将来某一特定时刻。 例2 The story took place a cold night. A( in B( after 198 C( to D( since 答案: B 提示: on通常指特定时期:或表示某一天的上午，下午，晚上等。句中的时间状 语a cold night已表明在某个寒冷的夜晚，其前面应使用介词on。 例3 We will play football three o’clock( A( In B( After C( To D( since 答案: B 提示: 这四个选项的介词都可以表示时间，但含义和用法不同。in常用来表示以 现在为起点的将来一段时间之后，after?可表示从过去为起点的一段时 间之后，通常与过去时连用。但要注意after?也可以表示将来某一特定 时刻之后。本题里after表示将来某一特定时刻。 例4 The story took place a cold night. A( in B( after C( to D( since 答案: B 提示: on通常指特定时期:或表示某一天的上午，下午，晚上等。句中的时间状 语a cold night已表明在某个寒冷的夜晚，其前面应使用介词on。 例5 This is the bus the People’s Park( A( at B( for C( to D( towards 答案: B 提示: 四个选项的介词表达的意义不同。at表示“在某处，在„„旁边”，for 表示“(动身)去„„处”，to表示“到„„某处”，towards表示“向„„ 某处”。 例6 —Are your parents workers? —No， is a worker( A( neither B( none C( either D( both 答案: A 提示: neither是对两个人或事物的否定，谓语用单数形式;而both则是对两个 人或事物的肯定，谓语用复数形式。 例7 The work cost us more than five weeks.(保持原意) more than five weeks the work. 答案: We spent, on 提示: cost表示花费时间，只能用表示事物的词作主语，而spend也表示花费时 句子主语必须是人。注意spend„on，表示在某事上花费。 例8 Beijing has a lot of old buildings. It also has a lot of new ones.(合并 一句) 199 Beijing has not only a lot of old buildings but also a lot of new 答案: ones 提示: 这道题主要掌握表示递进关系的连词词组。 例9 My brother likes skating(I like swimming((合并一句) 答案: My brother likes skating but I like swimming( 提示: 这道题的两个句子主语不是同一个人，谓语动词之后的部分也不同，实际 上是把喜欢的内容由一个方面转到另一个方面，所以用but把两个句子连 接起来。 例10 He is too young to join the army((改复合句) 答案: He is so young that he can’t join the army( 提示: so(((that表示否定时可与too„to转换。 例11 There is a hole the wall( A( in B( on C( of D( with 答案: A 提示: 在墙的里面，用in the wall，而on the wall指在墙的表面上。 例12 English names are different Chinese names( A( between B( of C( from D( about 答案: C 提示: be different from表示“与„„不同”，是一个固定词组。 例13 We always have a class meeting Monday afternoon( A( at B( on C( in D( of 答案: B 提示: 在某天的上午下午或晚上，介词应使用0n。 例14 Please write it ink A( with B( in C( by D( of 答案: B 提示: 如果表示用墨水写该用in，不能用with。 例15 I’ll return the book to the library I finish reading it A( when B( if C( as soon as D( as 答案: C 提示: 此句意思为我一看完这本书就还给图书馆，as soon as是“一„„就„„” 的意思。 200 201 初中英语分类练习 ——句子种类与简单句的基本句型 一、句子种类: ?. 句型转换 (按要求完成句子) 一般疑问句) 1. Those children are students.(否定句, 2. We can see a lot of girls in the picture. (否定句, 一般疑问句) 3. They will go to England for a visit. (否定句, 一般疑问句) 4. The young men aren’t having a party. (肯定句, 一般疑问句) 5. She has been to Shanghai already. (否定句, 一般疑问句) 6. Don’t be noisy, please. (用quiet改为肯定句,) 7. Stand in front of the class. (否定句, 反意疑问句) 8. Both Mary and Tony are good students. (否定句, 一般疑问句) 9. All the students in our class are going to visit the Science Museum. (否定句, 一般疑问句) 10. There is an English test on Friday. (反意疑问句) 11. There will be a report on Chinese history tomorrow. (否定句, 一般疑问句) 12. Tom has his lunch in the school. (否定句, 一般疑问句, 反意疑问句) 13. John does his homework at home. (否定句, 一般疑问句, 反意疑问句) 一般疑问句, 反意疑问句) 14. He saw the TV news yesterday evening. (否定句, 15. I think you are right. (否定句, 一般疑问句) 16. This kind of car is made in Japan. (否定句, 一般疑问句) 17. Arthur runs fastest in his class.(就划线部分提问) ________ runs fastest in his class? 18. Bob”s painting was put up on the wall of our school.(同上) ________ painting was put up on the wall of our school? 19. Chapter One is very difficult to learn. (同上) ________ chapter is very difficult to learn? 20. Mary does her homework after supper in the evening. (同上) ________ ______ Mary ______ after supper in the evening? 21. He has borrowed four books from the school library. (同上) _______ _______ he borrowed from the school library? 22. It took him 30 minutes to get there. (同上) ______ ______ ______ it take him to get there? 23. My father is a teacher in the school. (同上) _______ ________ your father ______ in the school? 24. It will be Wednesday the day after tomorrow. (同上) ________ ______ will it be the day after tomorrow? 25. There are Three thousand people in the factory. (同上) _______ _______ people _______ _______ in the factory? 26. Linda’s mother works in a big hotel. (同上) _______ _______ Linda’s mother work? 27. They usually go to school by bus. (同上) 202 _______ _______ they usually go to school? 28. They couldn’t pass the exam because they didn’t work hard. (同上) _______ _______ they pass the exam? 29. He said something important at the meeting.(改为否定句,一般疑问句) He _____ ______ ______ important at the meeting. ______ he ______ ______ important at the meeting? 30. I have to wash all the plates and things after meals.(划线提问) _____ _____ you have to wash all the plates and things? 31. The woman in the red coat is her mother.(划线提问) ______ ______ is her mother? 32. Li Ping spent twenty yuan on the dictionary.(划线提问) _____ ____ ____ Li Ping _____ on the dictionary? 33. Both of his parents are workers.(改成否定句) ___ of his parents ______ a worker. 34. He went to the park with his sister.(划线提问) _____ ____ ____ he go to the park? 35. We really enjoyed working on the farm.(划线提问) What _____ you really enjoy ______? 36. She writes to her parents once a week.(划线提问) _______ ______ ______ she write to her parents? 37. Our P.E teacher has been at this school since he came.(划线提问) ______ ______ ______ our P.E teacher been at this school 38. It’s ten minutes’ walk from my home to the school.(对划线部分提问) ______ _______is it from your home to the school? 39. She is going to be a nurse in the future.( 对划线部分提问) __________is she going to ______in the future? 40. Allan will go back to England by plane next month. .( 对划线部分提问) ______ _______ Allan go back to England next month. 41. John went to see his grandmother once a week. .( 对划线部分提问) __________ ________ _________ John go to see his grandmother? 42. I have been to Beijing twice. .( 对划线部分提问) ___________ _____________ ___________ have you been to Beijing. 43. The old man can hardly dress himself.(改为反意疑问句) The old man can hardly dress himself,__________ _________? 44.Jim is ill. Let’s go and see him after school. (改为反意疑问句) Jim is ill. Let’s go and see him after school，___________ ____________? 45. I don’t think his father knows English. (改为反意疑问句) His father hardly knows English,_______ ___________? 46. He thinks his aunt is right. (改为反意疑问句) He thinks his aunt is right,___________ ___________? 47. Linda’s just come back from America . (改为反意疑问句) Linda’s just come back from America, ___________ ___________? 48. It is cold today. (改写成感叹句) How __________ it is today! 203 49. She sings very well. (改写成感叹句) __________ well she sings! 50. He speaks English fluently! (改写成感叹句) __________ __________ he speaks English! ?.单项选择 ( )1、Few of them hurt themselves in the accident last night,________ A. don’t they B. didn’t they C. did they D. do they ( )2、 -You’ve never seen dinosaur eggs, have you ? --_____. How I wish to visit the Dinosaur World. A. Yes, I have B. No, I haven’t C. Certainly, I have D. Of course, I haven’t ( )3、His sister had a bad cough, ______she? A. wasn’t B. doesn’t C. hadn’t D. didn’t ( )4、Mr. Green went to Shenzhen on business last week,________? A. isn’t he B. doesn’t he C. didn’t he D. hasn’t he ( )5、 John can hardly understand any Chinese, _________he? A. Can’t B. doesn’t C. can D. does ( )6、Don’t smoke in the meeting-room,_________? A. do you B. will you C. can you D. could you ( )7、Lucy, you clean the blackboard today,_______ A. do you B. did you C. will you D. can you ( )8、 Miss Cheng will never forget her first visit to Canada ,________? A. will she B. won’t she C. isn’t she d. wasn’t she ( )9、The lady couldn’t say a word when she saw the snake,________? A. could the lady B. couldn’t the lady C. could she D. couldn’t she ( )10、----________sweater is this? ----I think it’s Peter’s. A. Who B. What C. Which D. Whose ( )11、---______I go and meet you at the airport? ---No ,thanks, dear . I can take a taxi home. A. Will B. Do C. Shall D. Should ( )12、------_____is the Confucian Temple(孔庙) from here? ------It’s about 10 minutes’ walk. A. How many B. How long C. How much D. How far ( )13、-----______may I keep these book? -----two weeks. A. How often B. How far C. How long D. How soon ( )14、Tina is unhappy now,________? A. isn’t she B. is she C. is he D. did she ( )15、---_____you _____TV at the moment? ----No ,you can turn it off. A. Did, watch B. Are ,watching C. Do ,watch D. Have , watched ( )16、----_____do you go to Hong Kong? 204 ----sorry , I’ve never been there. A. How long B. How often C. How far D. How soon ( )17、A: ______you ever _____ the Great Wall? B: Only once. A. Did ,go B. Have , been to C. Have ,gone to D. Have ,been in ( )18、----You lent me some money a few months ago. -----_____? I don’t remember lending you any money . A. Did I B. Did you C. Do I D. Do you ( )19、----______is it from here to Yancheng Railway Station? ----About two kilometers. A. How often B. How far C. How soon D. How long ( )20、----Are you going to borrow a dictionary or a magazine? ----______. A. Yes, a dictionary B. No, a magazine C. A dictionary D. Yes both ( )21、My uncle has never been to a foreign country,_______? A. has he B. does he C. hasn’t he D. doesn’t he ( )22、There is some water in that bottle, isn’t _______ A. there B. it C. that D. those ( )23、----_______will the foreign students be back from Nanjing. ----In two days, I think . B. How often C. How far D. How fast A. How soon ( )24、----Have you seen the film Return Of the King ? -----_______. I going to see it tonight. A. No , I didn’t B. Yes ,I do C. Yes ,I have D. Not yet ( )25、----John, will you please paint the door yellow? ----__________? A. Why B. What is it C. How is it D. How about ( )26、---Let’s go and play football,__________? ---That’s wonderful. A. will you B. do you C. won’t you D. shall we ( )27、---The boy has to stay at home to look after his little sister,_______? ---Yes, because his mother has gone shopping. A. does he B. is he C. doesn’t he D. hasn’t he ( )28、---You won’t follow his example, will you ? ---________________,I don’t think he is right. A. No, I won’t B. Yes, I will C. No, I will D. Yes, I won’t ( )29、----____________? ---The one behind the tree. A. Whose girl B. Who’s that girl C. Which girl D. Where’s the girl ( )30、______the population of china? A. How many B. How much C. How’s D. What’s ?. 汉译英 (A)感叹句 1. 多棒的书啊～ 205 2. 多么有趣的故事呀～ 3. 多么漂亮的花呀～ 4. 多么大的雪呀～ 5. 多么诚实的孩子呀～ 6. 时间过得真快呀～ 7. 好凉快呀～ 8. 精彩极了～ 9. 多么高的楼房呀～ 10. 多么糟糕的天气呀～ 11. 多么明亮的阳光呀～ (B)主语+谓语 (S+V) 1. 他们将接受建议。 2. 外国游客将于本周六抵达。 3. 在中国，人们经常吃饺子来庆祝春节。 4. 他和他的妻子两年前居住在英国。 5. 他们将飞往巴黎去参观博物馆。 6. 校长通常比老师们早到学校。 7. 渔民在四月份捕了很多鱼。 8. 他正喘着粗气。 9. 消防员正在体育馆里进行乒乓球比赛。 长颈鹿和它的孩子正在森林里散步。 10. (C) 主语+系动词+表语 (S+P+V) 1. 那个年长的男人是我们工厂的工程师。 2. 教练们正在练习如何使用计算机。 3. 总统正在听音乐会。 4. 三明治和蔬菜在冰箱里。 5. 大学生们正在准备竞赛。 6. 他是一个著名的飞行员。 7. 我觉得这个主意太好了。 8. 昨天我借的那本书非常有意思。 9. 对我来说解决这个问题是很重要的。 10. 那个婴儿看上去好像睡着了。 11. 天气变得越来越暖，花闻起来很香。 12. 他总是保持沉默。 13. 树叶在秋天变黄。 14. 我的体温看来是正常的。 (D) 主语+及物动词+宾语 1. 爸爸喜欢晚饭后看报纸。 2.他刚刚写完他的书法。 3.我们班长不想放弃数学。 4.我想知道你同意谁。 5.这位医生在给谁做手术? (S+vi+prep+O) 6.这些外国游客昨天晚间到达沈阳. „ 7.他害怕攀登。 206 8.或许我需要一些睡眠。 9.小婴儿不再哭泣啦。 10.玛丽喜欢听我说话。 11.童年的时候我不知道怎样节约时间。 12.那个俄国人想要买些葡萄酒。 (E) 主语+谓语+直接宾语+间接宾语 13.王太太给他的丈夫买了一条领带作为生日礼物。 14.请给我看看那些艺术珍品。 15.她把她的笔记借给了她的秘书。 16.他的精神给了我很大的力量。 17.那个老妈妈给孩子们做了一些香肠。 18.他给我看了一些长城的照片。 19.经理借给了我一副手套。 20.这个新的手提包花了他600元。 21.我们把那些人叫欧洲人。 22.给我指一下走哪条道好吗, (F) 主语+谓语+宾语+宾语补足语 23.他发现学习英语很重要。 24.约翰请我今天晚间帮他学物理。 25.没见到他们我不会让你走的。 26.有人看见他昨天夜里在街上哭。 27.你以前听过他唱歌吗? 28.前天我发现那个穿着红裙子的小女孩。 29.我们认为他是一个优秀的飞行员。 30.他告诉我什么也不要给你。 (G) There be 句型 31.杯子里有一点水。 32.路的两边有很多树。 32.桌子上有一把小刀，两把尺子和一块橡皮。 33.桌子上有5本书 1个文具盒和3个作业本。 34.刚才房子旁边有一辆自行车。 35.明天下午将有两场足球。 36.还有20棵树要种。 37.近20年来,我的家乡已有很大的变化。 38.几年来一直未下雨。 39.今晚可能还有一场地震。 40.他的决定必定还有其他的理由。 41.没什么可担心的。 42.没什么时间了。 43.我的自行车出了毛病。 44.你没事了。 45.上个月每周一都有一个会议。 46.我的电脑似乎有点毛病。 47.那天碰巧有一个事故。 207 48.那儿有一座楼。 49.传来一个甜美的声音。 参考答案 ?. 1. Those children aren’t students. Are those children students? 2. We can’t see many girls in the picture. Can we see many girls in the picture? 3. They won’t go to England for a visit. Will they go to England for a visit? 4. The young men are having a party. Aren’t the young men having a party? 5. She hasn’t been to Shanghai yet. Has she been to Shanghai already? 6. Please be quiet. 7. Don’t stand in front of the class. 7. Stand in front of the class, will you? 8. Neither Mary nor Tony is a good student. 8. Are both Mary and Tony good students? 9. None of the students in our class is/are going to visit the Science Museum. Are all the students in our class going to visit the Science Museum? 10. There is an English test on Friday, isn’t there? 11. There won’t be a report on Chinese history tomorrow. Will there be a report on Chinese history tomorrow? 12. Tom doesn’t have his lunch in the school. Does Tom have his lunch in the school? Tom has his lunch in the school, doesn’t he? 13. John doesn’t do his homework at home. Does John do his homework at home? John does his homework at home, doesn’t he? 14. He didn’t see the TV news yesterday evening. Did he see the TV news yesterday evening? He saw the TV news yesterday evening, didn’t he? 15. I don’t think you are right. Do you think I’m right? 16. This kind of car isn’t made in Japan. 16. Is this kind of car made in Japan? 17. Who 18. Whose 19. Which 20. What does, do 21. What has 22. How long did 23. What does, do 24. What day 25. How many, are there 26. Where does 27. How do 28. Why couldn’t 29. didn’t say anything; Did , say anything 30. When do 31. Which woman 32. How much did, spend 33. Neither, is 34. With whom did 35. did, doing 36. How often does 37. How long has 38. How far 39. What, be 40. How will 41. How often did 42. How many times 43. can he 44. shall we 45. does he 46. doesn’t he 47. hasn’t she 48.cold 49.How 50.How fluently ? 1—5 CBDCC 6---10 BCACD 11---15 CDCAB 16---20 BBABC 21---25 AAAAA 26---30 DCACD ? (A)感叹句 1. What a wonderful book it is! 2. What an interesting story it is! 3. What beautiful flowers they are! 208 4. What heavy snow it is! 5. What an honest boy! 6. How time flies! 7. How cool! 8. How wonderful! 9. What tall buildings they are! / How tall the buildings are! 10. What bad weather it is! / How bad the weather is! 11. What bright sunshine it is!/ How bright the sunshine is! (B)主语+谓语 (S+V) 1. They will accept the advice. 2. The foreign visitors will arrive this Saturday. 3. In China, people often eat dumplings to celebrate the Spring Festival. 4. He lived with his wife in England two years ago. 5. They will fly to Paris to visit the museum. 6. The principle often goes to school earlier than teachers. 7. The fisherman caught a lot of fish in April. 8. He is breathing heavily. 9. The firemen are playing table tennis in the gym. 10. The giraffe is walking with the baby in the forest. (C)主语+系动词+表语 (S+P+V) The elder man is our factory’s engineer. 1. 2. The coaches are practicing how to use computer. 3. The president is at the concert. 4. The sandwiches and vegetables are in the fridge. 5. The college students are preparing for the competition. 6. He is a famous pilot. 7. It sounds like a fantastic idea to me. 8. The book I borrowed yesterday is very interesting. 9. It is important for me to solve the problems. 10. The baby seemed to be asleep. 11. The weather gets warmer and warmer, and the flowers smell sweet. 12. He always keeps silent. 13. The leaves turn brown in autumn. 14. My temperature seems all right. (D)主语+及物动词+宾语 1. Father likes reading newspapers after supper. 2. He has just finished his handwriting. 3. Our monitor doesn’t want to give up maths. 4. I wonder whom you agree with. 5. Who is this doctor operating on? 6. These foreign travelers arrived in Shenyang yesterday evening. 7. She is afraid of climbing. 8. Maybe I need some sleep. 9. The baby stopped crying. 10. Mary enjoys listening to me. 11. I didn’t know how to save time at the age of my childhood. 12. That Russian would like to buy some wine. (E) 主语+谓语+直接宾语+间接宾语 13. Mrs. Wang bought a tie for her husband as his birthday present. 209 14. Please show us those art treasures. 15. She lent her notebooks to her secretary. 16.His spirit gave me much energy. 17. The old woman made some sausages for the kids. 18. He showed me some pictures of the Great Wall. 19. The manager lent me a pair of gloves. 20. This new handbag cost him six hundred yuan. 21. We call those people from Europe European. 22. Would you show us which way to take? (F) 主语+谓语+宾语+宾语补足语 23. He found it important to learn English. 24. John will ask me to help him with his physics this evening. 25. I won’t let you go without seeing them. 26. Someone saw him crying in the street last night. ] 27. Have you heard her sing before ? 28. I found the girl in a red dress the day before yesterday. 29.We found him a excellent pilot. 30. He told me not to give you anything. (G)There be 句型 31. There is a little water in the glass. 32. There are a lot of trees on each side of the road. 33. There is a knife , two rulers and an eraser. 34. There are five books a pencil-case and three exercise books. 35. There was a bike near the house a moment ago. 36. There are going to be two football matches tomorrow afternoon. 37. There will be 20 more trees to be planted. 38. There have been great changes in my hometown during the past 20 years. 39. There hasn’t been rains for years. 40. There may be another earthquake tonight 41. There must be another reason for his decision 42. There is nothing to worry about. 43. There is little time left. 44. There is something wrong with my bike. 45. There’s nothing much wrong with you. 46. There used to be a meeting on Monday last month. 47. There seem to be something wrong with my computer. 48. There happened to be an accident that day. 49. There stands a little building. 210 初中英语分类练习 ——句子种类与简单句的基本句型 【复习目标】 ? 掌握什么叫简单句。 ? 能理解根据句子的功能，把简单句分成 4类。 ?掌握各种类型的句子的结构。 【课前准备】 ?要求学生了解简单句与并列句、复合句之间的区别，并在课前进行归类，理解。 【知识要点】 只有一个主语 (或并列主语)和一个谓语(或并列谓语)的句子叫简单句。 1(根据句子的结构，简单句可分为5种: (1)S+V (2)S+V+O (3)S+V+P (4)S+V+InO+DO (5)S+V+O+C 此外，还有 there be句型，这一句型具有就近原则，也即谓语动词用单数还是复数要看接近于be动词的那个名词。 (根据句子的功能，简单句可分为4类: 2 陈述句、疑问句、祈使句、感叹句 (一)陈述句 1(肯定式 2(否定式 (1)加not构成的否定句 (2)由no, hardly, never, nobody, nothing等构成的否定句。 其中两者的全部否定用 neither或nor,部分否定用both +not. 如: Neither of them knows French. Both of them don't know French. 三者或三者以上的全部否定用 none, nothing, nobody, no one等，部分否定用all, many, every加not构成 如: None of these answers are right. All these books are not mine. (3)在某些句子中，按语意应放在that从句中的否定词not被移前到主句的谓语动词中，这种否定提前的情况用于think, believe, suppose等动词，如:I don't believe it will be very cold tomorrow. (二)疑问句 按结构可分为四种 1(一般疑问句: (1)用Yes,No来回答的疑问句。 (2)往往把be,助动词，情态动词置于句首。 (3)在一般疑问句中，如果提问人对答案没有肯定或否定的意向，句中常用非肯定词，如: Is there anything wrong with your car? 211 如果提问人对答案有肯定的意向，即希望得到肯定的回答，则在该用非肯定词的地方用肯定词，如: Would you like some drink?因此，在招待客人或向人表示乐意提供帮助时，通常用some代替any。 2(特殊疑问句: 用疑问代词或疑问副词提问的句子，不用Yes,No回答。 (1)疑问词作句子的宾语、状语、表语或修饰这三种成份时，用疑问词+一般疑问句， When will you go? 如: (2)疑问词作主语或主语的定语时，与陈述句的顺序相同， 如: Whose father works in Shanghai? Who is on duty today? 3(反意疑问句 (1)构成:陈述句 + 简略问句 肯定 否定 否定 肯定 简略问句的主语与陈述句保持一致，只能用人称代词 (there除外)，简略问句的谓语动词也与陈述句保持一致，如果是否定，一定要用简写。如: Jim isn't a student, is he?/There are some books in it, aren't there? (2)陈述部分I'm...结构，疑问部分一般用aren't I,如: I'm late, aren't I? (3)陈述句中有little, few, no, never, nothing, nobody, hardly等词表示否定时，简略问句用肯定。 (4)陈述句中有指物的不定代词nothing, something, anything时，简短问句中用代词it,陈述句中有指人的不定代词everyone, no one, someone, everybody, nobody, anybody 时，简短问句中用代词he或they，如:Everyone is here, aren't they/isn't he? (5)陈述句的主语是指示代词this, that等时，疑问部分的主语在形式上与前者不同，但在逻辑上却与前者一致，如:This is very important, isn't it? (6)陈述部分如果是“I (don't) think (believe, suppose...)+宾语从句”时，疑问部分中的动词和主语应与宾语从句中的主语和动词保持一致，如:I don't believe she knows it, does she? (7)含有情态动词must的句子表示猜测时，疑问部分与must后面部分一致，不能用mustn't,如:You must be tired, aren't you?当must表示“有必要”时，疑问部分用needn't,如:You must go home right now, needn't you?当mustn't表示禁止时，疑问部分一般用must,如: You mustn't walk on grass, must you? (8)祈使句的反意疑问句 肯定祈使句 +will you/won't you? 否定祈使句 +will you? Let's...+shall we?(包括对方) Let us...+will you?(不包括对方) (9)感叹句的反意疑问句一律用否定式，并用be的一般现在时，如: What a lovely girl, isn't she? (10)前面否定后面肯定的反意疑问句在回答时，需根据其实际情况，实际情况是肯定的，则用Yes+肯定结构，实际情况是否定的，则用No+否定结构，如: 212 — You can't speak English, can you? — Yes, I can(不，我会的) (11)关于“'d”和“'s” 注意比较: He'd like a cup of tea, wouldn't he?/You'd better go now, hadn't you? He's never late for school, is he?/He's never been there, has he? 4(选择疑问句:选择疑问句是用or连接询问的两部分，以供选择，答案必须是完整的句子或其省略形式，不能用Yes或No回答，如:Are you Jim or Tom?I'm Tom. (三)祈使句 用以表示命令、请求或建议，主语通常省略。 肯定式谓语用动词原形，否定式用“ Don't (Never)+动词原形”，Stand up, please./Don't be afraid. (四)感叹句 用以表示快乐、痛苦等强烈感情的句子称为感叹句。 感叹句有用 how或what开头的两种形式。 1(How开头的感叹句 (1) How+形容词(副词)+主语+谓语。如: How beautiful the flower is! (2) How修饰动词，句型是“How+主+谓”，如: How I wish I could hear Beethoven himself play it! (3) How+形容词(副词)，省略主语和谓语，如: How interesting(it is)! 2(what开头的感叹句: (1)What+(a)+形容词+名词+主语+谓语，如: What a nice horse it is! What fine weather! What good news! (2)What(a)+名词! What a pity! 二、句子的成分 组成句子的各个部分叫句子成分。句子的各种成分包括主语、谓语、表语、宾语、定语、状语等。 主语 句子的主体，发出动作的人或物，表示所说的是谁或是什么。主语一般放在句首，特殊句型中，在句末，由名词、代词或相当于名词的词或短语充当。如: He was born in a small village.他出生在一个小村庄。 谓语 说明主语的动作特征状态等，由动词或动词短语构成。如: She told me about that story. 主谓一致:主语和谓语必须在人称、数两方面保持一致。主谓一致的关键是判断主语是单数还是复数。 1. 一般情况主语的数比较明确 如: His mother works in a office.她妈妈在办公室工作。 2. and 连接的两个或两个以上名词或代词做主语时，谓语动词用复数形式。如: Linda and Susan are from America.琳达和苏珊来自美国。 3. each, either, neither, another做主语时，谓语动词用单数。如: Neither of us has been to France.我们两个都没去过法国。 4. 由some, any, no, every构成的合成代词作主语时，谓语用单数。如: 213 No one knows his phone number.没有人知道他的电话号码。 5. 由either„or„;neither„nor„;not only„but also„构成的合成代词作主语 时，谓语与距离最近的主语保持一致。如: Not only my friends but also my sister agrees with me.我的朋友和我的妹妹都赞同我。 6. 集合名词people, police等作主语时，位于用复数。如: surprised to see him dancing in the street.人们很惊讶的看他The people were 在街上跳舞。 7. 集合名词family, class等作主语时，如看作整体，谓语用单数。如强调个体， 则谓语用复数。如: My family has lived here for twenty years. 我们家在这里住了20年了。 His family were watching TV while the phone rang.电话响起时，他们全家在看电视。 8. some, any, none, half 作主语时，谓语动词的单、复数形式视情况而定。如: Half of the students are boys. 一半学生是男生。 Half is enough.一半就够了。 9. 时间、距离、重量、数量、价值等名词附属作主语时，谓语动词常用单数。如: Ten years is not a long time.十年不算太久。 表语 用来说明主语的身份、特征、状态等，位于连系动词后。可作表语的有名词、代词、形容词、数词、副词、动词不定式、介词短语、分词短语及从句等。如: ? 这笔是你的吗, Is this pen yours 宾语 是动作的承受者。及物动词及相当于及物动词的短语后都必须带宾语。名词、代词、动名词、不定式和从句均可作宾语。如: The little boy waited his mother to buy him hamburgers.这个小男孩想让他妈妈给他买汉堡。 有些动词需要两个同等的宾语，即直接宾语和间接宾语。直接宾语一般指动作的承受者，间接宾语指动作所向的或所为的人或物(多指人)。后接双宾语的动词有:answer, bring, buy, deny, do, fetch, find, get, give, hand, keep, leave, lend, make, offer, owe, pass, pay, play, promise, read, refuse, save, sell, send, show, sing, take, teach, tell, throw, wish, write等。间接宾语一般于直接宾语连用，通常放在直接宾语之前。如: She made her son a birthday cake.她给她儿子做了一个生日蛋糕。 They sent me a letter.他们给我寄了一封信。 定语 修饰名词或代词的句子成分。可以做定语的有名词、代词、数词、形容词、副词、动词不定式、介词短语、动名词、分词短语及从句等。形容词作定语放在名词之前，副词或副词短语时常放在名词后。如: What a lovely day! 多好的日子啊～ I have a lot of work to do. 我有许多工作要做。 状语 用来修饰动词、形容词、副词的句子成分称为状语。状语用来说明时间、地点、条件、原因、方式、程度、目的、结果等。可用作状语的有副词、不定式短语、分词短语、介词短语及从句等。如: He’s waiting for me in front of the library.他在图书馆前面等我。 They came to see me yesterday.他们昨天来看我了。 214 215 考点 冠词 聚焦考点?温习理解 一、冠词的基本概念 冠词，是用来表示名词特性的一种词，它表示名词可数不可数、单数复数、任何一个还是特定的一个等。也就是说，冠词与名词是紧密连在一起的。如果用了a /an /the，不管后面是什么词，都变成了名词。所以，冠词就是放在名词前面的一种词。 使用冠词有三种基本情况: 1、a / an不定冠词 a / an 用在单数可数名词前面，表示这个人或事物是泛指的不确定的一个，相当于中文的“一个”。注意:可数的单数名词前，必须要用a / an 或the. 我们不能说 boy, desk, dog，而必须说 a boy / the boy. a 用在读音为辅音开头的名词之前, 而 an 用在读音为元音开头的名词之前。注意:这里指的是“读音”，而不仅仅指字母。例如: a university 一所大学 (虽然u 是元音字母，但不读元音。) an hour 一个小时 (虽然h 不是元音，但单词读音是元音开头) 2、the 定冠词 the 相当于this/that 或these / those，总的用法是表示特定的人或事物。the 的用法最广，不管是可数还是不可数，不管是单数还是复数，都可以用the. 3、不用冠词或零冠词 有的时候，名词前面不用任何冠词，没有a / an / the. 有的书上称为零冠词。不可数名词前可以不用冠词，可数的复数名词也可以不用，还有一些习惯用法上不需要用。 二、不定冠词的用法: 1、表示某一类人或某事物中的任何一个, 通常在第一次提到某人或某物时用a / an，以表示与其他事物的区别。 2、用其中的任何一个，代表他们所属种类的特性。 3、用在事物的度量单位前, 如时间、 速度、 价格等, 表示 "每一个"。 4、用来泛指某人、某物或地方。 5、用于某些特定的词组。 例如:a few 几个， a little 有点，等等。 三、定冠词的用法 216 1、定冠词特指某(些)人或某(些)事物。 The bag in the desk is mine. 桌子里的书包是我的。 (特指课桌里面的书包，而不是其它的) 2、如果第一次提到某人或事物的时候，用a / an，那么以后再提到的话，就变成特指的人或事物了。 3、定冠词用于表示世界上独一无二的事物或用于自然界现象或方位名词之前。这些事物当然是特指的事物，不可能有两个以上。 4、定冠词与单数名词连用, 也可以表示这一类人或事物。 5、定冠词与形容词连用, 可表示某一类人或事物。这可看作是省略了名词的用法。 注意:the 用在姓名复数之前, 表示一家人。 四、零冠词 1) 国名，人名前通常不用定冠词; 2)泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时，可不用定冠词; 3)抽象名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词; 4)物质名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词，当表示特定的意思时，需要加定冠词; 5)在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等表示时间的名词之前，不加冠词; 6)在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前不加冠词; 7)在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前，不加冠词 如:have breakfast，play chess 8)当两个或两个以上名词并用时，常省去冠词; 9)当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方式时，中间无冠词;by bus，by train; 10)有些个体名词不用冠词;如:school，college，prison，market，hospital，bed，table，class，town，church，court 等个体名词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义; go to hospital 去医院看病 go to the hospital 去医院 (并不是去看病，而是有其他目的) 11)不用冠词的序数词; a. 序数词前有物主代词 b. 序数词作副词 He came first in the race. c. 在固定词组中 at (the) first,first of all, from first to last 名师点睛?典例分类 类型一、定冠词和不定冠词的区分 217 【例1】(2014呼和浩特)— Why did you laugh just now, — Ted wanted to tell us ______ very funny story, but he forgot ______ ending himself. A. a; an B. the; the C. the; a D. a; the 【点睛】本题考查了冠词的基本用法，本题主要从冠词表示的含义进行区分用定冠词还是不定冠词. 【举一反三】 1. — Jenny, do Chinese people celebrate Easter Day? — No. This is the first time I’ve celebrated ______ festival. A. the B. a C. / D. an 2. — Is AC MilanAC米兰 Italian football club? — Yes. It’s one of most successful clubs in Italy. A. an; / B. an; the C. /; the D. /; / 3. Newcastle upon Tyne is in _____ north-east of England A. a B. an C. the D. (不填) 类型二、a、an的区分 【例2】(2014福建)Lin Dan is ________. I’m ________big fan of him. A. a ;the B. an ;a C. the ;an 【点睛】本题主要考查了不定冠词的用法，在区分出用定冠词还是不定冠词后，需要根据后面的词的词首音素判断用an还是用a. 【例3】(2012鞍山)—Do you know ______ woman in red? —Yes, she’s a professor of_________ university. A. the;a B. a;an C. the;an D. / ; the 【点睛】注意本题不定冠词后面所接单词是以元音字母开头的单词，这里需要注意不定冠词根据的是后面的发音的词首音素，而不是词首字母来判断.所以，顺利完成此类题型还有掌握一定的语音知识。 【举一反三】 1. There is _____ “x” in the word “six”. A. a B. an C. the D. / 2. —Look, is it ________ UFO? 218 —No, it’s just ________ kite with light. A. an; the B. the; a C. an; a D. a; a 3. I’ve got _______ uniform. She’s got _________ umbrella. A. an…an B. a…an C. a…a 类型三、固定用法 【例4】(2013江苏宿迁)My cousin Andy can play piano very well, but he isn’t god at playing basketball. A.the; the B. /; the C. the; / D. /; / 【点睛】本题主要考查了冠词的习惯用法，注意一些名词前加冠词与不加冠词表示的含义 不同，如in hospit表示住院，in the hospital表示在某家医院;in bed表示卧床休息，in the bed表示在床上。 【举一反三】 1.Does your brother walk ______home after _____ school every day? A. to; the B. to; / C. /; the D. /; / 2. Betty enjoys playing________ piano, but her brother is interested in playing _______ football. A. the; the B. /; / C. the; / D. /; the 3. I can’t play _____basketball but I can play ___ piano. A the / B / the C the the 课时作业?能力提升 1.(2014重庆)I have ______ English dictionary and it helps me a lot. A. a B. an C. the D. / 2. (2014浙江丽水)Mrs. Smith has ______ 8-year-old daughter who has won two national painting prizes. A. a B. an C. the D. 不填 3. (2014内江) . --- Would you like to come my party this afternoon, ——I'd like to,but my mother is ill in ____ hospital . I will go to _____ hospital to see her. A.不填; a B.a;the C. the;the D.不填;the 4.(2013十堰市) ,This is a useful dictionary, I think. 219 ,So it is, and it’s ______ unusual one. A. the B. an C. a D. 不填 5.(2014成都) . I’m going to be ___________basketball player. A. the B. a C. an 220 考点一 冠词 聚焦考点?温习理解 一、冠词的基本概念 冠词，是用来表示名词特性的一种词，它表示名词可数不可数、单数复数、任何一个还是特定的一个等。也就是说，冠词与名词是紧密连在一起的。如果用了a /an /the，不管后面是什么词，都变成了名词。所以，冠词就是放在名词前面的一种词。 使用冠词有三种基本情况: 1、a / an不定冠词 a / an 用在单数可数名词前面，表示这个人或事物是泛指的不确定的一个，相当于中文的“一个”。注意:可数的单数名词前，必须要用a / an 或the. 我们不能说 boy, desk, dog，而必须说 a boy / the boy. a 用在读音为辅音开头的名词之前, 而 an 用在读音为元音开头的名词之前。注意:这里指的是“读音”，而不仅仅指字母。例如: a university 一所大学 (虽然u 是元音字母，但不读元音。) an hour 一个小时 (虽然h 不是元音，但单词读音是元音开头) 2、the 定冠词 the 相当于this/that 或these / those，总的用法是表示特定的人或事物。the 的用法最广，不管是可数还是不可数，不管是单数还是复数，都可以用the. 3、不用冠词或零冠词 有的时候，名词前面不用任何冠词，没有a / an / the. 有的书上称为零冠词。不可数名词前可以不用冠词，可数的复数名词也可以不用，还有一些习惯用法上不需要用。 二、不定冠词的用法: 1、表示某一类人或某事物中的任何一个, 通常在第一次提到某人或某物时用a / an，以表示与其他事物的区别。 2、用其中的任何一个，代表他们所属种类的特性。 3、用在事物的度量单位前, 如时间、 速度、 价格等, 表示 "每一个"。 4、用来泛指某人、某物或地方。 5、用于某些特定的词组。 例如:a few 几个， a little 有点，等等。 三、定冠词的用法 221 1、定冠词特指某(些)人或某(些)事物。 The bag in the desk is mine. 桌子里的书包是我的。 (特指课桌里面的书包，而不是其它的) 2、如果第一次提到某人或事物的时候，用a / an，那么以后再提到的话，就变成特指的人或事物了。 3、定冠词用于表示世界上独一无二的事物或用于自然界现象或方位名词之前。这些事物当然是特指的事物，不可能有两个以上。 4、定冠词与单数名词连用, 也可以表示这一类人或事物。 5、定冠词与形容词连用, 可表示某一类人或事物。这可看作是省略了名词的用法。 注意:the 用在姓名复数之前, 表示一家人。 四、零冠词 1) 国名，人名前通常不用定冠词; 2)泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时，可不用定冠词; 3)抽象名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词; 4)物质名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词，当表示特定的意思时，需要加定冠词; 5)在季节、月份、节日、 假日、日期、星期等表示时间的名词之前，不加冠词; 6)在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前不加冠词; 7)在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前，不加冠词 如:have breakfast，play chess 8)当两个或两个以上名词并用时，常省去冠词; 9)当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方式时，中间无冠词;by bus，by train; 10)有些个体名词不用冠词;如:school，college，prison，market，hospital，bed，table，class，town，church，court 等个体名词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义; go to hospital 去医院看病 go to the hospital 去医院 (并不是去看病，而是有其他目的) 11)不用冠词的序数词; a. 序数词前有物主代词 b. 序数词作副词 He came first in the race. c. 在固定词组中 at (the) first,first of all, from first to last 名师点睛?典例分类 类型一、定冠词和不定冠词的区分 222 【例1】(2014呼和浩特)— Why did you laugh just now, — Ted wanted to tell us ______ very funny story, but he forgot ______ ending himself. A. a; an B. the; the C. the; a D. a; the 【点睛】本题考查了冠词的基本用法，本题主要从冠词表示的含义进行区分用定冠词还是不定冠词. 【举一反三】 1. — Jenny, do Chinese people celebrate Easter Day? — No. This is the first time I’ve celebrated ______ festival. A. the B. a C. / D. an 2. — Is AC MilanAC米兰 Italian football club? — Yes. It’s one of most successful clubs in Italy. A. an; / B. an; the C. /; the D. /; / 3. Newcastle upon Tyne is in _____ north-east of England A. a B. an C. the D. (不填) 类型二、a、an的区分 【例2】(2014福建)Lin Dan is ________. I’m ________big fan of him. A. a ;the B. an ;a C. the ;an 【点睛】本题主要考查了不定冠词的用法，在区分出用定冠词还是不定冠词后，需要根据后面的词的词首音素判断用an还是用a. 【例3】(2012鞍山)—Do you know ______ woman in red? —Yes, she’s a professor of_________ university. A. the;a B. a;an C. the;an D. / ; the 【点睛】注意本题不定冠词后面所接单词是以元音字母开头的单词，这里需要注意不定冠词根据的是后面的发音的词首音素，而不是词首字母来判断.所以，顺利完成此类题型还有掌握一定的语音知识。 【举一反三】 1. There is _____ “x” in the word “six”. A. a B. an C. the D. / 2. —Look, is it ________ UFO? 223 —No, it’s just ________ kite with light. A. an; the B. the; a C. an; a D. a; a 3. I’ve got _______ uniform. She’s got _________ umbrella. A. an…an B. a…an C. a…a 类型三、固定用法 【例4】(2013江苏宿迁)My cousin Andy can play piano very well, but he isn’t god at playing basketball. A.the; the B. /; the C. the; / D. /; / 【点睛】本题主要考查了冠词的习惯用法，注意一些名词前加冠词与不加冠词表示的含义 不同，如in hospit表示住院，in the hospital表示在某家医院;in bed表示卧床休息，in the bed表示在床上。 【举一反三】 1.Does your brother walk ______home after _____ school every day? A. to; the B. to; / C. /; the D. /; / 2. Betty enjoys playing________ piano, but her brother is interested in playing _______ football. A. the; the B. /; / C. the; / D. /; the 3. I can’t play _____basketball but I can play ___ piano. A the / B / the C the the 课时作业?能力提升 1.(2014重庆)I have ______ English dictionary and it helps me a lot. A. a B. an C. the D. / 2. (2014浙江丽水)Mrs. Smith has ______ 8-year-old daughter who has won two national painting prizes. A. a B. an C. the D. 不填 3. (2014内江) . --- Would you like to come my party this afternoon, ——I'd like to,but my mother is ill in ____ hospital . I will go to _____ hospital to see her. A.不填; a B.a;the C. the;the D.不填;the 4.(2013十堰市) ,This is a useful dictionary, I think. 224 ,So it is, and it’s ______ unusual one. A. the B. an C. a D. 不填 5.(2014成都) . I’m going to be ___________basketball player. A. the B. a C. an 225 考点四 形容词 聚焦考点?温习理解 一、形容词的定义、用法 表示人或事物的属性或特征的词叫形容词(Adjective)。形容词修饰名词，它的基本用法就是为名词提供更多的信息，它分为性质形容词和叙述形容词两类，一般放在所修饰的名词之前;若修饰不定代词，则需后置。 形容词的判断方法 判断一个词是不是形容词，可以从其结构特点和句法特点两方面来确定。 (1)结构特点。 以-able，-al，-ful，-ic，-ish，-less，-ous，-y等后缀结尾的词，一般是形容词，如:changeable(多变的)，medical(医学上的)，careful(仔细的)，atomic(原子的)，foolish(愚蠢的)，careless(粗心的)，delicious(美味的)，healthy(健康的)，rainy(下雨的)等。 (2)句法特点。 大多数形容词都可以作定语;在be，look,seem等词之后作表语;可用very来修饰，有比较级和最高级形式。其中，在句中作定语或作表语是形容词最主要的特点。 形容词的用法 1.形容词用作定语 2.形容词用作表语 3.形容词用作宾语补足语 4.“the+形容词”用作主语及宾语 5.形容词有时也可用作状语或补语 6.少数形容词只能作表语 这些形容词包括 ill,asleep,awake,alone,well,worth,glad,unable,afraid等，只能作表语，不能作定语。 7.少数形容词只能作定语 这些形容词包括 little,live(活着的),elder,eldest 等，只能作定语，不能作表语。 二、形容词的位置 1.形容词一般放在名词前作定语 单个形容词修饰名词时，一般要放在名词的前面。它们的前面常常带有冠词、形容词性 226 物主代词、指示代词、数词等。 1).当形容词所修饰的词是由some,any,every,no等构成的不定代词时，形容词必须置于名词之后。 2).形容词后面有介词短语或不定式短语时，形容词必须置于名词之后。 .在以下特殊用法中，形容词置于所修饰的名词之后。例如: 3) All people,young or old,should be strict with themselves. 所有的人，无论老少，都应该严格要求自己。 We are building a new school, modern and super. 我们正在建一所现代化的高档次的新型学校。 All countries, rich and poor, should help one another. 所有的国家，无论穷富都应该互相帮助。 4).有少数形容词，如enough和possible，既可置于所修饰的名词前面也可以置于它所修饰的名词之后。 5).有些形容词，置于名词之前与之后，含义不尽相同。例如: the writer present 出席的作者 the present writer 现在的作者 2. 两个以上的形容词修饰一个名词时的排列顺序 限定词?一般描绘性形容词?表示大小、长短、高低的形容词?表示形状的形容词?表示年龄、新旧的形容词?表示色彩的形容词?表示国籍、地区、出处的形容词?表示物质、材料的形容词?表示用途、类别的形容词?名词中心词。 三、形容词的比较等级 1.形容词原级的用法 形容词的原级常用于“as„as”及“not as(so) „as”两种句型中。 1).句型“as„as”，表示两者相比较，程度相同。 2).句型“not as(so) „as”，表示两者相比较，程度不一样。 3).在使用“as„as”与“not as(so) „as” 句型，应该特别注意“as„as”或“not as(so) „as”中间的形容词必须是形容词的原级。 4).需要注意的原级形容词用法: ?“数词，times+as+形容词原级，as”(是„„的几倍)。 ?“half+as+形容词原级，as”(„„的一半„„)。 227 ?“as„as”结构中，若形容词作定语修饰可数名词单数，不定冠词a(an)应置于形容词与名词之间。 ?“as„as”结构若指同一个人或物，则并无比较意义，而只是说明某人或某物具有两种性质。译为“又„„又„„”或“不但„„而且„„”。 2.形容词的比较等级的构成 3.形容词的比较级的用法 1)表示两者之间比较时，用“形容词比较级，than”或“less„„than”两种句型。 2).形容词的比较级还可以用于以下句型中。 ?more and more„„(越来越„„)。 ?the more„„the„„(越„„就越„„)。 ?“the，比较级，of the two„„(两个中较„„的一个)”。 ?“比较级，than any other+单数名词(比其他任何„„都„„)”。 3).形容词的比较级前还可以用much,a lot, far, even, still, a little , no, any等表示程度的词来修饰。 4.形容词的最高级的用法 1)三者或三者以上相比较用“the，最高级，名词，范围”。 2).表示“最„„之一”，用“one of the+形容词最高级，复数名词”。 注意. 形容词的最高级前面必须加定冠词the，但当形容词最高级前面有物主代词修饰时，则不加the。 名师点睛?典例分类 类型一、基础词义辨析 【例1】— What do you think of the football match? — It is very and nobody likes it. A. exciting B. relaxing C. boring D. interesting 【点睛】此类是基础题型，考查的是学生的基础词汇知识，理解并牢记每个选项的含义是做好此类题型的关键，需要注意的就是其一词多义现象及所修饰对象的不同，然后结合上下文语境选择合适答案。 类型二、近义词 She doesn’t feel _____ though she is ____. 228 A.alone , lonely B. lonely , lonely C.lonely, alone D. alone , alone 【答案】C 【解析】 【点睛】英语中存在着少数近义词，这些单词的特点是词义相近，用法不同，仅仅从语义上并不能区分这些词的用法。但是这类形容词数量并不多，牢记即可。 类型三、形容词的位置 【例3】There are some chairs in the room. A. nice long new B. nice new long C. long new nice 【点睛】这也是英语考试中比较基础的题型，关于形容词的位置有较为固定的用法，学习 中牢记即可。平时也可加强阅读，培养语感，对于完成此类题型也有很好的帮助。 类型四、比较句型 【例4】—— Mom, what do you think of our new house? —— It’s nice, and it’s than the old one. A. big B. bigger C. biggest D. the biggest 【例5】—Is Helen as as Nancy? —No, she’s than Nancy. A. taller, tall B. taller, taller C. tall, taller 【点睛】英语中在表示两个事物进行对比时，一般用比较级结构，常见搭配结构为形容词 比较级+than，只要比较范围确定在两个事物之间，即使句子结构有所不同也用比较级。也 就是说，只要是两个事物进行对比，不管什么结构都用比较级。形容词的最高级表示在三 个及三个以上的多个中进行比较，确定其比较范围是解答此类问题的关键,注意形容词最高 级是特指，前面定冠词不能省略。英语中than多用于不同级间的比较，表示A比B怎么样。As多用来同级间的比较，表示„„和„„一样，当句子表示否定是前一个as用so代替。 类型五、派生词 【例2】We are all _______ to hear the_story. A. boring; boring B. bored; boring C. boring; bored D. bored; bored 【答案】B 【解析】 试题分析:bored;无聊的;boring令人无聊的。句意:听这个这故事我们都很无聊。故选B。 【点睛】此类形容词多是由同一个动词转化而来，这类形容词一般是从修饰对象来进行区 229 分。如:由现在分词转化而来的形容词多用来描述动作发出者的特点。由过去分词转化而 来的形容词多用来描写动作的对象的特点。可以结合这一特点进行区分。 课时作业?能力提升 1. I don't have any close friends here. I feel from time to time. A. alone B. happy C. lonely D. proud 2. John is getting very thin. He doesn't eat _____ food. A. many B. enough C. few D. little 【答案】B 3. We were all _______with the _______trip to Dalian. A. pleasant, pleased B. pleased, pleased C. pleased, pleasant D. pleasant, pleasant 4. The students are all about the news. A. excited; excited B. exciting ;excited C. excited;exciting 5. We are all at the news. A. surprising ; surprising B. surprised; surprised C. surprising; surprised D surprised ; surprising 6. I think English is useful than before. A more B most C much D very 7. Light goes faster than sound. A. very B. most C. more D. much 8. Those are______. A. two my sisters B. my two sister C. two my sister D. my two sisters 9. Lanzhou is the only capital city that the Yellow River, the second ________ river in China, passes through.。 A. long B. longest C. longer D. length 10. ,Many boy students think math is ______ English. ,I agree. I’m weak in English. A. much difficult than B. so difficult as 230 C. less difficult than D. more difficult than 11. The volunteer spoke as__________ as she could to make the visitors understand her( A)clearly B)more clearly C)most clearly D)the most clearly 231 初中英语分类练习 ——连词部分 连词在句中的作用是把词与词、短语与短语、句子与句子连接起来。它不能在句中单独作句子成分。 知识点概述 并列连词和从属连词的用法 连词是连结单词、短语、从句或句子的虚词， 在句子中不单独作句子成份。 连词按其性质可分为: 1(并列连词 如:and, or, but, for, 等， 连接并列的词与词，短语与短语，句子与句子。 如:Rice and potatoes are common foods. (词与词) Today we can travel by plane. (短语与短语) Many trees lose their leaves in winter, but evergreen trees do not. ( 句子与句子) 关联连词是一类成对使用的连词 如:both„„and„„, not„„but„„. not only„„but also„„ not only„but„ as well either„„or„„ neither„„nor„„ 关联连词必须后接同样的语法结构。 如:Either the windows were opened or the door was opened. 2(从属连词 如:that, whether, when, because, though 等， 用以引导名词性从句和状语从句。 3(从属连词引导的从句不可以被断成一个句子。 如果断开，就错了。 如:When the alarm clock rang. (不完整) 4( though (although)引导让步状语从句，because 引导原因状语从句， 所以though(although)不能和并列连词but ，because 不能和并列连词 so一起使用。 只能单独使用。 二、复习时需要注意的要点 (1)表示选择关系的连词，连接的双方只取其一。常用连词有or, either...or, otherwise 例如: 1)You can go to Beijing either today or tomorrow 2)You must get up early or you won’t catch the early bus. (2)表示转折关系，连接的双方构成对比，意义上有转折。常用连词有but, however, while, only 例如: 1) His brother is fond of football while he likes basketball. 2) You can watch TV, but you must finish your homework first. (3)表示联合关系，联合的双方是对等的，意义上趋向一致。常用连词有:and, both...and, neither...nor, not only...but also, as well as, together with 例如: 232 1) To study English well, we need both diligence and careful. 2) That horse is not only the youngest among the five, but also runs the fastest. (4)表示因果关系，连接的双方，互为因果，或者前因后果，或者前果后因。常用的连词有:for, so, therefore 例如: ) It must have rained, for the ground is wet. 1 2) You are in the right, therefore they should support you. 实战演练 一、例题选讲 例1 he did not know much English，he got out his dictionary and looked up the word. A( As B( For C( Since D( Because 答案: A 提示: for，because和as虽皆可作连词用，表示“因为”，但用法有些区别。for 引导的分句总是置于另一分句之后，常常对前一分句加以解释，两个分句之 间，总是用逗号分开。because引导的原因状语从句时，往往以why问句， 语气比较重，传递的往往是对方未了解的新信息。as引导的原因状语从句时， 往往是对方也知道的信息。本句是他拿出词典查，显然，“他知道的英语单 词不多”，这是明摆着的事，所以用as最恰当。 例2 you don't feel well，you'd better stay at home( A( Because B( Since/If C( For D( Now 答案: B 例3 I don’t know he has received the package. A( if B( when C( what D( how many 答案: A 提示: if表示是否，when不能与现在完成时连用。 例4 Come tomorrow, I will give it to you. A( or B( and C( though D( if 答案: B 提示: and在此处解释为“那么”，表示递进关系。 233 例5 The teacher his students likes football. A( and B( as well as C( and also D( also 答案: B 提示: as well as 连接两个主语用靠前原则。 例6 We were having lunch some one knocked at the door. A( as B( a soon as C( when D( while 答案: C 提示: when在这里解释“就在那时” 234 初中英语分类练习 ——名词部分 一. 写出下列名词的复数形式: 1. house _________ 2. village ___________ 3. map __________ 4. orange _________ 5. bag ___________ 6. exercise ___________ 7. brush __________ 8. family ___________ 9. bus ___________ 10. city __________ 11. box ___________ 12. baby __________ 13. class __________ 14. factory _________ 15. glass __________ 16. dictionary __________ 17. watch _________ 18. woman _________ 19. match __________ 20. man _________ 21. wish __________ 22. German __________ 23. tomato _________ 24. policeman ___________ 25. kilo __________ 26. human _________ 27. potato ___________ 28. Chinese __________ 29. shelf __________ 30. Japanese __________ 31. leaf ___________ 32. American __________ 33. life ___________ 34. tooth __________ 35. wife ___________ 36. foot ___________ 37. knife __________ 38. sheep _________ 39. half _________ 40. child __________ 二. 将下列词组译成英语: 1、一群孩子 2、两箱子苹果 3、三篮子蔬菜 4、九块面包 5、十杯牛奶 6、五块肉 7、多种植物 8、一副眼镜 9、两块冰 10、三张纸 11、四瓶橘汁 12、五杯茶 13、六碗米饭 14、七袋米 15、八块木头 16、九块金属 三. 写出下列各词的名词形式: 1. work _________ 2. teach _________ 3. sing ________ 4. ill ___________ 5. fight ___________ 6. invent ________ 7. wait ________ 8. woolen __________ 9. win ____________ 10. thankful ________ 11. foreign _________ 12. cloudy ________ 13. run __________ 14. dirty ________ 15. visit _________ 16. funny __________ 17. wooden _______ 18. medical ________ 19. operate ________ 20. hot __________ 21. invite __________ 22. worried ________ 23. build __________ 24. please ________ 25. help _________ 26. safe ________ 27. die _________ 28. dangerous ______ 29. draw ________ 30. noisy ________ 四. 选择填空: 1. I want to buy ________. A. two bottles of ink B. two bottle of ink C. two bottle of inks D. two bottles of inks 2. They don’t have to do _______ today. A. much homework B. many homeworks C. many homework D. much homeworks 235 3. The ______ of machine made us feel sick. A. voice B. noise C. sound D. noises 4. The blouse is made of ________. A. a wool B. these wood C. wools D. wool 5. There are three ______ and seven ______ in the picture. A. cows, sheeps B. cows, sheep C. cow, sheep D. cow, sheeps 6. June 1 is _______. A. children’s day B. children’s Day C. Children’s Day D. Children’s day 7. ______ room is next to their parents’. A. Kate’s and Joan’s B. Kate’s and Joan C. Kate and Joan’s D. Kate and Joan 8. Miss Green is a friend of _______. A. Mary’s mother’s B. Mary’s mother C. Mary mother’s D. mother’s of Mary 9. Tom is ______. He will come to see me. A. my a friend B. a friend C. mine friend D. a friend of mine 10. Sheep _______ white and milk _______ also white. A. is, are B. are, is C. is, is D. are, are 11. I’d like to have a glass of milk and _______. A. two breads B. two pieces of breads C. two pieces of bread D. two piece of bread 12. It’s a long ______ to Paris. It’s two thousand kilometers. A. street B. road C. way D. end 13. Many ______ are singing over there. A. woman B. women C. girl D. child 14. He bought _______. A. two pairs of shoes B. two pair of shoes C. two pairs of shoe D. two pair of shoe 15. Mr. White has three _______. A. child B. children C. childs D. childrens 16. Beijing is one of the biggest _______ in the world. A. citys B. city C. cityes D. cities 17. --- Where’s Mr. White? --- He’s in _______. A. the room 202 B. Room 202 C. the Room 202 D. room 202 18. Shops, hospitals and schools are all _______. A. places B. homes C. rooms D. buildings 19. Every morning Mr. Smith takes a _______ to his office. A. 20 minutes’ walks B. 20 minute’s walk C. 20-minutes walk D. 20-minute walk 20. ---Are these ______? --- No, they aren’t. They’re _______. 236 A. sheep, cows B. sheep, cow C. sheeps, cow D. sheeps, cows 21. There are many ______ in the fridge. A. fish B. fruit C. eggs D. bread 22. --- Whose room is this? --- It’s _______. A. Li Ming B. Li Ming’s C. Li Mings D. Li Mings’ 23. Here are ______ for you, Sue. A. potatos B. some potatoes C. three tomatos D. some tomato 24. Here are some birthday cards with our best ______ for her. A. wish B. hope C. wishes D. hopes 25. I always go to that ______ to buy food on Sunday. A. shop B. park C. zoo D. garden 26. What’s the Chinese for “ PRC”? A. 中国人民解放军 B. 中华人民共和国 C. 联合国 D. 中国共产党 27. Sam gave Ann some _______ to look after Polly while he was away. A. picture-books B. inventions C. instructions D. messages 28. --- Which of the following animals lives only in China? --- The ________. A. monkey B. elephant C. panda D. cat 29. ______ room is on the 5th floor. A. Lucy and Lily B. Lucy and Lily’s C. Lucy’s and Lily D. Lucy’s and Lily’s 30. The third month of the year is _______. A. March B. January C. February D. April 31. Mum, I’m quite thirsty. Please give me ________. A. two orange B. two bottle of oranges C. two bottles of orange D. two bottles of oranges 32. How wonderful! The ______ is made of _______. A. house, glass B. house, glasses C. houses, glass D. houses, glasses 33. I met some ______ in the park and talked with them the other day. A. Janpaneses B. American C. Chineses D. English 34. _______ is the best time for planting trees. A. Summer B. Winter C. Spring D. Autumn 35. Tom was badly hurt in the match. They carried him to the ______ as quickly as possible. A. bank B. post office C. shop D. hospital 36. There are two ______ in the room. A. shelf B. shelfs C. shelfes D. shelves 37. There are seven ______ in a week. A. years B. months C. days D. minutes 38. My father is a ______. He works in a hospital. 237 A. teacher B. doctor C. farmer D. writer 39. It’s very cold today. Why don’t you put on your ______? A. watch B. shirt C. sweater D. glasses 40. --- Excuse me, are you ______? --- Yes, I’m from ________. A. Japan, Japanese B. China, Chinese C. England, English D. American, America 41. They took a lot of _______ in the children’s park. A. photo B. photoes C. photos D. the photo 42.There is _______ in the bottle. A. no any orange B. not a orange C. not any orange D. no oranges 43. Maths _______ an important subject taught in the middle school. A. are B. is C. was D. were 44. There are more ______ in this hospital than in that one. A. woman doctors B. women doctor C. women’s doctor D. women doctors 45. The ________ eat a lot of rice. A. Japan people B. Japanese C. Japaneses D. people of Japanese 46. Two ___ and five _______ are studying Chinese at Beijing University. A. German, English B. Germans, English C. Germans, Englishmen D. Germen, Englishmen 47. Then the ______ began to eat the green ______ of young trees. A. deer, leafs B. deer, leaves C. deer, leaf D. deers, leafs 48. Would you like _____ ? A. some rice B. any rice C. some rices D. any rices 49. Don’t hurry! We still have _______ time left. A. little B. few C. a little D. a few 50. These mountains will be covered with tree in ______ . A. a few year’s time B. a few years’ time C. a few year’s times D. a few years’ times 51. The children had _______ in the park. A. good times B. good time C. the good time D. a good time 52. I am busy with my work these days. I don’t get _______. A. many sleep B. much sleep C. more sleep D. most sleep 53. This is an interesting _______. A. news B. information C. work D. job 54. Her parents are _______. A. English B. America C. Frenchman D. two English 55. Room 110 on the second floor is the _____ office. I know some of them. A. doctors B. doctor’s C. doctors’ D. doctors’s 238 56. The room is _______. They are brothers. A. Tom and Mike’s B. Tom’s and Mike’s C. Tom’s and Mike D. Tom and Mike 57. The box is made of a kind of hard _______. A. wooden B. wood C. woods D. word 58. Can you see some _______ on the hill? A. sheeps and deers B. sheeps and deer C. sheep and deers D. sheep and deer 59. How many _______ shall we pay for the special service? A. money B. yuans C. dollars D. pound 60. I have many friends here. Lily is _______. A. mine friend B. a friend of my C. one of my D. one of them 61.--- Would you like some _______? ---Thank you, but I am not hungry. A. breads B. cakes C. oranges D. orange juice 62. Don’t make any _______, the boy is sleeping. A. voice B. noise C. music D. laugh 63. She was born in Xiangfan, but now she works in Taiyuan. So we cannot say Taiyuan is her ____. A. hometown B. second home C. family D. house 64. Is this your _______ for making so many mistakes? A. idea B. mind C. excuse D. result 65. There are few _______ for supper. Would you please buy some carrots and cabbages on your way home? A. meat B. eggs C. fruit D. vegetables 66. --- Would you like some _______? --- Oh, yes, just a little please. A. pears B. apples C. bananas D. milk 67. --- Can you finish the work in a week? --- No _______. A. problem B. matter C. trouble D. question 68. Is there a little _______ left for me? A. room B. place C. ground D. house 69. The sign “_______!” is often seen on the box. A. NO PHOTOS B. NO SMOKING C. BUSINESS HOURS D. THIS SIDE UP 70. Help yourselves to some _______, children. A. fish B. fishes C. a piece of fish D. a fish 71. --- Here is the _______, please. --- Oh. Fried meat with some green peppers and two eggs. A. bill B. list C. book D. menu 72. _______ is used to eat soup. 239 A. Knife B. Fork C. Spoon D. Chopsticks 73. --- What’s the _______ like today? --- It’s sunny. A. climate B. weather C. sky D. space 74. Two thirds are _______ in our school. A. woman teachers B. women teachers C. woman doctor D. women doctors 75. It’s _______ walk from my home to our school. A. two minutes’ B. two minute’s C. two minutes D. two-minutes’ 五. 各地中考题选编: 1. --- Where is Tom? --- He’s left a ______ saying that he has something important to do. A. excuse B. message C. exercise D. news 2. There is no ______ in the bus so we have to wait for another bus. A. room B. a room C. rooms D. seats 3. --- Would you like some ______? --- Oh, yes. Just a little. A. pears B. oranges C. sugar D. apples 4. You can find the following INSTRUCTIONS on _______. KEEP IN A COLD PLACE A. food B. money C. clothes D. books 5. Mr. Green has lived in the _____ hotel since he came to China. A. five-star B. five-stars C. five star’s D. five stars 6. She was born in Wuhan, but Beijing has become her second _______. A. home B. family C. house D. place 7. --- What’s the _____ today? --- It’s June 26. A. day B. date C. time D. hour 8. English is spoken as a first language in ______. A. the USA B. France C. Japan D. China 9. ______ comes from cows. A. Wool B. Chicken C. Pork D. Milk 10. Let the children go away. They’re making too much ______ here. A. noise B. voice C. noisy D. sounds 附加练习 1. We went to Dr. Brown's yesterday. He gave us_____. A.some advice B.advices C.an advice D.some advices 2. What _____ they've got! No wonder they are very happy. A.a good news B.quite a few news C.good news D.little news 3. Much _____ to fight against pollution. A.have been done B.has been done C.had been done D.has done 4. What _____! Let's go swimming. 240 A.a fine weather B.fine day C.a fine day D.bad weather 5. You have made ______. You should be more careful. A.a lot of mistake B.a great deal of mistakes C.a large number of mistakes D.few mistakes 6. Before we moved into the new house, we bought many _____ A. furnitures B. furniture C. pieces of furniture D. pieces of furnitures 7. The bookshelf over there is_________. A.Mary’s and Jane’s B.Mary’s and Jane C.Mary and Jane’s D. Mary and Jane 8. We saw the guest off at ______ yesterday.. A. The Shanghai’s Railway Station. B. The Shanghai Railway Station. C. Shanghai Railway Station. D. The Railway Station of Beijing Railway 9. They had a good time at the _____ Palace. A.children B.Children’s C.Children D.Childrens’ 10. Xiao Li was ____ in my boyhood. A. my close friend B. mine a close friend C. a close friend of mine D. a close friend of me 11. These are ____ from other presses. They are having a meeting in one of the ___ office. chiefs, editor’s-in-chief B.editors –in –chief , A. editor- in- editors-in-chief’s C. editors –in-chief’s, editor’s –in-chief’s D.editor-in-chief’s , editors –in-chief 12. There are five ____ in our class. A. Zhang’s B. Zhangs’ C. Zhangs D. The Zhangs 13. How far is your school ? A. twenty - five minutes walk B. the walk of twenty-five minutes C. twenty-five minutes walks D. twenty-five minutes’ walk 14. ---What’s the distance from here to the station? - ---It’s __________from here. A. two kilometre distance B. two kilometres’ distance C. distance of two kilometers D. distance of two kilometres’ 15. We’re going to have __________next month. A. two day’ holiday B. two day holiday C. two days holiday D. two days’ holiday 16. Who’s a cousin? A. Uncle or aunt’s son B. Uncle or aunt’s daughter C. Uncle or aunt’s child D. Uncle or aunt’s brother or sister 17. She always wears beautiful _____. A.clothes B.cloth C.dress D.clothings 18.Will you have a little ______? A.more fishes B.more fish C.much fishes D.fishes 19. There _____ in my class. Which of them do you want to see? A.is John B.are three Johns C.are the John's D.is the John 241 20. Twenty dollors ____ what he needs A.was B.were C.is D.has been 21.The United Nations ____ a resolution A. has past B. has passed C. have passed D. has through 22. The Arabian Nights ____ a very interesting storybook A. is B. are C. has been D. had been 23. The New York Times ____ a wide circulation A. is B. has C. are D. have 24. Mathematics_____ a very important subject. A. are B. is C. were D. was 25. His mathematics ____ weak A. is B. seems C. was D. are 26. An iron works _____ now. A. is being built B. are being built C. has built D. had been built 27. Every means _____ tried to improve teaching and learning A. has B. has been C. have D. were 28. The police _____ searching for a tall dark man with long hair. A. is B. has been C. are D. had been 29. One of his fingers was wounded. What about _____. A. the other B. another C. others D. the others 30. There’s an English book in _____ of his hands, and he also has a dictionary in his _____ hand. A. one, other B. one, another C. one, the other D. another, second 参考答案 一 ~ 三 答案略 四(1-5AABDB 6-10 CCADB 11-15 CCBAB 16-20 DBDDA 21-25 CBBCA 26-30 BCCBA 31-35 CADCD 36-40 DCBCD 41-45 CCBDB 46-50 CBACB 51-55DBDAC 56-60 ABDCD 61-65 BBACD 66-70 DAADA 71-75 DCBBA 五、 1—5 BACAA 6—10 ABADA 附加练习参考答案 1.A 2.C 3.B 4.C 5.C 6.C 7.C 8.C 9.B 10.C 242 11.B 12.C 13.D 14.B 15.D 16.A 17.D 18.C 19.A 20.B 21.B 22.C 23.B 24.A 25.A 26.B 27.B 28.A 29.B 30.A 243 英语分类复习练习 名词用法详解 名词 根据词的意义、形态特征及其在句子中的作用，将词分为若干类，叫做词类。英语的词 通常分为10类。其中名词、代词、形容词、副词、数词、动词为实词，冠词、介词、连词和感叹词为虚词。 Alice, boy Noun n. 名词 表示人、事物或地点的名称 book, car 用在名词前，帮助说明其所Article art. 冠词 a(an), the 指对象 this, that, I, Pronoun pron. 代词 代替名词、数词等 it my, your 表示人或事物的性质或特blue, big, Adjective a.或adj. 形容词 征 beautiful Numeral num. 数词 表示数量或顺序 first, three Verb . 动词 表示动作或状态 be, have, go v Adverb ad.或adv. 副词 表示动作的特征 often, usually 表示名词，代词等和其他词Preposition prep. 介词 in, on, at 之间的关系 连接词与词、短语与短语或Conjunction conj. 连词 and, but 句与句 int.或表示说话时的喜悦，惊讶等Interjection 感叹词 oh, hello interj. 情感或语气 英语名词(Noun)可以从形式上进行分类，英语名词可以划分成专有名词和普通名词两大类。从意义上划分，英语名词可分为个体名词、集体名词、物质名词和抽象名词四类。 一般来说，个体名词可以用数目来计算，称为可数名词(Countable Nouns)。物质名词、抽象名词和专有名词无法用数目来计算，称为不可数名词(Uncountable Nouns)。集合名词有的可数，有的不可数。 一、普通名词 普通名词指一类人或事物的名称。英语中普通名词分为可数名词和不可数名词。 可数名词一般有单、复数两种形式。如a/one child， ten children。而不可数名词一般只有一种形式。如cash(现金)。不可数名词之前不可直接用泛指限定词和数词。不可数名词可与some一起用。如:some money，some water。也可与the一起用:the information(这信息)。 (一)可数名词及其复数形式 244 (1)可数名词的复数形式一般由词尾加-s或-es构成，其规则见下表: 在清辅音后读/s/ maps, books 在浊辅音及元音后读cars, photos /z/ 一般情况 加-s 在/t/后读/ts/ cats, students 在/d/后读/dz/ beds, guards 在/dZ/后读/iz/ bridges, ages 以字母s, x, ch, sh 在/s/, /z/, 加-es classes, brushes 结尾的词 /S/,/tS/后读/iz/ 以辅音字母+y结尾将y改成i,加-es /z/ factories, stories 的词 一般加-es /z/ potatoes, tomatoes 以字母o结尾的词 少数外来词或缩略词/z/ radios, pianos 加-s 一般加-s /s/ roofs, chiefs 少数将f, fe, 改为以字母f或fe结尾/z/ shelves, knives -ves 的词 有些加-s或改为/s/或/z/ scarfs/scarves -ves均可 (2)可数名词复数形式的不规则构成法 英语中有一部分名词由于历史或词源原因其复数形式的构成法是不规则的。这种情况主要有: ?元音字母变化。例如: foot-feet man-men woman-women tooth-teeth goose-geese mouse-mice ?结尾为-en。例如: child-children ?单复数同形。 单复数同形的名词主要有:sheep, fish, Chinese, Japanese, deer等。 ?只有复数形式。例如:trousers, goods 等。 (二)可数名词和不可数名词 英语中的绝大多数名词既可以用作可数名词也可以用作不可数名词。 1(可数名词 可数名词一般可以分成以下三类: 第一类:如bike，desk， factory等，这类名词占可数名词的多数。以bike为例: There are fifty bikes at this shop(这家商店有50辆自行车。 第二类:如clothes等，本身表示复数形式。以clothes为例: She cares for nice clothes(她爱好穿着。 245 2(不可数名词 不可数名词的用法特征主要有以下几种: (1)不带冠词的单数形式需用动词单数作谓语。例如: Knowledge is power(知识就是力量。 (2)由much，little等词修饰。例如: They have saved much money for future use(他们存了很多钱以备未来使用。 3)与表示单位的量词如a piece of等连用。例如: ( Go and fetch me a piece of chalk(给我去拿一支粉笔。 要十分注意的是:不可数名词不能与不定冠词或数词直接用在一起。如不能说a good news, an advice, a hard work等。 不可数名词可以与量词使用构成不同的词组: 如: a piece of paper 一张纸 a drop of water 一滴水 a 1oaf of bread 一条面包 a bag of money 一袋钱 a bottle of milk 一瓶牛奶 a pair of shoes 一双鞋 二、专有名词 专有名词用来指具体的人、地点、日子或物体的专有名称。其特点是:第一个字母大写，通常不与冠词连用，无复数形式。 (一)人名 英美人的姓名与中国人的恰恰相反，姓在后面，名在前面，姓名前通常不用冠词。例如: Mary Smith;George Washington。 (1)一般熟人间通常用名称呼。例如: How’s John getting on? 约翰近来好吗, (2)在不熟悉人之间或表示礼貌时，常把姓和称谓连用。例如: Would you please tell John Smith to come to the office? 请你告诉约翰?史密斯到办公室来一次好吗? (3)姓氏复数前加定冠词可表示全家人。例如: The Turners have gone to America(特纳一家人去美国了。 (二)地名 (1)大部分单数形式的地名不用定冠词。例如: Asia;America;China; London;Shanghai (2)大部分单数形式的湖、岛、山名前不加定冠词。例如:( Silver Lake;Mount Tai (3)山脉、群岛、海洋、河流、运河、海湾、海峡、半岛、沙漠名前一般加定冠词。 例如: the Pacific;the English Channel;the Sahara (三)日期名 (1)节日名前通常不用冠词。例如: Christmas;National Day 246 (2)星期名前通常不用冠词。例如: Sunday;Tuesday (3)月份名前通常不用冠词。例如: April;December 三、名词所有格 名词所有格是指一个名词与另一个名词之间存在所有关系时所用的形式。其构成有两 种:一种是由名词末尾加’s构成;另一种由介词of加名词构成。前者多用来表示有生命 的东西;后者多用来表示无生命的东西。例如: Children’s Palace 少年宫 Tom’s bike 汤姆的自行车 the title of the book 书名 the legs of the table 桌子的腿 (一)所有格形式的构成 (1)单数名词后加’s，其读音与名词复数结尾的读音相同。例如: the girl’s father 女孩的父亲 (2)以s结尾的复数名词后加’。例如: two hours’ walk 两个小时的步行 (3)不以s结尾的复数名词后加’s。例如: the children’s holiday 孩子们的节日 (4)以s结尾的人名，可以加’s，也可加’号。例如: Thomas’s brother 托马斯的兄弟 Charles’s job 查尔斯的工作 (5)表示各自的所有关系，不是共有的，则要分别在名词末尾加’s，如: John’s and Mary’s rooms 约翰和玛丽各人的房间 若表示共有的，则在最后一个名词的末尾加’s，如: John and Mary’s room 约翰和玛丽合住的房间 (二)’s所有格的用法 ’s所有格常表示有生命的东西，但也可表示无生命的东西。例如: (1)表示时间: today’s newspaper 今天的报纸 (2)表示自然现象: the moon’s rays 月光 (3)表示国家、城市机构: Shanghai’s industry 上海的工业 (4)表示度量衡及价值: twenty dollars’ value 20美元的价值 five miles’ distance 5英里的距离 (三)’s所有格所表示的关系 247 1(表示所有关系 可分为可分割的所有关系和不可分割的所有关系。可分割的所有关系通常指身外之物， 一般不可用of表示。例如: John’s pen(John has a pen)约翰的钢笔 不可说:a pen of John 但不可分割的所有关系，指自身拥有的不可分割的东西可用’s也可用of表示。例如: Mary’s hands(Mary has two hands)玛丽的手 可以说:the hands of Mary 2(表示主谓关系 the doctor’s advice(The doctor advised)医生的建议 his mother’s request(His mother requested)他母亲的请求 3(表示动宾关系 Tom’s failure 汤姆的失败 children’s education 年轻一代的教育 4(表示同位语关系(通常用of表示) the city of Rome罗马城 the city of Pairs巴黎城 四、复习时需要注意的要点 (1)有些名词形式像复数，但含义是单数，而有些名词是没有单数形式的，应注意谓 语动词的选用。例如: a(Maths is the language of science( b(No news is good news( c(The Chinese people are a great people( (2)在“there be”的句子中，谓语动词的数应和它最近的主语的数相一致(例如: a(There are two pictures on the wall( b(There is a cat and two dogs in the garden( (3) 不规则名词的复数形式 ?改变单数名词中的元音字母或其他形式。如:man men，woman women，tooth teeth， foot feet，mouse mice，child children等。 ?单复数形式相同。如:sheep，deer，fish等，以及由汉语音译表示度量、币制等单位的名词。如:yuan.另外以-ese或-ss结尾的表示民族的名词也一样同形。如: Chinese，Japanese，Swiss等。 ?以-an结尾或其他形式结尾的表示民族、国家的人的名词变复数时在词尾加-s.如:Americans，Asians，Russians，Australians，Italians，Germans等。 注意:Englishman Englishmen，Frenchman Frenchmen. ?复合名词的复数形式:在词末加-(e)s，如:afternoons，housewives等。 把主体名词变成复数形式。如:lookers-on(旁观者)，passers-by(过路人)等。 ?由man或woman作为第一部分的复数名词，两个组成部分皆变为复数形式。如: man driver men drivers，woman doctor women doctors等。5 注意:banana tree banana trees (4)几种特殊的复数形式的名词 ? 有些表示由两部分构成的东西和部分学科的名词总以复数的形式出现。如: 248 glasses(眼镜)，shorts(短裤)，mathematics(数学)，physics(物理学)，politics(政 治学)等。 ?.有些复数形式的名词表示特别的意义。如:papers(文件)，manners(礼貌)，goods(货 物)，times(时代)，conditions(环境;情况)等。 ?有些名词在习惯用语中一定要用复数形式。如:make friends with(与„„交朋友)， shake hands with(与„„握手)等。 五、例题选讲 例1 There are in this river( A( a great deal of fish B( a great number of fish C( a great amount of fish D( huge amounts of fish 答案: B 提示: 根据题意应填入许多鱼，而fish是单复数同形的可数名词，如果要表示 各种各样的鱼可以用fishes表示。Fish解释为鱼肉是不可数名词。本句 表示河里有许多鱼，只有a great number of修饰可数名词。 例2 He has done many . A( work B( job C( works D( jobs 答案: D 提示: job是可数名词，在many后应填复数名词。work作为“工作”是一个不 可数名词。 例3 father is a doctor. A( The twin’s B( The twins’ C( The twin D( Twin’s 答案: B 提示: 名词复数的所有格形式只需在词尾加“’”，不能再加“-s’”。 例4 I take violin from Mr. Wang at school everyday. A( lesson B( lessons C( class D( course 答案: B 提示: 在英语中有些名词常以复数形式出现，Lessons表示课程。 例5 There on the wall, they are very nice. A( are photos B( are photoes C( is a photo D( is photo 答案: A 提示: photo的复数形式是加-s。 例6 The police searching for a tall man with long hair. A( is B( has been 249 C( had been D( are 答案: D 提示: police代表整体，谓语要用复数。 250 分类复习练习 数词配套练习 ------数词部分 数词专项练习(一) ( ) 1. Lincoln was born on ________. A. February 12, 1809 B. 1809, February 12 C. 1809, 12 February D. February 1809,12 ( ) 2. A _______ boy can sing the English song very well. A. ten-year-old B. ten years old C. ten-year-old D. fifth years old ( ) 3. An hour later, _____ minister was sent to see the “magic cloth” woven by those two men. A. two B. the second C. the two D. second ( ) 4. Abraham Lincoln was _______ President of the United States. ththA. 16 B. the 16 C. 16 D. the 16 ( ) 5. Do you think there is any room for us ________ ? A. two B. the two C. second D. the second ( ) 6. ---How many students are there in your class? --- ________. A. Twenty nine B. Thirty and two C. Forty-five D. fifties ( ) 7. Which number is wrong? _______. A. Ninety B. Ninteen C. Ninth D. Nineteenth ( ) 8. The People’s Liberation Army was founded _______. stA. on August 1, 1927 B. in 1927, 1 August C. on August 1, 1927 D. in August 1, 1927 ( ) 9. The number 4,123 is read _______. A. four thousand one hundred and twenty-three B.four thousand and one hundred twenty-three C. four thousand and a hundred and twenty-three D. four thousands a hundred and twenty-three ( ) 10. The old professor still works hard though he is _________. A. in his sixty B. in his sixties C. in sixties D. in the sixty ( ) 11. This classroom is ________ ours. A. three times big as B. as three times big as C. three times as big as D. as big three times as ( ) 12. The basketball team of our school ranks ________ in the match. A. three B. third C. the three D. the third ( ) 13. Which is the car that he drives? It’s ________. A. fifty two B. the fifty-two cars C. the car fifty four D. the fifty-fourth car ( ) 14. Which of the following is wrong? ________. A. He is a fifteen-year-old boy. B. He is at the age of 15. C. He is a boy of 15. D. He is fifteen year old. ( ) 15. Our school is not very big. There are only ________ students. A. nine hundreds of B. nine hundred C. nine hundreds D. nine hundred of ( ) 16. ----How many new words are there in ________ lesson? ----There are only _________. A. five; fifth B. fifth; five C. the fifth; the five D. the fifth; five ( ) 17. ________, Coca-Cola began to enter China’s market. 251 A. In 1970’s B. In 1970s C. In the 1970s’ D. In the 1970s ( ) 18. There was no bus in that small town. We had a ________. A. ten miles walk B. ten-mile walk C. ten mile’s walk D. tenth mile walk ( ) 19. Today is the first day and ________. A. Tuesday is fourth B. Thursday is the fourth C. second is Tuesday D. a second is Thursday ( ) 20. Which room do you live in? ________. stA. The 201 Room B. Room 201 C. Room 201 D. The 201’s Room ( ) 21. How many magazines do you have? I have ________. A. two B. both C. twice D. the second ( ) 22. Three hundred thousand one hundred and seventy means ________. A. 3,170 B. 3,117 C. 300,170 D. 30,170 ( ) 23. On May ________, ________ people traveled round the country. A. the first, millions B. the first, millions of C. first, the millionth D. first, millions ( ) 24. ________ of them are dining at school. thA. Twelve B. Twelfth C. The twelve D. the 12 ( ) 25. It’s 7:17 is read ________. A. seven and seventeen B. seven seven C. seven one seven D. seven seventeen ( ) 26. Four ________ two is two. A. plus B. minus C. times D. divided by ( ) 27. Three ________ five is eight. A. plus B. minus C. times D. divided by ( ) 28. Three ________ seven is twenty-one. A. plus B. minus C. times D. divided by ( ) 29. Forty-two ________ seven is six. A. plus B. minus C. times D. divided by ( ) 30. There are ________ days in a year. A. three hundred sixty and five B. three hundred and sixty-five C. three hundreds and sixty-five D. three hundred sixty-five ( ) 31. There are ________ students in that school. A. two thousand eight-six B. two thousand eighty-six C. two thousand and eighty-six D. two thousands and eighty-six ( ) 32. It took me ________ to get there. A. two hours and a half B. two hours and half C. two hour and a half D. two hour and half ( ) 33. September is _________ month of the year. A. the nineth B. the ninth C. nineth D. ninth ( ) 34. Please pass me _______ book on the left. A. third B. three C. the third D. the three ( ) 35. ________ is a very tall boy. A. The twelve B. The twelveth C. The twelfeth D. The twelfth ( ) 36. We have known each other for ________. A. a year and half B. a year with half C. a year and a half D. a year with a half ( ) 37. “What year is it?” “It’s ________.” 252 A. nineteen hundred and ninety-seven B. nineteen and ninety-seven -seven C. nineteen ninety and seven D. nineteen ninety( ) 38. “What’s the date today?” “It’s _________.” A. Tuesday B. June Fourth C. June the four D. June the fourth ( ) 39. The train from Shanghai will arrive ________. A. in quarter past six B. in a quarter past six C. at quarter past six D. at a quarter past six ( ) 40. My friend was born on _________. A. three of July, 1979 B. the third of July,1979 C. 1979, July the third D. 1979, the third of July ( ) 41. ________ is less than ________. A. One-third; two-thirds B. One-third; two-third C. First-three; first-threes D. One-third; one-three ( ) 42. Which lesson did you learn yesterday? ________. A. Lesson Seven B. Lesson seventh C. The 7 Lesson D. 7 Lesson ( ) 43. “What’s the date today?” “It’s _______.” A. the fourth of may B. the fourth May C. May four D. May the fourth ( ) 44. 334 is read ________. A. three hundreds and thirty four B. three hundreds thirty four C. three hundred and thirty fourth D. three hundred and thirty-four ( ) 45. In February, there are only _________ days. A. twenty nine B. twenty-nineth C. twenty-nine D. twenty eight ( ) 46. There will be a comedy on TV at ________ this evening. A. seven past thirty B. half past seven C. seven the thirty D. thirty to seven ( ) 47. It took me ________ to find out the key to the drawer. A. one and half hours B. one and a half hours C. one and a half hour D. one and half hour ( ) 48. I’m so tired after ________ walk. A. three hours B. three hours’ C. three hour’s D. three hour ( ) 49. There are ________ stars in the sky. A. million of B. millions of C. the million D. a million of ( ) 50. the street is ________ wide. A. two meters B. two meter C. the two meter D. a two meter 数词专项练习(二) ( )76. Tuesday is the _______ day of a week in English. A. first B. fifth C. third D. fourth ( )77. There are _______ seasons in a year in our country. A. two B. four C. second D. fourth ( )78. The game of _______ Olympics will be held in Beijing in 2008. A. 29 B. the 29th C. the 29 D. 29th ( )79. Most of the stars are much more bigger than the sun. But they are ____ light years away from us. A. thousand B. thousands C. thousand of D. thousands of ( )80. _______ of the surface(表面) of the earth is covered with water. A. First third B. Two thirds C. One three D. Two three 253 ( )81. There are _______ people in my family. We live on the _______ floor in a tall building. A. five, six B. fifth, sixth C. fifth, six D. five, sixth ( ) 82. Boys and girls, we are going to learn _______ today. A. Four Lesson B. the fourth lesson C. the Lesson Four D. the Four Lesson ( )83. My lovely daughter is _______. A. eight years old B. eight-year-old C. eight year old D. eight-years-old ( )84. The flood happened _______. A. in the summer of 1998 B. in the summer of 1998s C. in 1998 of the summer D. in 1998s of the summer ( )85. February 28 should be read as _______. A. February of the 28th B. February of 28 C. 28 of February D. the 28th of February ( )86. --- How soon will you finish your work? --- In about _______. A. one and a half month B. one month and a half C. one and half a month D. a month and half ( )87. We will have a _______ holiday. What about going to Suzhou? A. five days B. five day C. five-day D. five-days ( )88. We are sure the _______ century will bring us more hopes. A. twentieth-first B. twentieth-one C. twenty-one D. twenty-first ( )89. --- What is 1/2 and 1/3? --- It’s _______. A. 2/5 B. 1/5 C. 5/6 D. 4/6 ( )90. At the age of _______, he had his own lab. A. thirty B. thirtieth C. the thirtieth D. the thirty ( )91. Five times five is _______. A. five B. zero C. ten D. twenty-five ( )92. _______ are in the army. A. Two their sons B. Their two sons C. Their sons two D. Two sons their ( )93. My sister is a student of _______. A. the First Class B. Class One C. One Class D. Class First ( )94. The boy can count from one to _______. A. hundred B. a hundred C. one hundreds D. hundreds ( )95. Their house is about _______ as big as ours. A. times three B. three time C. time three D. three times ( )96. --- Would you like some fruit, madam? --- Oh, yes. _______, please. A. 5 kilo bananas B. 5 kilos of bananas C. 5 kilo of bananas D. 5 kilos of banana ( )97. This building is for a _______. A. family of three B. three people C. three peoples family D. three people’s family ( )98. Ten and five is _______. A. five B. fifty C. fifteen D. two ( )99. There are _______ in a day. 254 A. 24 hours B. 12 hours C. four hours D. 365 hours Look at the table. Tom wants to buy a hamburger, a large coke and an ice-cream. ( )100. How much will he pay? Hamburger $ 2.60 Orange juice $ 1.20 Hot dog $2.15 Coffee $1.50 Ice-cream $2.00 Water $0.50 Popcorn $1.00 Large coke $1.00 A. Three dollars and sixty cents. B. Five dollars and thirty-five cents. C. Five dollars and sixty cents. D. Two dollars. 参考答案 数词专项练习(一) 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. A 9. A 10. B 11. C 12. D 13. D 14. D 15. B 16. D 17. D 18. B 19. B 20. B 21. A 22. C 23. B 24. A 25. D 26. B 27. A 28. C 29. D 30. B 31. C 32. A 33. B 34. C 35. D 36. C 37. D 38. D 39. D 40. B 41. A 42. A 43. D 44. D 45. C 46. B 47. B 48. B 49. B 50. A 数词专项练习(二) 76-80 CBBDB 81-85 DBAAD 86-90 BCDCA 91-95 DBBBD 96-100 BACAC 255 初中英语分类练习 ——谓语语态 英语动词有两种语态:主动语态和被动语态。主动语态表示主语是动作的执 行者，被动语态表示主语是动作的承受者。例如: He wrote a novel.(主语he 是动作wrote 的执行者，是主动语态。) The classroom was cleaned by him yesterday.(主语the classroom 是动作的承受者，是被动语态。) 知识点概述 一、被动语态的构成 英语动词的被动语态由助动词be+及物动词的过去分词构成。助动词be必须与主语的人称和数量保持一致，并有时态的变化。例如: The man was fooled by the two boys. The book has been translated into several languages. 被动语态的句子结构:主语+ be +过去分词 1、一般现在时 谓语: 例句:One lesson is learned each week. Foreign languages are studied everywhere in China. 2、一般过去时 谓语: 例句:This hospital was set up just two years ago. 3、一般将来时 谓语: 例句:This question will be answered by the headmaster tomorrow. 4、过去将来时 谓语: 例句:The physics teacher said that two experiments would be done the next week. 5、现在完成时 谓语: 例句:As has been pointed out , the housing problem in our district has basically been solved. 6、过去完成时 谓语:had been + pp. 例句:When I got to the ticket office, all the tickets had been sold out. 7、现在进行时 谓语: 例句:The patients in ward 12 are being taken care of by Miss Hoover. 8、过去进行时 谓语: 例句:She said her house was being painted. 256 注:及物的短语动词相当于一个及物动词，可以有被动语态，这类短语动词有:turn on, turn off, find out ,laugh at ,look after, talk about, think of /about over, bring about, (引起;导至) put away, make out (认出)，make up (编;补尝)，look down upon, pay attention to ,face up to (面对) 二、被动语态的用法 (1)动作的执行者不知道是谁或难以说明时常用被动语态。例如: Street lights are often turned on at six in winter. The new test book will be used next term. (2)当动作的承受者比起动作的执行者来说更能引起人们的关心而需要加以强调时，要 用被动语态。例如: This kind of bicycle is not sold in our shop. The thief was caught by a policeman yesterday. (3)含有双宾语的句子，主动句中的间接宾语或者直接宾语都可变为被动语态中的一个 主语，另一个保留不变。变为主语的若是主动句中的直接宾语在变为间接宾语前则需加介词 to 或for。 例如:The pianist gave the pupils some advice. 间接宾语 直接宾语 ?The pupils were given some advice by the pianist. ?Some advice was given to the pupils by the pianist. have、let、see、watch、hear、feel等后接动词不定(4)在主动语态句中动词make、 式作宾语补足语，动词不定式不加to。但变成被动语态时后面的不定式都须加上to。 例如:The boss made them work ten hours a day. ?They were made to work ten hours a day. A boy saw him enter the house. ?He was seen to enter the house. 三、被动语态的时态 初中英语教材中出现了五种时态的被动语态及带有情态动词的被动语态。 (1) 一般现在时 构成:助动词be + 动词的过去分词 例如:This kind of car is made in shanghai. English is spoken in many countries. (2) 一般过去时 构成:助动词was/were + 动词的过去分词 例如:The bridge was built in 1992. Was this novel written by his father? (3) 一般将来时 构成:will/be going to do + be + 动词的过去分词 例如:These books are going to be posted tomorrow. The baby will be taken good care of in the hospital. (4) 现在完成时 构成:助动词have/has + been + 动词的过去分词 例如:Has his work been finished? 257 We haven’t been invited to the party. (5) 现在进行时 构成:be + being + 动词的过去分词 例如:A new bridge is being built in my hometown. The problem is being discussed by the students. (6) 带有情态动词的被动语态 + be + 动词的过去分词 构成:情态动词 例如:Can this walkman be repaired here? Your composition must be handed in tomorrow. 二、复习时需要注意的要点 (1)由主动语态改为被动语态的步骤: ?主动语态中的宾语变为被动语态句中的主语; ?主动语态句中的动词改为相应的被动语态; ?主动语态句中的主语变为被动语态句中by的宾语。 (2)主动语态句中的谓语动词带有双宾语，即直接宾语和间接宾语时，转换方法有两种: ?把间接宾语转化为主语，保留直接宾语 ?把直接宾语转化为主语，保留间接宾语。此时，一般需在间接宾语前加适当的介词。 (3)在短语see sb. do sth. 中，动词see后跟不带to的不定式作宾补。改为被动语态时要加上to。用于这一结构的谓语动词一般是表示知觉的动词如see, hear等，以及使役动词make, let等。 实战演练 一、例题选讲 例1 Jack (be) in hospital now. He (send) there yesterday. 答案: Is, was sent 提示: 由于now表示的是现在，会想到用现在进行时，而这里的动词be表示状 态，不能用进行时，句子的主语he是动作的承受者，要用被动语态。 例2 Macao (return) to China on December 20, 1999. 答案: returned 提示: 本句有一个明确的时间状语，要用一般过去时。句意是“1999年12月20 日澳门回归祖国”。return既可作及物动词，也能作不及物动词。由于 本句立足于“澳门在1999年回归”，不强调“由谁归还”这一动作，所 以一般用主动语态。 例3 My bike (move) away from this side. I asked the man why this (do). 答案: has been moved, had been done 提示: 第一句主要陈述此事与现在有关，用现在完成时，第二句从句中的动作发 生在主句前，主句用一般过去时，从句要用过去完成时。这两句中的动作 均有被动意义，要用被动语态。 例4 A lot of water (waste) every day. It’s a serious problem 答案: is wasted 258 提示: 表示每天都如此的习惯性状态，用一般现在时，水是“被浪费的”，要用 被动语态。 例5 When wet clothes are hung up near a fire, steam can soon be seen (rise) from them. 答案: rising 提示: 这道题是被动语态，要求用非谓语动词作主语补足语，现在分词和动词不 定式都是非谓语动词，两者都可以作宾语补足语或主语补足语，但用法不 同。现在分词作补语时，表示动作正在进行。此句是表示水蒸气正在从湿 衣服上升起，用现在分词表示。 例6 A strange man was seen (enter) the office ten minutes ago. 答案: to enter 提示: 这道题也是被动语态，要求用非谓语动词形式填空。用动词不定式作补语 表示动作的全过程。句中的“进入”，是十分钟前看到的动作的全过程， 用不定式表示。在主动句中省略“to”，在被动句中要加“to”。 259 初中英语分类练习 ——形容词、副词部分 练习(一) ( ) 1. This box is______ that one. A. heavy than B. so heavy than C. heavier as D. as heavy as ( ) 2. When we speak to people, we should be ______. A. as polite as possible B. as polite as possibly C. as politely as possible D. as politely as possibly ( ) 3. This book is______ that one, but______ than that one. A. as difficult as; expensive B. as more difficult as; more expensive C. as difficult as; more expensive D. more difficult as; as expensive ( ) 4. I think the story is not so ______ as that one. A. interesting B. interested C. more interesting D. most interesting ( ) 5. His father began to work______ he was seven years old. A. as old as B. as early as C. since D. while ( ) 6. I think science is ______ than Japanese. A. much important B. important C. much more important D. more much important ( ) 7. This pencil is______ than that one. A. longest B. long C. longer D. as long ( ) 8. My mother is no ______ young. A. shorter B. longer C. little D. few ( ) 9. These children are ______ this year than they were last year. A. more tall B. more taller C. very taller D. much taller ( ) 10. It was very hot yesterday, but it is______ today. A. even hotter B. more hotter C. much more hot D. much hot ( ) 11. Mrs. Black has got______ instead of getting any better. A. more bad B. a little worse C. much badly D. a lot of worse ( ) 12. When we arrived, we found the meeting room crowded with______ students. A. quite a few B. only a few C. few D. a few quite ( ) 13. The house is ______ small for a family of six. A. much too B. too much C. very much D. so ( ) 14. Through the window we can see nothing but ______ buildings. A. tall very many B. very many tall C. very tall many D. many very tall ( ) 15. -What's your brother like? -He is ______. A. a driver B. very tall C. my friend D. at school ( ) 16. The jacket was so______ that he decided to buy it. , A. much B. little C. expensive D. cheap ( ) 17. Our classroom is______ larger than theirs. A. more B. quite C. very D. much ( ) 18. The earth is about______ as the moon. A. as fifty time big B. fifty times as big C. as big fifty times D. fifty as times 260 big ( ) 19. Your room is ______ mine. A. twice as large than B. twice the same size of C. bigger twice than D. twice as large as ( ) 20. Your room is ______ than mine. A. three time big B. three times big C. three times bigger D. bigger three times 练习(二) ( ) 1. ______ you come back, ______ it will be. A. The quicker, the best B. The sooner, the better C. Faster, the better D. The sooner, better ( ) 2. I like______ one of the two books. A. the older B. oldest C. the oldest D. older ( ) 3. Which is ______ country, China or Japan? A. the large B. the larger C. larger D. largest ( ) 4. Of the two cups, he bought ______. A. the smaller B. the smallest C. small D. smaller ( ) 5. Which do you like ______, tea or coffee? A. well B. better C. best D. most ( ) 6. This work is ______ for me than for you. A. difficult B. most difficult C. much difficult D. more difficult ( ) 7. Which do you think tastes ______, the chicken or the fish? A. good B. better C. best D. well ( ) 8. The Great Pyramid is about 137 meters high today, but it was once ______. A. higher B. highest C. high too D. more high ( ) 9. Don't you think it ______ not to write the letter? A. well B. better C. best D. good ( ) 10. Who jumped ______ of all? A. far B. farther C. farthest D. the most far ( ) 11. Li Lei is______ student in our class. A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. the tallest ( ) 12. The fifth orange is______ of all. Give it to that small child. A. big B. bigger C. the bigger D. the biggest ( ) 13. Who is______ of you three? A. the oldest B. much older C. oldest D. older ( ) 14. Tom is one of ______ boys in our class. A. tallest B. taller C. the tallest B. the tall ( ) 15. English is one of______ spoken in the world. A. the important languages B. the most important languages C. most important language D. the most important language ( ) 16. Beijing is one of____ in China. A. the largest city B. the large cities C. the larger cities D. the largest cities ( ) 17. Most of the woods ______ been taken good care of. 261 A. are B. is C. has D. have ( ) 18. ______ like playing football and watching TV. A. Most boys B. Most of they C. Most boy D. Most of boys ( ) 19. ______ are here watering the flowers here. A. Some B. Some of the boys C. Some boy D. Some of boys ( ) 20. ______ haven't been to American. A. Most them B. Most they C. More of them D. Most of them 练习(三) ( ) 1. His father is ______ than his mother. A. older four years B. as four years older C. four years older D. bigger four years ( ) 2. Math is more popular than ______. A. any other subject B. all the subjects C. any subject D. other subject ( ) 3. China is larger than ______ in Africa. A. any other country B. other countries C. the other country D. any country ( ) 4. Tom is stronger than ______ in his class. A. any other boy B. any boys C. any boy D. other boy ( ) 5. When spring comes, it gets ______. A. warm and warm B. colder and colder C. warmer and warmer D. shorter and shorter ( ) 6. By and by, ______ students in our class came to like English. A. more and more B. much and much C. many and many D. less and least ( ) 7. At last he began to cry ______. A. hard and hard B. more hard and more hard C. harder and harder D. less hard and less harder ( ) 8. When spring comes the days get ______ and nights get ______. A. short, long B. long, short C. longer, shorter D. shorter, longer ( ) 9. ______ I look at the picture, ______ I like it. A. The best, the more B. The more, the less C. The more, less D. More, the more ( ) 10. ______ he read the book, ______ he got in it. A. The more, the more interesting B. The less, the more interesting C. The more, the more interested D. More, more interested ( ) 11. ______ is more beautiful than roses. A. No other flower B. No another flower C. Not other flower D. Not all flowers ( ) 12. The tree is ______ in the garden. A. the taller B. the tallest C. taller than of all D. tall. ( ) 13. Mary studies harder______ in her class. A. as any one B. than any other girl C. than the other D. than anyone ( ) 14. Which is ______, Li Lei or Wu Tong? A. strong B. strongest C. stronger D. the strongest ( ) 15. Which language is ______, English, French or Japanese? A. easy B. the most easy C. the easiest o D. much more easy ( ) 16. Which is ______ interesting, science, math or English? A. more B. the most C. very D. too ( ) 17. Which city is ______, Beijing, Shanghai or Fuzhou? 262 A. beautiful B. more beautiful C. much more beautiful D. the most beautiful ( ) 18. Which month is ______, June, July or August? A. hot B. hotter C. hottest D. the hottest ( ) 19. Do you have ______ to tell us? A. something new B. new something C. anything new D. new anything ( ) 20. Mike, I have ______ to tell you. A. important something B. important anything C. something important D. anything important 练习(四) ( ) 1. There is ______ in today's newspaper. A. interesting something B. nothing interesting C. interesting anything D. anything interesting ( ) 2. -Is Mrs. Brown badly ill? -No, ______. Only a little cold. A. quite well B. nothing serious C. not worry D. anything serious ( ) 3. Come here, I have______ to tell you. A. interesting something B. anything interesting C. nothing interesting D. something interesting ( ) 4. I'm not ______ to lift the heavy box. A. short enough B. enough tall C. health enough D. strong enough ( ) 5. The girl works hard ______ to pass the exam. A. enough B. too C. still D. yet ( ) 6. He has______ to think it over. A. many time B. times C. times enough D. enough time ( ) 7. Do you want______ A. else anything B. anything else C. other anything D. else something ( ) 8. Have you seen ______ in the room? A. anyone else B. else anyone C. anyone other D. everyone else ( ) 9. ______ would like to go to the park with me? A. Whom else B. What else C. Who else D. Else who ( ) 10. Wei Fang is only six, but she speaks English______ her mother. A. as good as B. as better as C. as well as D. as best as ( ) 11. She was sick yesterday, but she is______ to go to school today. A. enough good B. good enough C. enough well D. well enough ( ) 12. This kind of book is______ for the children to read. A. enough well B. enough good C. well enough D. good enough ( ) 13. -Are you feeling ______? -Yes, I'm fine now. A. quite good B. quite better C. any well D. any better ( ) 14. This shirt is no good. That one is even ______. A. better B. worse C. well D. worst ( ) 15. We have never seen___ interesting films. A. such B. such an C. so D. such a 263 ( ) 16. Don't read ______ books ______ you can't understand. A. as; such B. such; as C. same; as D. as; as ( ) 17. This is______ book______ I'd like to read once more. A. such an interesting, that B. so interesting, that C. such an interesting, as D. a so interesting, as ( ) 18 We haven't seen ______ play. A. so wonderful B. a so wonderful C. such wonderful D. such a wonderful ( ) 19. I am twelve. Mike is fourteen. Mary is thirteen. So Mike is the ______ of the three. A. old B. older C. oldest D. the oldest ( ) 20. My ______ brother is three years ______ than I. A. elder, elder B. older, oldest C. elder, older D. older, elder 练习(五) ( ) 1. His ______ son often go to see him on Sunday. A. eldest B. older C. the eldest D. the older ( ) 2. He is two years ______ than I. A. elder B. smaller C. younger D. less ( ) 3. I think the book is very ______. A. interesting B. interested C. interest D. interests ( ) 4. They were very ______ to see each other again. A. pleased B. surprising C. happily D. angrily ( ) 5. She is very______ the news. A. surprise in B. surprise with C. surprised at D. surprised for ( ) 6. The boys are ______ computers. A. interesting in B. interested C. interesting about D. interested about ( ) 7. -How does Kate like her new work? -She______ with it. A. can't satisfy B. isn't satisfied C. doesn't satisfy D hasn't satisfied ( ) 8. The man was not ______ when he heard the ______ words. A. frightening; frightening B. frightened; frightened C. frightening; frightened D. frightened; frightening ( ) 9. Helen isn't a______ friend of mine. I feel______ sorry for her. A. true, true B. truly true C. true, truly D. truly, truly ( ) 10. I'm sorry. I'm late. My watch is a few minutes ______. A. slower B. slowly C. more slowly D. slow ( ) 11. The song sounds ______. A. sweet B. nicely C. well D. moved ( ) 12. The ship sank______ under the sea. A. deeply B. depth C. deep D. more deep ( ) 13. ______ helped a lot in our country. A. The blind is B. The blind are C. The blinds is D. Blind are ( ) 14. ______ should study hard for their work. A. Young B. The young man C. The young D. The young girl ( ) 15. ______ a happy life in China. 264 A. The old man live B. The old live C. The old is living D. Old live ( ) 16. I don't feel very ______. A. terribly B. well C. good D. badly ( ) 17. Looking ______ at his mother, the little boy looked ______. A. happy, good B. happy, well C. sadly, sad D. sad, sadly ( ) 18. Mother doesn't feel ______ today. A. good B. well C. nice D. health ( ) 19. In summer eggs will go______ easily. A. terribly B. terrible C. badly D. bad ( ) 20 Jim does morning exercises every day, so he looks very ______. A. tired B. good C. well D. happy 练习(六) ( ) 1. The ______ boy was taken to the nearest hospital. A. ill B. sick C. good D. clever ( ) 2. We are ______ of the work. A. ill B. sick C. full D. filled ( ) 3. He has not been at school, because he is ______. A. ill B. well C. fine D. nice ( ) 4. At last it made them ______. A. happily B. quickly C. friendly D. slowly ( ) 5. We had a ______ meal yesterday evening. A. lively B. likely C. lovely D. love ( ) 6. It is raining hard. He is ______ to be late. A. lovely B. likely' C. lively D. friendly ( ) 7. I This book is very good. It ______ buying. A. worths B. is worth C. worth D. is worthing ( ) 8. The film is very interesting. It is worth ______ a second time. A. seeing B. see C. to see D. seen ( ) 9. I like ______, but I dislike ______. A. skating, swim B. skate, swimming C. to skate, skate D. skating, swimming ( ) 10. I have worked on the problem, so I am feeling tired and ______. A. asleep B. sleepy C. sleeping D. sleep ( ) 11. He lay on the floor and fell ______. A. sleepy B. sleeping C. awake D. asleep ( ) 12. Who is ______ in the next room? A. asleep B. sleep C. sleeping D. sleepy ( ) 13. We have ______ time to do it better. A. not B. no C. no a D. not a ( ) 14. We have ______ water to wash clothes. A. not any B. no C. not a D. no any ( ) 15. I only want to say that I am ______ fool. A. not any B. no a C. no D. no any 265 ( ) 16. Mary's mother bought a ______ coat for her yesterday. A. new big blue silk B. new blue silk big C. new silk blue big D. blue silk new big ( ) 17. My hometown has ______ bridge. A. a stone old fine B. an old stone fine C. a fine old stone D. an old fine stone ( ) 18. That's really silly ______. A. of you to say so B. for you to say so C. of you saying so D. for you saying so ( ) 19. It's important ______ exercise every morning. A. of you to take B. for you to take C. of you taking D. for you ( ) 20. You must drive ______ next time, or there may be another accident. A. more carefully B. carefully C. careful D. more careful 练习(七) ( ) 1. The day is bright and ______. Let’s go for a walk. A. sunny B. dark C. cloudy D. windy ( ) 2. The ice in the lake is about one meter ______. It’s strong enough to skate on. A. long B. high C. thick D. wide -Can you speak Chinese, Peter ? -Yes, but only ______. ( ) 3. A. little B. few C. a little D. a few ( ) 4. - ______ will Mr. Green go back to London? - In two weeks. A. How often B. How long C. How soon D. How far ( ) 5. Some young people are now ______ to buy private cars. A. rather rich B. very rich C. rich enough D. enough rich ( ) 6. It’s ______ nice of you to help him. A. true B. truly C. real D. really ( ) 7. Don’t go out. It’s raining ______. A. quickly B. heavily C. loudly D. hardly ( ) 8. - We are going to see a film this evening. Why not go with us? - I have to do many things this evening. I’m ______, you see. A. free B. glad C. sorry D. busy ( ) 9. Look ! ______ beautiful that lake is ! A. What B. How C. How a D. What a ( ) 10. - I’m sure I’ve got a bad cold. - Take this medicine, and you’ll feel ______. A. healthy B. best C. good D. much better ( ) 11. – Excuse me, can you show me ______ to run the machine? - Certainly. A. what B. how C. whether D. where ( ) 12. I’m still hungry. Could I have two ______ pieces of bread, please? A. much B. many C. more D. most ( ) 13. - ______ do you have an English party ? - Twice a year. A. How often B. How long C. How soon D. When ( ) 14. - Who did it better, Bill or Henry? - I think Bill did just ______ Henry. A. as well as B. as good as C. as better as D. more badly than ( ) 15. Miss Gao asked a question, but it was ______ that nobody could answer it. 266 A. very difficult B. too difficult C. difficult enough D. so difficult ( ) 16. Lucy said she hadn’t heard ______ music before. such a beautiful piece of B. a beautiful C. so beautiful a D. such a wonderful A. ( ) 17. I bought ______ exercise - books with ______ money. A. a few, a few B. a few, a little C. a little, a few D. a little, a little ( ) 18. Li Ming did his homework ______. So he left school last. A. easily B. quickly C. happily D. slowly ( ) 19. - My watch doesn’t work.. Could you mend it, please? - Sorry. But the workers in that watch shop may be ______. A. kind B. friendly C. nice D. helpful ( ) 20. I can’t say ______ I want to see you again. It’s a year since I last saw you. A. how often B. how long C. how much D. how soon 参考答案 练习一 1~5 DACAB 6~10 CCBDA 11~15 BAADB 16~20 DDBDC 练习二 1~5 BABAB 6~10 DBABC 11~15 DDACB 16~20 DDABD 练习三 1~5 CADAC 6~10 ACCBC 11~15 ABBCC 16~20 BDDCC 练习四 1~5 BBDDA 6~10 DBACC 11~15 DDDBA 16~20 BADCC 练习五 1~5 ACAAC 6~10 DBDCA 11~15 DCBCB 16~20 BCBDC 练习六 1~5 BBACA 6~10 BBADB 11~15 DCBBC 16~20 ACABA 练习七 1~5 ACCCC 6~10 DBDBD 11~15 BCAAD 16~20 ABDDC 267 分类复习练习 形容词、副词用法详解 -----形容词、副词部分 【复习目标】 ?明确形容词和副词的用法及其相互转换形式。 ?掌握常用形容词和副词的比较级和最高级的构成方法。 ?掌握少数形容词和副词的比较级和最高级的不规则变化。 ?掌握形容词和副词的比较等级用法。 【知识要点】(一)形容词和副词的用法: 形容词的用法: 形容词是指用来修饰、说明名词或不定代词，表示人或物的性质、特征和状态。一般放在它所修饰的名词前作定语，也可独立作表语或宾语补足语等。 i. 作定语: This is an interesting story. Kitty is a clever cat. ii. 作表语: Yao Ming is very tall. Our classroom is big and bright. iii. 作宾语补足语: Don't make your hands dirty. We're trying to make our school beautiful. 注意: a. 有些形容词只能作表语。如:alone, afraid, asleep等。 That old man feels because his children are out. I'm he can't come. 如: alone afraidb. 形容词与不定代词something, anything, nothing, everything等连用时，要放在这些词后面。 如: There is something wrong with my DVD machine. It's nothing serious. c. 某些形容词可以和定冠词连用，表示一类人或事物，其作用相当于一个名词。 如: the young(年轻人)，the poor(穷人), the rich(富人) d. 如果有两个以上的形容词修饰同一个名词时，其前后排列顺序一般如下: 限定词(a/the, this/some/her„„)+数量词(先序数词后基数词)+观点+大小+形状+新旧+颜色+产地+材料+名词。 如:a big old German computer 2(副词的用法: 副词是用来修饰动词、形容词、其他副词或整个句子，有时也能修饰名词，表示时间、地点、方式、程度、动作、频度等，在句中主要用作状语。 i. 副词修饰动词，告诉我们动作是怎样进行的，什么时候进行或者在什么地方发生的，一般位于动词之后。 如:They went to the park early yesterday. We must study hard. ii. 副词修饰形容词或副词，则告诉我们这些形容词或副词的程度如何，一般位于这些词前。 如:Michael Jordan jumps very high. Dai Yuqiang sings quite well. 注意: a(副词表示频度修饰动词时，位于连系动词和助动词之后，行为动词之前。 如:Mr. Wang usually comes to school on foot. The boy is often ill. b. already和yet的区别:already用于陈述句，一般用于句中，但不能和时间状语放在一起，译为“已经”;yet用来谈某事在预料之中，用于疑问句时译为“已经”，但用在否定句中则译为“尚未，还没有”，一般都放于句末。 268 如: The train has already arrived. I have already read the book. Have you found your book yet? I have not finished my homework yet. c. ever用于疑问句或带if的肯定句中或含hardly等否定意义的肯定句中，表示“曾经”一般要放在动词前面;它不用于现在完成时的简略回答，而要用Yes, I have或No, never表示。 如:The old man hardly ever goes out. ( hardly ever 可译为:几乎从不 ) been to the new library?” “No, never”. “Have you ever 3(形容词与副词的相互转变: 形容词是用来修饰名词，副词是用来修饰动词，形容词或其它副词，它们在具体应用中可以互相转化，规律如下: a. 在形容词词尾直接加-ly，构成副词。如: usual-usually, bad-badly等。 [注]:不是所有以-ly结尾的单词都是副词，某些名词后加-ly可以转化为形容词。 如:sisterly, brotherly, friendly, comradely, lovely等。 b. 以“辅音字母+y”结尾的单词，变y为i，再加-ly，如:heavy-heavily, happy-happily 等，并且要注意这些单词的变化:polite-politely, true-truly, terrible-terribly等。 形容词的比较级和最高级的构成 绝大多数形容词有三种形式，原级，比较级和最高级。用以表示形容词说明的性质在程度上的不同。 形容词的原级:形容词的原级形式就是词典中出现的形容词的原形。 如: poor、 tall、 great、 glad、 bad 等。 形容词的比较级和最高级:形容词的比较级和最高级形式是在形容词的原级形式的基础上变化的。 分为规则变化和不规则变化两类。 规则变化如下: 1、单音节形容词的比较级和最高级形式是在词尾加 -er 和-est 构成。 如:great (原级) - greater (比较级) - greatest (最高级) 2、以 -e 结尾的单音节形容词的比较级和最高级是在词尾加 -r 和 -st 构成。 如:wide (原级) -wider (比较级) - widest (最高级) 3、少数以-y, -er, -ow, -ble结尾的双音节形容词的比较级和最高级是在词尾加 -er 和 -est 构成。 如:clever(原级) - cleverer (比较级) - cleverest (最高级) 4、以 -y 结尾,但 -y 前是辅音字母的形容词的比较级和最高级是把 -y 去掉,加上 -ier 和-est 构成. - happier (比较级) - happiest (最高级) 如:happy (原级) 5、以一个辅音字母结尾其前面的元音字母发短元音的形容词的比较级和最高级是双写该辅音字母然后再加 -er和-est。 如:big (原级) - bigger (比较级) - biggest (最高级) 6、某些双音节和多音节形容词的比较级和最高级需用more 和 most 加在形容词前面来构成。 如:careful (原级) - more careful (比较级) - most careful (比较级) beautiful (原级) - more beautiful (比较级) - most beautiful (比较级) difficult (原级) - more difficult (最高级) - most difficult (最高级) 269 [注]:形容词前若加上less 和 least 则表示“较不”和“最不” 。 如:important 重要 less important 较不重要 least important 最不重要 常用的不规则变化的形容词的比较级和最高级: 原级 比较级 最高级 good better best well (健康的，身体好的) many more most much bad worse worst ill little less least far farther farthest further furthest 形容词、副词比较级的重难点 一、 "as + adj. / adv. + as" 或"not so (as ) + adj. / adv. + as"句型。该句型常用 来描述两个比较对象在程度上的相似或不同之处(即平时说的"等级比较和不等级比较 ")。 如: The building is as high as that tower. 这座大楼和那座塔一样高。 My computer is not so(as) expensive as yours. 我的电脑不如你的贵重。 二、 "as many / few + 可数名词复数 + as"或" as much / little + 不可数名词 + as " 结构。前者描述数目上的接近;后者描述量的相近。 如: You may borrow as many books as you can.你能借多少书就借多少。 "Drink as much water as you can," the doctor said to him. 医生对他说:"你要尽可能地多喝些水。" 三、 "主语 + 比较级 + than any other +可数名词单数"或"主语 + 比较级 + than the other 可数名词复数"的结构表示:主语所描述的事物比其它(任何一个)都......"。用比较级形式表示最高级含义。 如: Shanghai is larger than any other city in China.上海是中国最大的城市。 Li Ming is much cleverer than any other student in their class. 李明是他们班中最聪明的学生。四、诸如 not , never 之类的否定词与形容词或副词的比较级连用，表示最高级含义。意为"再没有比......更......"。 如: It is not a better idea. 这是一个再好不过的办法。 I have never heard such an interesting story. 我从来没有听过比这更有趣的故事。 五、 "no + 比较级 + than ..."结构表示对两个比较对象都进行否定(可以用neither ... nor ... 结构来改写)。 如: This computer is no better than yours. 这台电脑并不比你的好。(相当于Neither this computer nor yours is good.) I'm no more foolish than you.我们俩都不傻。(相当于Neither I nor you are foolish.) 六、 "not more + 比较级 + than ..."结构表示在程度上前者不如后者。 如: This book is not more interesting than that one. 270 这本书不如那本书有趣。(相当于The book is less interesting than that one.) The girl is not more selfish than her mother. 这女孩不像她母亲那样自私。 七、 "比较级 + than + 形容词"，意为"与其......倒不如......"。 如: He was much luckier than clever. 与其说他聪明，倒不如说他运气好。 Jack is much harder than clever. 与其说杰克聪明，倒不如说他努力。 八、 "would rather ... than, prefer ... to ..., prefer to do ... rather than ... ，这三个句型表示"宁愿......而不......; 喜欢......胜过...... ; 宁愿做......而不" 愿做......"含义。虽无比较级形式，但表示比较级含义。 如: She would rather die than give in. 她宁死不屈。 I prefer playing basketball to going to the cinema. 我宁愿打篮球也不愿去看电影。 He preferred to go out rather than stay home. 他宁愿出去也不愿呆在家里。 九、 "The + 比较级 ... ， the + 比较级 ... "，该结构意为"越......， 越......"。 如: The harder you work at English, the greater progress you will make. 在英语学习上你越用功，取得的进步就越大。 The more difficult the questions are, the less likely he is able to answer them. 问题越难，他回答出来的可能性就越小。 第二节 实战演练 一、例题选讲 例1 He studies English ( A( good B( better C( best D( well 答案: D 提示: study是行为动词，后面要用副词well。 例2 The little baby looks ( A( lovely B( carefully C( heavily D( sadly 答案: A 提示: 本题掌握连系动词后接形容词作表语的用法。look意为看上去，连系动 词后接形容词表示人的情绪特征或状态。选项A中的lovely是形容词， 其他各项是副词。本句意思是“这小孩看上去真可爱”。 例3 Her brother can draw an artist( A( as well as B( not so well as C( as better as D( as better as 答案: A 提示: 本题是副词的同级比较用法。同级比较中，形容词或副词要用原级。as„as 形式可用于肯定或否定结构中，而so(((as用于否定结构中。 例4 This is building in our city( A( older B( elder C( eldest D( the oldest 271 答案: D 提示: 这道题要求掌握对最高级的用法。由于此题后面提供的是in our city， 所以前面要用最高级。 例5 He is my brother( A( older B( elder C( oIdest D( old 答案: B 提示: elder或eldest是用于兄妹兄弟之间长幼关系的比较，在此表示“我的 哥哥比我年长”，要用elder。 例6 Li Ping is the tallest the two( A( at B( in C( on D( of 答案: D 提示: of用于名词复数和具体数量，表示“在„„之中”。in之后跟名词，主 要表示地点、场所或范围，指“在„„之内”。 例7 you able to come here this afternoon. A( Will B( Have C( Can D( Are 答案: D 提示: able是形容词，不能单独作谓语，必须和动词be连用。be able to表示 “能”。 272 中考英语复习二轮专项练习—动词时态练习 1( –What did you do on your uncle’s farm? --I _______the horse and _______some hens there. A. ride; feed B. rode; fed C. rode; feed D. ride; fed 2(-- What does Miss Black do at weekends? -- She with some students often ___________ in the playground. A. is running B. are running C. run D. runs 3(Tom __________ fishing, but he doesn’t like eating fish. A. like B. enjoy C. enjoys D. likes to 4( We shall go to the park if it ______. A. don’t rain B. won’t rain C. doesn’t rain D. didn’t rain 5(Tom ______ watch TV after supper _____ last night. A. wasn’t; on B.didn’t; on C. doesn’t; in D.didn’t; / 6(—Would you like to climb mountains with me this Sunday? —I’d love to. But I _______ play table tennis against Class Three. A. am going B. am going to C. am D. going to 7(Linda walked into the room and her coat away. A. took B.takes C. is taking D. taking 8( Jim’s brother_________ five basketballs. A. have B. has C. is D. are 9(I _____ Lin Dong, My English name ________Gina. A. am, am B. is, am C. am, is D. are , is 10(There ________a party tomorrow evening.I’ll go with my sisters.. A. has B. is going to have C. is going to be D. are going to be 11(---Do you know that we won the football match? -- Yes, I the news. A.hear B.to hear C.have just heard D.just have heard 12(----Is James at home? -----No, he Ya’an to be a volunteer. A.has gone to B.has been to C.is going to D.are going to 273 13(Jim and Kate_______ in Beijing now. They both_______ from America. A. is; come B. are; come C. is; is come D. are; are come 14(I have lunch at school, but my brother_______ lunch at school. A. isn't have B. hasn't have C. don't have D. doesn't have 15(-- _______ your mother happy today? --No, she_______. A. Is ; isn't B. Are ; aren't C. Are; isn't D. Does; doesn't 16(Scientists think that there _____ life on Earth for millions of years. A. has had B. have had C. has been D. have been 17(Some scientists have sent a spacecraft to Mars. It ____ several months to get there. A. spent B. has spent C. has taken D. take 18(--- Where’s Mary? --- She _____ to Harbin. A. has been B. has gone C. goes D. went 19(we’ll climb Qianling Hills if it_____next Sunday. A.won’t rain B.didn’t rain t rain C.rained D.doesn’ 20(The boy is ________ see the teacher because he ________ a mistake. A(afraid of; has B(afraid to; has made C(afraid to; make D(afraid of; made 根据中文意思，完成下列句子，每空限填一词。(共5小题，计10分) 21(最近的医院离此地也有大约十公里远。 The __________ hospital is about ten kilometers __________. 22(嘲笑处于困境中的人是不礼貌的。 It’s not polite to __________ __________ those people in trouble. 23(学校规定上课不许迟到。 The school rule says, “Don’t __________ __________ for class.” 24(熊猫在我国受到很好的照顾。 Pandas __________ __________ good care of in our country. 25(我们觉得晚上出去是危险的。 We find __________ __________ to go out at night. 根据括号内的英(汉)语提示，完成句子。 26(The people in our ____________(neighbor) are very kind and helpful. 274 27(Excuse me, sir, but you ___________(不允许)to smoke here. 28(Guilin is a ____________(漂亮的)city, and many visitors come there every year. 29(If everyone ____________(遵守) the traffic rules , there will be fewer accidents. 30(Look, the baby is __________ (wake). He is looking at us with a smile. 31(While the girl (shop), the alien got out. 32(He hasn’t told the (true). He is lying. he (go) to an amusement park? 33(— —Yes, he did. 34(— What does she like for lunch? — She likes hamburgers, salad and some (鸡肉). 用所给动词的适当形式填空: 35(I ____________ (know) the p lace for many years. 36(Where is my pen? How strange! It ____________ (be) here just a moment ago. 37(He will give the book back to you if he _________ (finish) reading it tomorrow. 用所给词的适当形式填空:(15分) 38(We are willing _______________ (work ) with them. 39(The students in our school spend two hours ____________(do) homework every day. 40(The book is __________________(interesting) , I don’t want to read it again. ’s cold outside, you’d better ______________ (put) on your coat. 41(It 42(He has _________________ (little) homework of us three. 43(We want to go to the park and enjoy ________________(we). 44(Little Tom fell off the desk, ______________ (lucky), he didn’t hurt himself. 45(“Do you have a __________(day) report every morning? ” “Yes, we do.” 46(Some students don’t think maths is as ________________ (important) as English. 47(Lin Tao has a pair of (smile) eyes behind his round glasses. 48(I think this problem is much __________________(easy) than that one. 49(____________(not play) football in the street, Jim. It’s dangerous. 50(Keep ___________(try) and you will find you can remember things better. 51(Sandy and Mike are good at swimming, they are good ______________(swim). 52(Do you know the _________(high) of that tall building? 遣词造句:根据提供的图画和提示词，写一个符合图意的完整正确的句子。(10分) 53(be going to, the Great wall taxi 275 54(make, strong 55(mother, buy, her, yesterday 56(Ling Ling, well English 57(help with 将下列句子泽成英语，并写在答题卷标有题号的横线上。 58(对于我们来说，减少空气污染是必需的。 _____________________________________________________________________________ 59(请猜一下这个主题公园投入使用多久了。 _____________________________________________________________________________ 60(我们找到干净的饮用水是没问题的。 _____________________________________________________________________________ 61(这条最新的新闻是多么令人兴奋啊! _____________________________________________________________________________ 62(野生动物应该受到保护而不是被猎捕( _____________________________________________________________________________ 参考答案 1(B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:-你在你叔叔的农场里做什么了,-我在那里骑马，还喂母鸡。根据问题What did you do on your uncle’s farm可知，这是发生在过去的事情，所以应该用一般过去时态，动词用过去式。rode 是ride 的过去式;fed 是feed的过去式。故选B。 考点:考查一般过去时。 276 2(D 【解析】 试题分析:句意:---在周某Miss Black做什么,---她经常和一些同学在操场上跑步。Often时表示经常用于一般现在时中表示经常习惯性的动作，故选D。 考点:考查动词时态的用法。 3(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:汤姆喜欢钓鱼，但是他不喜欢吃鱼。enjoy doing表示喜欢做某事;根据语境故一般现在时中主语是第三人称单数谓语动词用复数，故选选C。 考点:考查动词的时态的用法。 4(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:如果不下雨我们就去公园。由if引导的从句主将从现。结合句意，故选C。 考点:考查一般现在时的用法。 5(D 【解析】 试题分析:句意:汤姆昨晚晚饭后没看电视。时间状语last night, 因此句子应用过去时态，又因watch TV 为实意动词，变否定句前加didn’t, 选D。 考点:考查时态。 6(B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:这个周六你愿意和我爬上去吗,我想去，但是我要和三班比赛乒乓球。根据上句的时间是this Sunday，可知打乒乓球是将来的时间里计划好的事情，所以用将来时态:be going to do sth,计划做某事，打算做某事，故选B。 考点:考查将来时态的用法。 7(A 【解析】 试题分析:句意为:林达走进房间把她的大衣拿走。根据语境，走进房间和拿走大衣是两个并列发生的动作，“走”的动作用一般过去时，“拿”的动作也应用一般般过去时。故选A。 考点:考查一般过去时的用法。 8(B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:吉姆的哥哥有五个篮球。当主语是第三人称单数时，动词用相应的第三人称单数。结合句意，故选B 考点:考查一般现在时的用法。 9(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:我是林东，我的英语名字是吉娜。1.am 用于第一人称, I am ......(我是„„) 2.is 用于第三人称, He is ......(他是„„) 或She is ......(她是„„), It is ......(它是„„) 3.are 用于第二人称, You are ......(你是„„,你们是„„).也可用于第一人称和第三人称的复数情况, We are ......(我们是„„);They are .....(他们是„„).结合句意，故选C。 考点:考查系动词的用法。 277 10(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意为:明天晚上将有一个晚会。我打算和姐姐一起去。这是there be 结构的一般将来时，应表达为:there is/are going to be。因为句子主语是a party，根据主谓一致原则，故选C。 考点:考查there be 结构的一般将来时。 11(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意为:---你知道我们赢得比赛了吗,---知道了。我刚刚听到这个消息。根据语境，“听说”这个动作直接导致“知道”这个结果，应用现在完成时。故选C。 考点:考查现在完成时的用法。 12(A 【解析】 试题分析:句意为:---詹姆斯在家吗,---不在。他去延安当志愿者了have/has gone to :表示去了某地，人未回来;have /has been to:表示去过某地，人已回来。结合语境看照应选A。 考点:考查have/has gone to与have/has been to的用法区别。 13(B 【解析】 试题分析:根据语境可知此句的含义是Jim和Kate现在都在北京，他们都来自美国。考查谓语动词的形式，因Jim and Kate是复数做主语，故系动词要用are，又因they也是复数，故谓语动词come要用原形，故选B。 考点:考查主谓一致 14(D 【解析】 试题分析:根据语境可知此句的含义是我在学校吃午饭，而我弟弟不。考查一般现在时否定句的基本结构，因have是实义动词，故否定形式要借助助动词do的形式，又因my brother是第三人称单数形式，故用doesn’t，doesn’t后面要用动词原形have，故选D。 考点:考查一般现在时的否定句结构 15(A 【解析】 试题分析:根据语境可知此句的含义是你妈妈今天开心吗,不，她不开心。考查一般疑问句的基本构成，因your mother是第三人称单数，故系动词要用is，否定性回答要用isn’t，故选A。 考点:考查一般疑问句 16(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:科学家们认为生命在月球上存在已经有几百万年了。There be 句型的现在完成时，因为有for millions of，故用has been.故选C。 考点:考查现在完成时。 17(C 【解析】 试题分析:句意:一些科学家已经发射了一个宇宙飞船去火星，它花费几个月才到那了。现在完成时，It takes (somebody) some time to do something .花费多长时间干某事。Spend 278 是人做主语，故选C。 考点:考查现在完成时和动词。 18(B 【解析】 试题分析:句意:玛丽在哪?她去了哈尔滨. have(has)+过去分词，主语是she用has, go 的现在分词是gone。故选B。 考点:考查现在完成时。 19(D 【解析】 试题分析:句意:如果下星期日不下雨，我们将登黔灵山。在含有条件状语从句的主从复合 句中，如果主句使用了一般将来时，那么从句一般用一般现在时而不要一般将来时。所以选 D。 考点:考查动词时态。 20(B 【解析】 试题分析: 句意:这个小男孩很害怕见到他的老师因为他已经犯了个错误。Be afraid to do sth 害怕做某事，make a mistake犯了个错误，根据句意，故选B。 考点:考查固定短语。 21(nearest; away 22(laugh at 23(be late 24(are taken 25(it; dangerous 【解析】 试题分析: 21(要用最高级形式nearest; 距离后用副词away 。 22(“嘲笑”用动词短语laugh at。 23(“迟到” 用动词短语be late放在Don’t后，构成祈使句的否定句。 24(are taken是谓语动词，根据语境用一般现在时的被动语态形式。Pandas是复数，所以 用are。 25(这里用it做形式宾语代替后面的不定式to go out at night; dangerous是形容词做 宾语补足语 考点:单词填空。 26(neighborhood 27(are not allowed 28(beautiful 29(obeys / follows 30(awake 31(was shopping 32(truth 33(Did„go 34(chicken 279 【解析】 试题分析: 26(我们小区里的人都很善良和乐于助人。The people后面的介词短语为定语，表示地点，故答案为neighborhood 27(be not allowed to do sth意为“不被允许做某事”;故答案为are not allowed 28(beautiful意为“美丽的”，为形容词作定语，故答案为beautiful 29(if引导的条件状语从句用一般现在时表示将来时;“遵守”用obey或follow来表示;故答案为obeys / follows 30(wake为及物动词，但是后面没有宾语，此处表示醒着的状态，所以用awake形容词做表语;故答案为awake 31(当这个女孩在购物时，那个外星人出来了。强调过去的某一时刻正在做某事时又发生了另外一件事;故答案为was shopping 32(the加名词做动词told的宾语，根据后面的He is lying.可知答案为truth 33(根据后面的回答可知句子的时态为一般过去时;故答案为Did„go 34(chicken做“鸡肉”讲时为不可数名词;故答案为chicken 考点:完成句子。 35(have known 36(was 37(finishes 【解析】 试题分析: 35(句意:我了解这个地方已经有很多年了。根据句意可知，这句话表示我了解这个地方很多年了，应该用现在完成时。故填have known。 36(句意:我的钢笔在哪里,真奇怪～它刚才还在这呢。这句话中有一个时间状语just a moment ago，意思是刚才，故我们可知，这句话应该用一般过去时，故填was。 37(句意:如果他明天读完这本书的话，他会还给你的。if 在这里引导的是一个条件状语从句，意思是如果。条件状语从句中应该用一般现在时，主句用一般将来时。从句中的主语是he，是一个第三人称单数形式，故动词用三单形式finishes。 考点:单词填空。 38(to work 39(doing 40(uninteresting 41(put 42(the least 43(ourselves 44(luckily 45(daily 46(importamt 47(smiling 48(easier 49(Don’t play 50(trying 280 51(swimmers 52(height 【解析】 试题解析: 38(考查不定式。句意:我们愿意和他一起工作。work工作;be willing to do愿意做某事,故答案填to work. 39(考查动名词。句意:我们学校的学生们每天用两小时做作业。do homework做作业;spend time doing花时间做某事，故答案填doing. 40(考查形容词。句意:这本书没意思，我不想再读了。interesting有趣的，反意思为uninteresting无趣的;根据I don’t want to read it again我不想再读了，可知书没意思，故答案填uninteresting. 41(考查动词。句意:外面冷，你最好穿上外衣。put on 穿;’d better=had better最好，后接动词原形，故答案填put. 42(考查形容词。句意:我们三人中他的作业最少。little少的，最高级为least; of us three 我们三人中，形容词用最高级，同时加定冠词故答案填the least. 43(考查代词。句意:我们想去公园开心的玩。we我们，反身代词为ourselves; enjoy oneself 玩的开心，固定短语，故答案填ourselves. 44(考查副词。句意:小汤姆从桌子上掉了下来，幸运地是，他没受伤。lucky幸运的，副词为luckily; 从桌子上掉下来但没受伤，是幸运的事，副词做状语，故答案填luckily. 45(考查形容词。句意:每天上午你们有一个日报吗,是的，我们有。day日，形容词为daily; 形容词修饰名词report,故答案填daily. 46(考查形容词。句意:有的学生认为数学没有英语重要。important重要的;宾语从句中有think时，否定前移;not as...as不和„„一样，形容词用原级，故答案填importamt. 47(考查形容词。句意:在林涛的圆眼镜后有有一双微笑的眼睛。smile微笑，其形容词为smiling微笑的;形容词修饰名词eyes眼睛，故答案填smiling. 48(考查形容词。句意:我认为这个问题比那个容易多了。easy容易的;than比，形容词用比较前，故答案填easier. 49(考查祈使句。句意:不要在街上踢足球，危险。 play football踢足球，play动词，祈使句肯定句动词用原形，否定句句首加don’t,故答案填.Don’t play. 50(考查动名词。句意:不断地试，你会发现你记东西记得更好。try尝试;keep doing不断地做某事，固定搭配，故答案填trying.. 51(考查名词。句意:山迪和麦克擅长游泳，他们是游泳健将。swim游泳，动词;good修饰名词，swim加后缀er变为swimmer游泳者，they他们，复数，故答案填swimmiers. 52(考查名词。句意:你知道那个高楼的高度吗,high高的，名词形式为height; 定冠词the和介词of之间为名词，故答案填height. 考点:完成句子 53(He is going to visit the Great Wall by taxi. 54(Running can make him strong. 55(Mother bought a ball for her yesterday. 56(Lingling does well in English . 57(My friend often helps me with my English. 【解析】 试题分析: 281 53(根据图画可知是一个男孩乘坐出租车去参观长城，故主语是he. 根据be going to, 可知此处用一般将来时，根据taxi 可知此处的交通方式是by taxi。根据the Great wall可知要去参观长城，故用短语 visit the Great Wall 。所以此句为: He is going to visit the Great Wall by taxi. 54(根据图画可知此处是一个小男孩在跑步，根据make strong可知跑步使他强壮，故用running做主语。使他强壮 make him strong. 此句为:Running can make him strong. 55(根据图画和单词提示可知昨天妈妈给她买了一个球。因为是 yesterday. 做时间状语，故谓语buy用一般过去式bought. 给她买了一个球 bought a ball for her ,因此此句为:Mother bought a ball for her yesterday. 56(根据图画和单词提示可知Ling ling 擅长英语。擅长做某事do well in ，主语是Ling ling 第三人称单数，谓语用does， 因此此句为:Ling ling does well in English . 57(根据图画和单词提示可知我的朋友经常帮助我学习英语。帮助某人做某事help sb. with sth. 帮助我学习英语:help me with my English. 主语是My friend第三人称单数，故谓语是helps.此句为:My friend often helps me with my English. 考点:连词成句。 58(It’s necessary for us to reduce air pollution. 59(Please guess how long the theme park has been in use/ service. 60(We have no problem (in ) finding clean drinking water. 61(How excited the latest news. 62(Wild animal should be protected and not be hunted. 【解析】 试题分析: 58(分析句意:分析减少空气污染为: reduce air pollution. 故填:It’s necessary for us to reduce air pollution. 59(分析句意:多久:how long; 猜测:guess; 主题公园:the theme park.故填:Please guess how long the theme park has been in use/ service. 60(分析句意:饮用水:drinking water; 没问题:have no problem. 故填:We have no problem (in ) finding clean drinking water. 61(分析句意:最近的新闻:the latest news; 多么兴奋用how来感叹。故填:How excited the latest news. 62(分析句意:野生动物:wild animal; 保护与猎捕均为被动语态。句中提及是应该，应用should,故填:Wild animal should be protected and not be hunted. 考点:句子翻译。 282 中考英语情态动词真题精选 情态动词是初中英语里的一个重要语法项目,也是全国各省市中考试题的一 个考查热 一、考查can的用法 a.考查can表示能力的用法。 在这一用法中,can表示能力,意思是"能,会",其否定式can't表示"不能"。在过 去时中用could和couldn't。例如: 1.-Where's Mr Lee? I have something unusual to tell him. -You________find him. He________Japan. (2003黑龙江) A. may not; has gone to B. may not; has been to C. can't; has gone to D. can't; has been to 2.-Finish drawing a horse in ten minutes. OK? -Sorry. It________in such a short time. (2003山东威海) A. may do B. can't be done C. must do D. needn't be done 3. I have my own room in my house, so I________do what I want in it. (2002 江西) A. must B. have to C. need to D. can 4.________you mend my car? I______not start it. (2002常德市) A. Would; would B. Must; must C. Can; can D. May; may 5.________she ride when she was three years old?( 2002长沙市) A. Can B. Could C. Need D. May 6. The boy________answer this kind of hard questions one year ago.(2002 四川省) 283 A. can B. may C. could b.考查can表示推测的用法。 在这一用法中,can意为"可能",表示客观可能性,常常用于疑问句和否定句 中。例如: 7. Who is the man over there? Is it Mr Li? -No, it________be him. Mr Li is much taller. (2003河北) A. mustn't B. may not C. can't D. needn't 8. -Listen! Someone is singing in the next room. Who________it be? Is it We i Fang? -No. It________be her. She is at school now. (2002重庆市) A. will; may not B. must; mustn't C. may; can't D. may; won't 9. -Is Mr Hu in the reading room? -No, he________be there. He has gone to Tianjin. (2002新疆) A. mustn't B. needn't C. won't D. can't 10. Class 3 won the football match! ________it be true?(2002广东) A. May B. Must C. Will D. Can c.考查can / could表示请求许可的用法? 在这一用法中,can和could都表示现在,用could比用can语气更加委婉客气,常用Could I / you...?句式,表示"我/你能……吗?"若表示同意要用can,不用could?例如: 11.-Could I look at your pictures? -Yes, of course you________. (2003武汉) A. could B. can C. will D. might 12.________you pass me a pen? I'd like to write down the telephone numbe r. (2002北京市海淀区) 284 A. Need B. Could C. Must D. Should 二、考查must的用法 a.考查must表示义务的用法。 在这一用法中,must意为"必须","应该",表示必须要做的事,其否定式mustn't 表示禁止,即不许对方做某事?例如: 13.-May I go to the cinema, Mum? -Certainly. But you________be back by 11 o'clock. (2003安徽) A. can B. may C. must D. need 14.-SARS is such a terrible disease. -Yes, it is. We________be more careful. (2003浙江嘉兴) A. can B. may C. must D. need 15. To make our city more beautiful, rubbish________into the river. (2003 重庆) needn't be thrown B. mustn't be thrown A. C. can't throw D. may not throw 16. These books________out of the reading room. You have to read them h ere.(2003辽宁) A. can't take B. must be taken C. can take D. mustn't be taken 17. Cars, buses and bikes________stop when traffic lights change to red. (2 002上海市) A. can B. may C. must D. need 要注意must和have to的用法区别?must表示说话人的主观看法,而hav e to表示客观的需要,意思是"不得不"?例如: 18. -Can you go swimming with us this afternoon? -Sorry, I can't. I________take care of my little sister at home because my mo 285 ther is ill. (2003南京) A. can B. may C. would D. have to 回答must开头的一般疑问句,如果是否定的回答,要用needn't或don't have to,表示"不必","没有必要"的意思,不用mustn't,因为mustn't表示禁止或不许, 意思是"一定不要"的意思。例如: 19. -Must I finish the work before five o'clock? -No, you________. (2003四川) A. needn't B. mustn't C. have to 20. -________I come back before five o'clock? -No, you________. But you________be back later than seven o'clock.(2002 烟台市) A. Need; must; mustn't B. May; mustn't; can't C. Can; can't; can't D. Must; needn't; can't 21. -Must I clean the room right now? -No, you________. You________clean it after lunch. (2002徐州市) A. needn't; can B. needn't; may C. mustn't; canD. mustn't; may b.考查must表示推测的用法。 在这一用法中,must意为"一定","肯定",表示可能性很大,通常用于肯定句,在 否定句中要用can't,表示"不可能"。例如: 22. Susan's parents have bought a large house with a swimming pool. It ___ _be very expensive. (2003上海) A. must B. can C. mustn't D. can't 23. This book________Lucy's. Look! Her name is on the book cover. (2002 286 河南) A. must be B. may be C. can't be D. mustn't be 三、考查may的用法 a.考查may表示请求许可的用法 在这一用法中,may表示许可或征询对方许可,表示"可以"的意思,常常与第一人称I连用,构成May I...?句式,表示"我可以……吗?"肯定回答用Yes, you may.; Yes, please.等;否定回答用No, you can't.或No, you mustn't.,不用No, you may not.?例如: 25. -________I have your name, please? -Yes, Michael. M-I-C-H-A-E-L. (2002北京市东城区) A. Must B. Will C. May D. Need 26. -May I go to the cinema, dad? -No, you________. You must finish your homework first. (2002浙江金华市) A. mustn't B. won't C. don't D. needn't 27. -May I smoke here? -________, you________. It can be dangerous. (2002滨州市) A. Yes; can B. No; can't C. Yes; may D. No, needn't ?测试may表示可能性的用法。 在这一用法中,may表示可能性,意思是"也许","可能",通常用于肯定句中。例如: 28. You________go and ask Meimei. She________know the answer. (2003 天津) A. must; can B. must; may C. need; can D. can; may 287 29. Look out! The knife is very sharp. You________cut your finger. (2002宁夏) A. need B. must C. should D. may Answers: 1. C 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. B 6. C Answers: 7. C 8. C 9. D 10. D Answers: 11. B 12. B Answers: 13. C 14. C 15. B 16. D 17. C Answer: 18. D Answers: 19. A 20. D 21. B Answers: 22. A 23. A Answers: 25. C 26. A 27. B Answers: 28. D 29. D 288 宾语从句习题 基础练习题 1.Have you decided ________for Australia? A. when will you leave B. when do you leave C. you will leave when D. when you will leave 2.Can you tell me _________ ? A. where does Tom live B. where Tom lived C. Tom lives where D. where Tom lives 3.The old man asked me ________ . A. where was the cinema B. where is the cinema C. where the cinema was D. where was the way to the cinema 4.I think _______ you will like him. A. that B. if C. why D. how 5.I didn’t know _______ he will come or not. A. that B. whether C. weather D. how 6.I wonder _________ . A. how much cost these shoes B. how much do these shoes cost C. how much these shoes cost D. how much are these shoes cost 7.She asked me _________ . A. who he was B. who was he C. who is he D. who he is 8.Ask him _________ . A. whose cup this is B. whose cup is this C. this is whose cup D. whose is this cup 9.I don’t know _________ . A. what time the movie starts B. what time starts the movie C. the time to start the movie D. the movie what time starts 10.The doctor asked me how long ________ . A. was I ill B. have I been ill C. I have been ill D. I had been ill 11.The weather forecast doesn’t say _________. A. if it rains tomorrow B. if does it rain tomorrow C. if it will rain tomorrow D. if will it rain tomorrow 12.Do you know _________? A. whose pen is this B. whose pen this is C. whom does the pen belong to D. whom the pen belong to 13.Could you tell me where _________? A. the tape was B. was the tape C. the tape is D. is the tape 14.They want to know _________? A. where is the hospital B. how old are you C. when the train will leave D. why is the boy crying 15.Tony wanted to know _________. A. what had Father Christmas put in his stocking B. when Father Christmas had put in his stocking C. what Father Christmas had put in his stocking D. where Father Christmas had put in his stocking 16.No one knows _______ the professor will come to our school tomorrow to give us a talk or 289 not. A. when B. whether C. where D. if 17.July didn’t know_________. A. where is Tim’s father B. when was the first watch made C. who the old man is D. what was wrong with her watch 18.No one told us _________, so we need your help. A. how should we do B. what we should do C. what to do D. what should we do 19.We don’t know _________ with the rubbish and it pollutes out land and sea. A. how do it B. how to do C. what do it D. what to do 20.He asked me _________. A. whether I find out the sender of the money B. whether did I find out the sender of the money C. whether the sender of the money found out D. whether I found out the sender of the money 21. Did you hear ______? A. what did I say B. what I said C. I said what D. what I say 22. Can you tell me ________? A. which class you are in B. which class are you in C. you are in which class D. are you in which class 23. ---Excuse me. Could you tell me _______? --- Certainly. A. when can I get to the station B. I can get to which station C. which station can I get to D. how I can get to the station 24. Could you tell me where _______ yesterday? A. did you go B. you go C. you have gone D. you went 25. Tom asked me ________. A. whose shirt was this B. whose shirt this was C. who shirt was this D. who shirt this was 26. Excuse me, could you tell me _______? A. where’s the teachers’ office B. where’s the bus station C. what’s she doing D. where the post office is 27. I want to see Mrs. Wang , but I don’t know _______. A. she lives where B. she where lives C. where she lives D. where does she live 28. --- Go and ask Mr. White for help. --- But I don’t know _______. A. where does he live B. where he lives C. where is he living D. he lives there 29. --- Can you tell me ______? --- Yes, he lives in a small town. A. where he lives B. who is singing C. when he will leave D. what he said 30. Have you decided ______ for London? A. when will you leave B. when you will leave C. when are you going D. when you are going 31. Excuse me. Could you tell me ______our tickets? A. where do we show B. where shall we show C. where did we show D. where we shall show 32. --- What are you interested in about cooking food? --- We are all interested in ______. 290 A. how egg is fried B. how is egg fried C. how egg fries D. how does egg fry 33. Do you know _______? A. what it is B. what is it C. who is he D. whose name is it 34. Do you know _______? A. whose book is this B. whose book this is C. this book is whose D. who’s book this is 35. I don’t know ______ now. A. where is my cat B. my cat is where C. where my cat is D. where my cat 36. Does he know ______? A. what’s your name B. what name is your C. what your is name D. what your name is 37. Do you know ______? A. which floor he lives B. which floor he lives on C. he lives on which floor D. which floor does he lives on 38. Can you tell me where _______? A. is the hospital B. the hospital is C. is hospital D. hospital is 39. He hasn’t decided _______. A. if he’ll go on a trip to Wuxi B. when will he go on a trip to Wuxi C. if he goes on a trip to Wuxi D. when does he go on a trip to Wuxi 40. Can you see ________? A. what he’s reading B. what is he reading C. what does he read D. he reads what 能力提高练习 1. I don't know _________ he will come tomorrow. _________ he comes, I'll tell you( A. if; Whether B. whether; Whether C. if; That D. if; If 2. I don't know _________ the day after tomorrow. A. when does he come B. how will he come C. if he comes D. whether he'll come 3. Could you tell me _________ the nearest hospital is? A. what B. how C. whether D. where 4. Could you tell me _________ the radio without any help? A. how did he mend B. what did he mend C. how he mended D. what he mended 5. I want to know _________. A. whom is she looking after B. whom she is looking C. whom is she looking D. whom she is looking after 6. Do you know where _________ now? A. he lives B. does he live C. he lived D. did he live 7. Do you know what time _________? A. the train leave B. does the train leave C. will the train leave D. the train leaves 8. I don't know _________. Can you tell me, please? A. how the two players are old B. how old are the two players 291 C. the two players are how old D. how old the two players are 9. The small children don't know _________. A. what is their stockings in B. what is in their stockings C. where is their stockings in D. what in their stockings 10. I can't understand _________. A. what does Christmas mean B. what Christmas does mean C. what mean Christmas does D. what Christmas means 11. I don’t know _____ he will be back home. A. who B. what C. when D. where 12. Could you tell me ___________? A. where do you live B. who you are waiting for C. who were you waiting for D. where you live in 13. Do you still remember _______? A. that he said B. what he said C. did he say that D. what did he say 14. I can’t understand ______the boy alone. A. why she left B. why did she leave C. why she had left D. why had she left 15. She told me the sun ______ in the east. A. rise B. rose C. rises D. had risen 16. They tried to find out ______ the new train ________. A. how far/ had gone B. how long/ has gone C. how far/ went D. how far / had run 17. The manager came up to see __________. A. what was the matter B. what the matter was C. what the matter is D. what’s the matter 18. Can you tell me ___________? A. what are you doing B. where do you study C. what you were doing D. what to do it 19. He asked his father _______. A. where it happens B. where did it happen C. how it happened D. how did it happen 20.No one tells us______， so we need your help. A. how we should do B. what should we do C. how to do it D. what to do it 21. Could you please teach me _______ the computer. A. how check B. to check C. how to check D. to how checking 22. _______ he‘ll come or not isn‘t important. A. Why B. If C. Whether D. What 23. Would you like to know _______they will do it or not. A. if B. that C. whether D. why 24. ?Where do you think _____ he ____ the TV set? ? Sorry， I’ve no idea. A./; bought B. has; bought C. did; buy D. did bought 25. Our homework has changed a lot. Who can tell _____ it would be like in _____ five years. A. how; another B. what; more C. how ; other D. what; another 26. ? Could you tell me ______? ? Yes. He ____ to the USA. A. where is he/ has been B. where he is/ has gone C. where was he/ has been D. where he was/ has gone 27. ?Mike wants to know if ____ a picnic tomorrow. ?Yes. But if it _______， we’ll visit the museum instead. 292 A. you have; will rain B. you will have; will rain C. you will have; rains D. will you have; rains 28. I don’t know if he ______tomorrow. If he ________， I’ll meet him. A. will come; comes B. comes; comes C. will come; will come D. comes; will come 29. I really don’t know if she _______ it when she ________. A. finds; arrives B. finds ;will arrive C. will find; will arrive D. will find; arrives 30. Can you make sure the gold ring? A. where Alice has put B. where had Alice put C. where Alice had put D. where has Alice put 31. --- When are the Shutes leaving for New York? --Pardon? --- I asked _______. A. when are the Shutes leaving for New York B. when the Shutes are leaving for New York C. when were the Shutes leaving for New York D. when the Shutes were leaving for New York 32. Could you tell me ______? I have something interesting to tell him. A. where is Li Hong B. where Li Hong is C. where was Li Hong D. where Li Hong has been to 33. --- Could you tell me _______? A. how many people have been out of hospital B. when is Thanksgiving C. which animal does he like best D. what time will the dolphin show start 34. I want to know _______. A. what is his name B. what’s his name C. that his name is D. what his name is 35. He asked me ________. A. if she will come B. how many books I want to have C. they would help us do it D. what was wrong with me 36. Do you still remember ______ at the meeting? A. that Jim said B. what Jim said C. did Jim said that D. what did Jim said 37. --- Excuse me, ______ to the nearest bookshop, please? --- Go straight and take the second turning on the left. A. where the way is B. which the way is C. where is the way D. which is the way 38. --- Can I help you? --- Yes. I’d like a ticket to Mount Emei. Can you tell me ______take to get there? A. how soon will it B. how soon it will C. how long it will D. how long will it 39. --- I hear we’ll have a new teacher this term. --- Really? Do you know ______? A. what subject does he teach B. what subject will he teach C. what subject he teaches D. what subject is he going to teach 40. He asked his teacher _______. A. if there was a monster in Loch Ness B. when was Albert Einstein born C. how would the scientists find out the result D. where could he find the library 41. Do you know ______ over there? A. what happens B. what was happened C. what is happening D. what did happen 42. --- Do you know ______ we will arrive at your hometown? --- This afternoon. A. when B. why C. if D. where 293 43. Could you tell me ______ to Mount Putuo tomorrow? A. how you will go B. how will you go C. how you have gone D. how have you gone 44. Could you tell me ______? A. which room he lives B. which room he lived C. which room did he live in D. which room he lives in 45. --- Do you know ______ he is? --- He says “1.75 meters”, but I’m not sure. A. how many B. how old C. how far D. how tall 46. She said she _______ me five letters in one month. A. has written B. will write C. had written D. wrote 47. Can you tell me ______ she is waiting for? A. why B. whose C. whom D. which 48. I don’t know ______ he still lives here. A. where B. what C. when D. whether 49. --- Be careful! Don’t break the bottles. Do you hear ______ I said, David? --- Yes, mum. A. what B. that C. why D. if 50. I’d like to know ______. A. when will he give back the tape B. whether has he received higher education C. that he has been busy D. whether she will join in our English evening 51. Could you tell me _______? A. when shall we start B. who are you waiting for C. where the bus station is D. why were you late 52. --- Do you know _______? I’m going to see him. --- Sorry, I don’t know. A. where does Mr. Li live B. where did Mr. Li live C. where Mr. Li lives D. where Mr. Li lived 53. He asked me ______. A. who did kick the first goal in the World Cup B. when was the APEC meeting held C. when China became a member of the WTO D. where will the 2008 Olympics be held 54. She wanted to know _____ her mother liked the present. A. which B. that C. if D. what 55. Could you tell me _______? A. who is she B. where’s the nearest fast restaurant C. if he will come tomorrow D. which way is to the underground station 56. Do you know if ______ back next week? If he ______ back, please let me know. A. he comes, will come B. will he come, comes C. he will come, comes D. will he come, will come 57. --- Can you tell me why ______? --- Because I want to help the people there. A. do you go to Tibet B. did you go to Tibet C. are you going to Tibet D. you are going to Tibet 58. --- Where does he come from? --- Pardon? --- I asked where ______. A. did he come from B. he came from C. he comes from D. does he come from 59. You must remember _______. A. what your teacher said B. what did your teacher say C. your teacher said what D. what has your teacher said 294 60. Lily likes _____. A. what her twin sister like B. what her twin sister does C. what is her twin sister like D. what does her twin sister do 61. --- Excuse me. Could you tell me ______ get to the plane? --- Certainly. Go straight along here. A. how can we B. how we can C. when can we D. when we can 62. Do you know what time _______? A. does the train leave B. leaves the train C. the train leave D. the train leaves 63. --- I don’t know _____ Mr. Green will come to see us? --- He will help us with our English. A. why B. when C. how D. where 2006年---2010年中考真题 1. Some of my friends are interesting in science, but none of them can tell . A. when UFOs will appear next time B. why do horses know the way C. where was this kind of plant found D. how do elephants communicate 2. ---What time will Mr. Brown be back to China? ----Sorry. I don’t know . A. when did he go abroad B. why he is going abroad C. how soon will he be back D. how long he will stay abroad 3. ---May I come in ? I’m sorry I am late. ----Come in, please. But could you please tell me ? A. why you are late again B. what were you doing then C. who you talked with D. how do you come to school 4. ---Could you please tell me ? ----Bus No.32 will take you right there. A. where is Henan Museum B. what Henan Museum is like C. how can I get to Henan Museum D. which bus I shall take to Henan Museum 5. Peter says that the Whites are on holiday, but no one knows . A. where they have been B. where are they C. where are they from D. where they have gone 6. ---Do you know the Capital Museum? ---Next Friday. A. when will they visit B. when they will visit C. when did they visit D. when they visited 7. He wanted to know the English party. A. when will we have B. when we will have C. when would we have D. when we would have 8. I want to know . A. when we should arrive at the airport B. when should we arrive at the airport C. when the airport we should arrive at D. when the airport should we arrive at 9.---David, look at the man in white over there. Can you tell me ? ----He is a doctor. A. who is he B. who he is C. what is he D. what he is 295 10. ---Could you tell me ? He is wanted by the head teacher. ---Sorry, I’ve no idea. But he here just now. A. where Tim; was B. where is Tim; was C. where Tim is; was D. where Tim is; is 11. ---Did Mrs. King leave a message? ---Yes. She wanted to know this Sunday. A. who you would go shopping B. if you would go shopping with her C. that you will go shopping D. when will you go shopping with her 12.---I’m a teenager’s mother. Sometimes I don’t know . ----Love and understanding. A. what my son needs most B. what does my son want to get C. why my son gets annoyed very often D. why does my son get annoyed very often. 13. ---I wonder without water. ----About a week. A. how long man can live B. how long can man live C. when man can live D. when can man live 宾语从句基础练习题参考答案 1.参考答案D 你决定什么时候去澳大利亚了吗,宾语从句用陈述语序。 2. 参考答案D宾语从句用陈述语序，where作从句的宾语。 3. 参考答案C宾语从句用陈述语序，where表示地点。 4. 参考答案A if表示选择，我想你是否将喜欢他。 5. 参考答案B 有or not， 所以用whether. 6. 参考答案C 宾语从句用陈述语序. 7. 参考答案A宾语从句用陈述语序,who 作从句的宾语。 8. 参考答案A whose是所有格，所以后面要有一个名词，整体做从句的宾语。 9. 参考答案A 宾语从句用陈述语序。 10. 参考答案D 主句是过去时，从句也要用过去相应的时态，医生问我之前我已经病了， 所以用过去完成时态。 11. 参考答案C if连接宾语从句，宾语从句用陈述语序。 12. 参考答案B whose是所有格，所以后面要有一个名词，整体做从句的宾语。 13. 参考答案C 宾语从句用陈述语序。 14. 参考答案C宾语从句用陈述语序，时态不受限制。 15. 参考答案C 主句用一般过去时，从句要用过去相应的时态，因为圣诞老人是之前就把 礼物放进袜子里了，所以用过去完成时态。 16. 参考答案B 有or not就用whether. 17. 参考答案D 宾语从句用陈述语序, 主句用一般过去时，从句要用过去相应的时态。 18. 参考答案B 没有人告诉我们应该做什么，所以我们需要你的帮助。宾语从句用陈述语 序，如果选B就是没有人做什么，us后面是宾语从句，而us是宾格不能作从句的主 语，所以 C选项缺少宾语从句的主语，应选B. 19. 参考答案D 我们不知道用垃圾做什么，并且垃圾污染陆地和海洋。What做to do 的宾语。 20. 参考答案D 宾语从句用陈述语序，他问我是否我能找出寄钱的人，主句用过去时态， 296 从句用过去相应的时态。 21. 参考答案B 宾语从句用陈述语序，what作从句的宾语。 22. 参考答案A宾语从句用陈述语序，哪一个班，所以用which class. 23. 参考答案D 你能告诉我怎样可以去车站，当然可以。宾语从句用陈述语序，怎样用how. 24. 参考答案D宾语从句用陈述语序。 25. 参考答案B宾语从句用陈述语序，谁的衬衫用表示所有格的whose，后面需要跟名词。 26. 参考答案D宾语从句用陈述语序，邮局在哪儿，需用表示地点的where. 27. 参考答案C 我想去看王夫人，但是我不知道她住在哪里。宾语从句用陈述语序。 28. 参考答案B宾语从句用陈述语序 29. 参考答案A宾语从句用陈述语序，主句用一般现在时，从句根据实际情况用相应的时态， 他住在哪里应用一般现在时态，是现在的一种状态。 30. 参考答案B 你还没有决定什么时候去伦敦吗,宾语从句用陈述语序，因为是你打算去 伦敦，现在并没有在伦敦，或是已经去过了，所以从句用一般将来时。 31. 参考答案D 不好意思打扰了，你能告诉我，我们将在哪儿检票呢,宾语从句用陈述语 序，主语是第一人称，所以可以用shall+动词原形。 32. 参考答案A 鸡蛋是怎样被煎的，所以用被动语态，宾语从句用陈述语序。 33. 参考答案A宾语从句用陈述语序。 34. 参考答案B 你知道这是谁的书吗,宾语从句用陈述语序，谁的书用所有格whose ,后加 名词book.. 35. 参考答案C 我现在不知道我的猫在哪里。宾语从句用陈述语序。 36. 参考答案D 他知道你的名字是什么吗,宾语从句用陈述语序。 37. 参考答案B 你知道他住哪层楼吗,哪层楼用which floor, live是不及物动词，后面不能直 接跟宾语，只能加一个介词之后，在跟宾语，在哪一层楼，on the floor, 所以介词用 on. 38. 参考答案B 你能告诉我医院在哪儿吗,宾语从句用陈述语序。 39. 参考答案A 他还没有决定他是否将去无锡旅行。因为有hasn’t decided得知，还没有决 定，所以不可能是打算去，宾语从句用陈述语序。 40. 参考答案A 你能看见他现在真正读什么吗,宾语从句用陈述语序，主句是现在时态， 从句根据事实来决定用什么时态，你能看见是说现在，所以应该是问现在正在读什么。 能力提高练习参考答案 1. 参考答案D. 前一个if引导宾语从句，表示选择“是否”，后一个if引导的是条件状语从句表示将来的动作，所以用主将从现。 2. 参考答案D. 我不知道后天他是否回来，宾语从句用陈述语序。 3. 参考答案D. where表示地点，最近的医院在哪里。 4. 参考答案C 宾语从句用陈述语序，已经说了是修理录音机，所以不用what, 而用how. 5. 参考答案D宾语从句用陈述语序，whom作照顾的宾语。 6. 参考答案A 主句用现在时态，从句不受限制，住在哪里用一般现在时，宾语从句用陈述语序。 7. 参考答案D宾语从句用陈述语序，从句是客观事实，用一般现在时。 8. 参考答案D宾语从句用陈述语序。 9. 参考答案B宾语从句用陈述语序，what在从句中做主语。 10. 参考答案D 宾语从句用陈述语序，what在从句中做宾语。 11. 参考答案C. 因为后面的从句是说他将回家，所以前面应该是我不知道他什么时间回家。 297 12. 参考答案B. B是陈述语序，D可以用where you live或which you live in. 13. 参考答案B. 宾语从句用陈述语序，what在宾语从句中做said的宾语。 14. 参考答案A. 宾语从句用陈述语序，主句用现在的时态，从句根据事实用相应的时态。 15. 参考答案C. 客观真理用一般现在时态。 16. 参考答案D. 距离多远一般用how far，go是个瞬间动词，所以应该用可以表示持续动作的动词。 17. 参考答案A. 主句是过去时态，从句要用过去的相应时态，所以C、D排除。What作宾 语从句的主语。 18. 参考答案D. what作动词不定式的真正宾语。 19. 参考答案C. 宾语从句用陈述语序，主句是一般过去时态，从句也用过去时态。 20. 参考答案C. 因为不知怎样做，所以需要你的帮助，如果是不知道做什么，会有人告诉 你做什么的。如果对主语提问，则特殊疑问句的语序不变。 21. 参考答案C. 如果对主语提问，则特殊疑问句的语序不变。 22. 参考答案C. 后面有or not时，前面只能用whether. 23. 参考答案C. 后面有or not时，前面只能用whether. 24. 参考答案C. 在哪里买的电视，肯定是买回来了，所以应该用一般过去时，主句用现在 时，从句可用任何时态。 25. 参考答案D. 又一个五年之后，应用another.它将会变成什么样子，所以应用what. 26. 参考答案B. 宾语从句用陈述语序，has gone to表示已经去了，现在还在那里，has been to表示曾经去过，现在不在那里。 27. 参考答案C. 宾语从句用陈述语序，后面if引导条件状语从句，用主将从现时态。 28. 参考答案A. tomorrow时间状语表明宾语从句用一般将来时，后一个句子是if引导的条 件状语从句，所以用主将从现。 29. 参考答案D. when引导时间状语从句，表示将来的动作，用主从现。 30. 参考答案A. 宾语从句用陈述语序，主句用现在的时态，从句根据事实选择时态。 31. 参考答案D 主句用一般过去时，所以从句的时态必须是过去的相应时态，宾语从句用陈述语序。 32. 参考答案B 宾语从句用陈述语序，后面的时态是一般现在时，所以从句的时态也可以 是一般现在时态。 33. 参考答案A how many people在从句中作主语，宾语从句用陈述语序。 34. 参考答案D 我想知道他的名字是什么。His name作主语，what在从句中作宾语。宾语 从句用陈述语序。 35. 参考答案D 他问我，我怎么了。What在从句中作主语，with me 作伴随状语，宾语从 句用陈述语序。 36. 参考答案B 你还记得在会上的时候，吉姆说什么了吗,what作从句的宾语。宾语从句 用陈述语序。 37. 参考答案D 用where就不用the way了，所以排除A、C。which作从句的主语，宾语从 句用陈述语序。 38. 参考答案C 用多久时间一般都用how long提问，it在从句中作形式主语，真正的主语 是to get there. 宾语从句用陈述语序. 39. 参考答案C 你知道他教什么科目吗,宾语从句用陈述语序。 40. 参考答案A 主句是一般过去时，所以从句只能是过去的相应时态，宾语从句用陈述语序。 41. 参考答案C 你知道那里发生什么了吗,不可能一只发生，也不可能是被发生，所以只能 298 是正在发生，宾语从句用陈述语序。 42. 参考答案A 由后面的答语可知，问的是时间，所以用when. 43. 参考答案A 宾语从句用陈述语序。后面有时间状语tomorrow，所以从句用一般将来时。 44. 参考答案D宾语从句用陈述语序，他住在哪里是表示状态的，所以用一般现在时态，又 因live是不及物动词，后面不能直接跟宾语，必须加个介词才可以，in the room, 所以 后用介词in. 45. 参考答案D 由1.75 meters得知，是问他有多高，所以用how tall. 46. 参考答案C 主句用一般过去时态，从句要用过去相应的时态，因为在说话的时候，已经 写了信，动作发生在过去的过去，所以应该用过去完成时态。 47. 参考答案C 宾语从句中缺少waiting for 的宾语，所以应该用宾格whom.. 48. 参考答案D 我不知道他是否还住这里。因为不确定，所以应该用whether. 49. 参考答案A what在宾语从句中做said的宾语。 50. 参考答案D 宾语从句用陈述语序，如果选C的意思就是我非常想知道他一直被忙，不 应用被动语态，D选项是合理的。 51. 参考答案C 宾语从句用陈述语序。 52. 参考答案C 宾语从句用陈述语序。 53. 参考答案C 同上。 54. 参考答案C 她想知道她妈妈是否喜欢这个礼物。Which表示哪个她妈妈，that只起连 接作用，她想知道她妈妈喜欢这个礼物，想知道就应该是不确定，what已有the present， 所以不对，if是否。 55. 参考答案C 宾语从句用陈述语序，D选项太中式话了，可用where 或how 来提问。 56. 参考答案C 因为有next week, 所以应用一般将来时，宾语从句用陈述语序，后面有if 条件状语从句表将来，所以用主将从现。 57. 参考答案D 宾语从句用陈述语序。 58. 参考答案B 主句用一般过去时态，从句要用过去的相应时态，宾语从句中用陈述语序。 59. 参考答案A 宾语从句用陈述语序，主从句需要连接词连接两个句子，不能选C。 60. 参考答案B 莉莉喜欢她的双胞胎姐姐喜欢的。因为主句中已有表示一般现在时态的likes, 后面就不能重复，并且她的双胞胎姐姐作主语也是第三人称单数，所以用does.宾语从 句中用陈述语序。 61. 参考答案B 宾语从句用陈述语序。 62. 参考答案D 宾语从句用陈述语序。 63. 参考答案A. 后面的答语得知，他将帮助我们的英语，所以应该是问他为什么来，应用why. 2006年----2010年中考真题参考答案 1.参考答案A. 我的一些朋友对自然科学感兴趣，但他们谁也讲不出下次不明飞行物出现的时间。宾语从句应该用陈述语序。 2. 参考答案 D. 布朗先生什么时候回中国,抱歉。我不知道他会在国外待多久。宾语从句 应该用陈述语序。 3. 参考答案A. 我可以进来吗,很抱歉我迟到了。请进，但请你告诉我为什么又迟到了吗, 宾语从句应该用陈述语序。 4. 参考答案 D. 你能告诉我怎样到河南博物馆(我坐几路车能到河南博物馆)吗,宾语从 句应该用陈述语序。 5. 参考答案D. 彼得说怀特一家正在度假，但没有人知道他们去了哪里。宾语从句应该用陈 299 述语序。They have been to他们去过某个地方，现在已经回来了;they have gone to他们 去了某个地方，现在还没有回来。 6. 参考答案B. 你知道他们什么时候参观首都博物馆吗,下周五。宾语从句应该用陈述语序。 7. 参考答案D. 你想知道我们什么时候举办英语联欢会。当主句是一般过去时态的时候，宾 语从句用相应的过去时态，宾语从句应该用陈述语序。 8. 参考答案A. 我想知道我们应该什么时候到达机场。宾语从句应该用陈述语序。 9. 参考答案D. David,看那边那个穿白衣服的人，你能告诉我他是干什么的吗,他是医生。 询问职业用what;宾语从句应该用陈述语序。 10. 参考答案C. 你能告诉我蒂姆在哪里吗,班主任在找他。对不起，我不知道。但是他刚 才在这里。动词tell后接的宾从应用陈述语序，just now提示应该用was. 11. 参考答案B. 金太太留口信了吗,是的，她想知道这个周日你是否跟她一起去购物。 12. 参考答案A. 我是一个青少年的妈妈。有时我不知道我的儿子最需要什么。爱和理解。 宾语从句应该用陈述语序。Love and understanding.故用what. 13. 参考答案A. 我想知道，没有水人能活多久。大约一周。About a week知询问应用how long，宾语从句应该用陈述语序。 300 中考二轮讲练测 专题7:形容词和副词,测案, 一、期考典测——他山之石 1(【2015届山东滕州市羊庄中学九年级上期末英语试卷】The mixture didn’t mix__________and tasted_________( A(good，bad B(bad，well C(good，badly D(well，bad 2(【2014-2015学年广东中山黄圃镇中学九年级下开学检测英语试卷】The question is_________ that nobody can answer it. A. very hard B. too difficult C. strange enough D. so strange 3(【2015届山东滕州木石中学九年级下学业水平模拟1英语试卷】--How do you like this piece of music by Tan Dun? --Well，of all the music that he has written，I think this is his ____ one( A(better-known B(well-known C(best-known D(most-known 4(【2015届福建长汀县城区三校九年级12月联考英语试卷】Wang Fan , could you give us ______ on how to learn English _______?\ A. some advices, good B. any advices , well C. some advice , well 5(【2014-2015学年江苏常州西藏民族中学九年级上期末英语试卷】The price of the Iphone6 is ,,,,, for the young man. He can’t pay for it himself. A.high B.expensive C. cheap D.cheaper 6(【2014-2015学年江苏常州西藏民族中学九年级上期末英语试卷】His watch is 5 minutes ,,,,,. He feels ,,,,, now. A.slow; worry B.slow; worried C.slowly; worry D.slowly; worried 301 7(【2014-2015学年江苏常州西藏民族中学九年级上期末英语试卷】Reading is as ,,,, , as writing when you learn a foreign language. A. important B. more important C. most important D. the most important 8(【安徽省安庆市2015届九年级下学期正月联考英语试题】— How do you feel about the price of the skirt? — I think it’s a little __________. So I can’t afford it. A. better B. higher C. cheaper D. smarter 9(【2015届云南西盟佤族自治县第一中学九年级9月中考模拟英语试卷】----- It’s smoggy these days. That’s terrible! ----- Yes, I hope to plant trees.________ trees, ______air pollution. A. The more; the fewer B. the less; the more C. The less; the fewer D. The more; the less 10(【2015届安徽铜陵市四校九年级2月开学联考英语试卷】---Which city has _______ population, Shanghai, Hongkong, or Qingdao? ---Shanghai, of course.. A. the smallest B. the least C. the most D. the largest 二、模考典测——拾级而上 1(【2014-2015学年福建南平水东学校九年级上第一次月考英语试卷】There is ________ snow and it’s ________ cold this winter. A. too much; too much B. too much; much too C. much too; too much 2(【2014-2015学年福建南平水东学校九年级上第一次月考英语试卷】—What do you think of the movie “Titanic” —It is ____ a wonderful movie that I want to see it again. A. quite B. such C. so 302 3(【2015届云南腾冲县九年级上学期六校联考期末英语试卷】Something smells ____, and you are supposed to clean your house often. A. Good B. nice C. Terribly D. terrible 4(【2015届天津雍阳中学九年级上期中测试英语试卷】The supermarket is about two kilometers ______. A. far B. away C. from D. along 5(【2015届天津雍阳中学九年级上期中测试英语试卷】Don’t worry, there is _____ with you. A. important nothing B. nothing important C. serious nothing D. nothing serious 6(【2015届四川遂宁大英县实验学校九年级第一次调研英语试卷】--- Peter has good grades in all his subjects, but he never shows off. --- I agree. He is very ________. A. easy-going B. imaginative C. modest D. generous 7(【2015届四川遂宁大英县实验学校九年级第一次调研英语试卷】 My cousin is _________ sometimes. It’s hard for him to change his mind even though his idea is not right. A. stubborn B. imaginative C. energetic D. practical 8. 【2015届四川遂宁大英县实验学校九年级第一次调研英语试卷】He is businesslike and is often _____. I hope he will have more _____ at his business. A. success; successful B. successful; success C. successfully; successful D. successful; successful 9(【2015届江苏扬州江都区十校九年级12月月考英语试卷】He lives to Joy, and in 303 the factory he works with her as well. A.closely;closely B.close;closely C.close;close D.closely;close 10(【2015届江苏盐城景山中学九年级上第三次月考英语试卷】It is _____ good film that none of us dislike it . A. a so B. so a C. a such D. such a 三、中考典测——实战演练 1. 【2014年福建省福州市中考】—Why do people there _______use umbrella in the sun ? ---Because they would rather enjoy the sunshine . A. hardly B. often C. always 2. 【2014年四川省成都市中考】 Li Ke ___________runs in the morning, for he wants to be healthy. A. never B. often C. hardly 3. 【2014年辽宁省丹东市中考】 —What happened outside just now? —A car hit a man. ______, the man wasn’t badly hurt. A. Luckily B. Hardly C. Unluckily D. Especially 4. 【2014年安徽省中考】 If my frirends have any problems, my door is ______ open to them. A. never B. seldom C. sometimes D. always 5. 【2014年贵州省安顺市中考】 ----Fred is studying Chinese in one evening school. ---Is that true? He has told me about it. A. ever B. even C. already D. never 6. 【2014年贵州省黔西南州中考】The bread smells _________ and it sells ________. A. well; good B. good; good C. good; well D. well; well 7. 【2014年贵州省黔西南州中考】He was very ill, but now he is out of danger. A. dangerous B. safe C. safely D. in danger 8. 【2014年贵州省铜仁市中考】 Da Shan is _________ at Chinese. He can speak Chinese very _________. A. good,good B. well,well C. good,well D. well,good 304 9. 【2014年贵州省铜仁市中考】The Yangzhi River is one of __________ in the world. A. the longest rivers B. the longest river C. longer rivers D. longer river 10. 【2014年河北省中考】 How ______ Cindy grows! She’s almost as tall as her mother now. A. cute B. strong C. fast D. straight 305